ACTILIA,

Armour, Weapons, Harnishing, Sta. 2. Roberti Bruyse. c. ordinatum 27. Quhair it is statute that ilk man havand Ten pounds worth of gudes sall have for the defence of his body and Realme, ane sufficient Acton, and bas­net,

The paine of them quha cums evil armed to the Kings hoist.

with gluises of plait, an speir, ane sword, and quha-sa-ever hes nocht ane Acton, and bas­net, sall have ane sufficient habirgion, or ane Irone jacke, an Knapiska of Irone, and gluifes. Swa that ilk man sall be readie cum actiliis & harnesiis suis, under the pain of escheit of all his guides, the ane halfe thereof to the King, and the uther halfe to his Maister, and Lord. Acton ane aulde Frenche word, Hocque­ton, quhilk corruptlie is pronunced Octon, sagum militare. Sum affirmis Acton to be an auld kinde oi armour, for preservation of ane mans oodie, maid of Steill or Irone, quhilk covered his head alsweill as the rest of his bodie: Quhairof ȝit sum are extant as auld monumentes in the Hie­landes; Bot nocht dailie used, or worne. Uthers mair probablie al­ledgis Acton, to be ane forme of armour, quhilk covers ane mans bodie (except his head) downe to his knee, maid of Taffitie, Ledder, or Lin­nen claith, stuffed with caddes, and stiked verie thick with threid, or silke of divers coullers, and partial gilt, with spranges or streames of Gold fuilȝie; And is commonlie used in time of battell under the habirgeon, to save ane mans bodie; fra the schot of ane arrowe: or fra the bruising of the straik of an sword. It is ankinde of that abuilȝement, quhilk in La­tine is called vestis virgata, variis virgis seu aureis lineis distincta, & va­riegata, ut est illud Virgilii Aeneid. 8. Virgatis lucent sagulis.

ACTORNATUS

Lib. 4. c. siquis defendens 46. actor, alienorum negotiorum gestor, utherwaies in the Laws of this Realme called respon­salis, quha makis answer for ane uther in judgement, speciallie for the defender,

Responsalis.

Lib. 1. c. Esto. 27. Lib. 3. c. Placita. 12. cum seqq. Like as Pro­locutor is he quha speaks for the persewer, as his forespeaker. Lib. 1. c. con­sequenter 13.

Proloqutour.

Alswa actornatus is he quha dois ony thing in an uther mans name or behalfe; As he quha compeiris for an uther in Courtes, or Justice aire, to pass upon inqueistes; and serving of retoures, to the Kingis Chapel, or to give presence for him, quha sendis him. For he quha aucht baith sute, and presence in onie Court, suld nocht onlie send an sutour to decide actions, and causes, conforme to the Law, but also suld com­peir personally, or send an Actornay, quhilk also he suld do, quha aucht presence allanerlie, for ather he suld compeir, or ane Actornay for him, with the seall of his Armes, the quhilk all friehalders, dwelland within the schireffdome, are oblished to do, in al Schireff courts. l. 1. p. 9. c. 130. In justice aires Actornaves, suld be honest and sufficient persons of discretion. Ja. 1. p. 3. c. 35. And Actornatus Justitiarii, is taken for the Justice depute quon. attach. c. praepositus. 61. Ass. Reg. Da. c. nullus 16. Actornay is not onlie the procuratour quha is sent: But also the procura­torie or mandat quhilk is given to him, and ȝit they are different, for an procuratorie is commonlie maid be ane privie man: And an Actornay called litera Actor natus, is granted be the King, or onie uther, havand Chappell Stat. Rob. 3. c. ult. generallie, in omnibus negotiis, loquelis, & placitis motis, seu movendis. And therefore the Lordes of Session decerned ane requisition of ane aire, anent his mariage, maid be ane Actornay; to be null. Because all sike requisitiones suld be maid be the superiour, or be ane procuratour havand speciall power, to that effect.

ADJURNATUS,

ane French word, summoned or called to ane certaine daie, like as Adjurnamentum is called an summonds, or citatio, summonitio, Quhilk is defined, certi diei & loci exhibitio partibus, ad diem legalem, quoniam attach. c. 1. Praeceptor meus Matthaeus Wesenbecius in paratitl. Tit. de in jus vocando. Nu. 13. definit citationem. ut sit actus Judicialis, seu Judicii praeparatorius, quo is quem coram sisti opus est, Ju­dicis mandato, legitime vocatur, Juris experiundi causa. Et assisa dici­tur adjornata ad alium certum diem. That is continued to ane certaine daie Lib. 4. c. Si Petens. 57. & curia dicitur respectuata, That is con­tinued or respleited. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. Item quaecunque. 34. Chessanaeus in consuetudine, Burgundiae Rub. 1. Sect. 6. verb. messiers & serients. Nu. 88. muita (inquit) sunt nomina, quae idem important, ut est citatio, in jus vocatio, monitio, edictum, denunciatio. conventio, & aliud quod in vulgar: nostro dicimus, adjurnamentum. Adjournal is the Iustice aire, as ane act of Adjournal. so called, because it is maid in the Justice air. vid. Iter.

ADVOCATIO Ecclesiae,

Is the richt of patronage, or the title and richt to present onie person to ane Kirk vacand, and nocht havand ane lauchfull Ecclesiasticall person to rule and governe the samin. Lib. 2. c. Dos. 19. Lib. 3. c. sequitur 30. Dicitur autem advocatio Ecclesiae, vel quia patronus alicujus Ecclesiae, ratione sui juris, advocat se ad eandem Ecclesiam: & asserit se in eam habere jus patronatus, eamque esse quasi suae clientis loco. Vel potius cum aliquis (nempe patronus) advocat ali­um, jure suo,

Avowson of Kirkes.

ad Ecclesiam vacantem eumque loco alterius (veluti defun­cti) praesentat, & quasi exhibet. In the English Lawes it is called, A­vowson of Kirkes.

AFFIDATIO,

Lib. 2. c. unde 49. In the quhilk place; Mutua af­fidatio, is taken for ane mutuall faith, trueth, and obligation of fidelitie, quhilk is betuixt the wife and the husband. And sicklike it signifies the mutual league; and band of fidelitie; quhilk is betuixt the over-lord, and his vassal, quha are bound and oblished hinc inde to uthers, quhilk is called mutua dominii & homagii fidelitatis connexio. lib. 2. c. mutua 68. in sik sort, that how far the vassall is bound be reason of homage to his superi­our: sa far the superiour is oblished to his vassal, except reverence and ho­nour allanerly; for the ane suld obey and serve his master: the uther suld interteine and defend his man. And the vassal suld honour and reverence his master as his superiour: But the master suld not reverence the vassal: for like as of the Law, there is na soveraintie, nor impyre amangis them that are pares; conforme to the rule of the Law, par in pareni non habet imperium. Even swa, the superiour is not oblished to make onie reve­rence to his inferiour, bot suld receive honour fra him. Item Diffidatio; (h. e. inimicitiarum capitalium denunciatio, quhen ane defies an uther,

Diffidutio.

and gives up kindnesse with him) is contrair to Affidatio. Baith the ane and the uther is driven a fide, vel fidelitate: or fra ane word used in the fewes. Faida, that is battell, feid; injurie, hatred.

Faida.

As we commonlie say deidlie feid. And foemina dicitur faidam non facere, gl. in Sect. ult. de lege Conra­di. li. 2. defend: be reason wemen be the Law, are nocht subject to weir­fair, to battell; or proclamation maid for that cause.

AMERCIAMENTUM, or FORIS-FACTUM

Curiae. The un-law or amerciament of a court, for absence in lawfull time, for [Page] ane fault, trespas, or ony uther cause, as is manifest in the Register, in the action persued be the Thesaurar contrar the burgh of Perth, The unlaw of courts. 16. Decem 1541. The un-law in the Chalmerlanis aire or court, is fiftie schillings: and twa schillings to the Serjandes of the burgh of ilke un-law. The un­lawe before the Iustice on the North pairt of the water of Forth, aucht Kye, ane colpindach to the Crowner, and twa schillings to the Clerke: And in the South-side of the water of Forth, as in Louthian, & betwixt the water of Tyne, and Forth, ten pundis, and ane colpindach, or thret­tie pennies to the Crowner, and twa schillings to the Clerk. In the Schi­reffe-court, it suld nocht exceed sextene schillings, and twa schillings to the Clerke, or ane colpindach, or threttie pennies. In the Barrone court the samin lawes & un-lawes, suld be keiped, quhilks are used in the Schi­reffe-court. In the court of them quha haldis of Barrones, and are called milites, their un-law is half of their superiours un-law. The un-law of them quha are called subarmigeri, is ane Kowe, ane ȝowe, or three schillings, leg. Malc. Mak. c. 4. The un-law within Burgh suld not exceed the summe of aucht schillings, leg. burg. c. forisfactum 42. The un-law of them quha compeiris nocht in Parliament, being lauchfullie warned thereto, is ten pounds. Ia. 1. pri. Iulij p. 4. c, 82. & p. 5. c. 99. Quhilk is like-wayes the un-law of them quha compeiris nocht in generall Councelles, quhilk now is altered be the newe act of Parliament, maid be OUR SOVE­RAINE LORDE King James the Sext. 29. Iulij. p. 11. c. 34. Quhair it is statute that everie Earle sall pay three hundred pounds, ilk Lorde twa hundreth poundes, Ilk Praelate ane hundreth poundes: And everie Burgh ane hundreth markes, incase it sall happen onie of them to be absent fra the Parliament.

ANNEXATION,

Ane Latine word, quhilk signifies ane fast knitting and binding, as quhen ane thing is bund or knit with ane uther and baith as it were united togidder, and incorporate in ane. As quhen ony Lord-shippes, landes, Castelles, Customes, Offices, Fischinges, or uther rents are annexed to the Croun, to remaine perpetually their-with quhilk is called incorporatio, quando bona aliqua, velut terrae, rediguntur in corpus fisci, cum eorum scribitur Inventarium, manu publica, continens eo­rum nomina & qualitates, & ita ponuntur in numero rerum fiscalium l. si quando 3. & ibi gl, C, de bonis vacan. lib. 10. In the Lawes of this Realme their is twa kindes of annexation: The ane quhilk may be called tacita, quhairin the word of Annexation is nocht expreemed, bot uther wordes equivalent theirto.

Twa kindes of annexati­on.

The uther is expressa, quhilk conteins manifest mention of annexation or union. The first forme is used in the daies of king David the secund 6. Novem. 1357. quhair it is statute & ordaned, that al lands, rents, and possessiones, quhilkis of auld perteined to the crown, or the Kingis domaine and propertie, suld all and hail, and perpetuallie remaine in the hands and possession of the King, for his sustentation & living, with­out ony alienation theirof. And sik-like 27. Septem. 1367. with consent of the three Estaites, it was statute for the Kingis better sustentation, and living, that all rents, fermes, kanes, customes, forrests, offices, and uther emolumentes quhat-sum-ever: And also all landes, alswell the propertie, and uthers, in possession quhairof King Robert 1. father to King David the second, deceased as of fie; and that all possessions, & landes quhilkis perteined to the richt and propertie of the Crown, the time of the said King Robert, or of King Alexander the third, or of the said King David the second, suld returne all and haill to the crown, with all advocations of Kirkes, and all service perteining theirto; To remaine perpetuallie with the Crown, nocht-withstanding onie alienation theirof, maid to onie person, and that na disposition theirof be maid thereafter, without consent of the three Estatis. And gif onie person had onie of the saides landes laboured with his awin pleuch: It was ordained that he suld paie alsmeikle ferme and dewtie therefore, as the samin micht gudlie pay, or as onie uther lands as gud, and alsmeikle, used to pay. And siklike all the great and small customes, and burrow mailles of the Realme, are ordaned to abide and remaine with the King, till his living, be ane act maid be Ia. 1. Parl. 1. c. 8. Of the second forme of Annexation quhairby landes,

The second kinde.

possessiones and uthers, per expressum, are annexed, united, and in­corporate diverse and sindrie examples are extant in the actes of Parlia­ment of King Iames the 2. 11. Par. 4. Aug. c. 41. & of uthers maid theiraf­ter.

Lands annex­ed and nocht dissolved may nocht be ana­lied. Of the profits of landis an­nexed wrang­ouslie anali­ed.

Landes, and uthers dewties, or possessions quharsum-ever annexed to the crown, being annalied or disponed, na lauchful dissolution maid theirof, it is lesume to the King, nocht-withstanding the said allienation to put his hand to the saides landes, and take tham back again to the Crown, brevi manu. without onie ordour or proces of law. And as con­cerning the proffites theirof, quhilkis are extant, pendentes & nondum consumpti, the time of the said intromission, the king, or his comptrollar maie intromet their-with, in the samin maner, as he maie intromet with the landes, Iure soli, quia fructus pendentes, & extantes censentur pars soli. And tuitching the fructes, and proffites of the landes quhilkis are spended, and consumed; The King and his comptrollar, aucht & suld repeete the samin fra the possessoures, and uptakers of the saidis fructes, of all ȝeires of their intromission there-with, be waie of action, because they ar con­sumed and spended. Quhilk deed consistand in facto, suld necessarlie be proven be ordinar waie of action. To the quhilk hail proffites the King hes gud richt, in respect that of the Law, malae fidei possessor, can never ac­quire and conqueis to himselfe, onie fructes or proffites, ather extant or consumed. And trew it is that al thay, quha receivis ony infeftment or unlauchful disposition of the Kings annexed property, ar malae fidei pos­sessores: they receiving the samin against the manifest law of this Realm. the ignorance quhairof excusis na inhabitant of the samin. And mair­over, trew it is that the foresaid forme of intromission with the Kingis annexed landes, and repetition of the proffites theirof, hes bene in use and practik sen the making of the actes of Parliament theiranent: Likeas in the beginning of the reign of King Iames the Fourth 18. Ian. 1488. the landes and Lord-ship of Brechen, and Nevar were taken fra David Earle of Crawfurd, and ane terme assigned to proove against him, the availl of the mailles and dewties of the saides Landes with the pertinentes,

The Kinges property wrangouslie analied.

intro­metted with be him, sen the time of the gift thereof. Item the King may intromet with his annexed propertie, and proffites theirof, quhid­der he be Major or minor, For gif their be na lauchfull dissolution of the samin, he is aye as it were minor anent his said propertie. Al annexations ar perpetuall, and induris continuallie, ay and quhill ane lauchfull disso­lution be maid be onie King: Induring the time of the quhilk dissoluti­on, the annexation ceasis, and sleepis, and the dissolution being ended be decease of the maker theirof,

Annexation is perpetual.

the said annexation beginns to quicken & quasi reviviscere; In sik sort that the King quha succeid is to the maker of the said dissolution may set na fewes of his annexed propertie, be vertew of the dissolution made be his predicessour, bot mon make ane new dissolution to the effect foresaid. Quhilk fault and vice, I finde in divers and sindrie infeftmentes of the propertie: and specially in the minori­tie of King Iames the Fifth, quhilkis are wrangeously given be vertew of the disolution maid be King Iames the Fourth, his Father. vid. Disso­lution.

ANNUELL

ane word used in the practik of this Realme, for an ȝeirelie revenue, or dewty, payed at certaine termes, ather legal, quhilks are called termini legales vel legitimi, prescrived and appoynted be the law of this Realm, sik as Martin-mes & Whit-sonday; Or conventional as pleasis the parties till agree and appoynt, be paction and contract, as betwixt Ȝule and Candl-mes, or onie uther time. In the Actes of Parlia­ment maid be Queene Marie 4. Parlia. 29. Maij, c. 10. mention is maid of ground annuell, few annuell, and top annuell, quhairof I have red na­thing in onie uther place: and am incertain quhat they do signifie:

Ground an­nuell.

bot referris the samin to the judgement and opinion of the Reader. Alwaies ground annuell is esteemed to be quhen the ground and propertie of onie land bigged or unbigged, is disponed and annalied for ane annuell to be payed to the annalier theirof, or to ane uther person,

Top annuell.

sik as onie Chaip­laine or Priest. Top annuell is ane certaine dewtie, given and disponed furth of onie bigged tenement, or land,

Few annuell.

of the quhilk tenement the pro­pertie remains with the disponer, and he is onlie oblished to pay the said annuell. Few annuell, is ather quhen the few maill, or dewtie is dis­poned as ane yeirlie annuel. Or quhen the land,

The annuell of Norway.

or tenement is serte in few-ferme heretablie for ane certaine annuell to be payed nomine feudi­firmae. The annuell of Norwaie quhairof mention is maid in the actes of Parliament of King James the third, and in the Register of this Realm, was ane annuell of the summe of an hundred markes, sterling money, quhilk the Kings of this Realme was oblished to pay yeirlie to the King of Nor­waie, for the cause after specified. Because Donald Bane, brother to King Malcolme Cammoir, wrangeouslie after the decease of his brother usurped the richt of the Crown against his brother sones, Edgar, Alexander, Da­vid, and uthers. And for help, and supplie, gave all the Iles of Scotland to the King of Norway, quhairthrow, and for uther occasiones, monie bluidie and cruell battalles followed, untill the battell of Larges 3. Au­gust, 1263. In the time of King Alexander the third. And Acho King of Norway: Quha thereafter in the samin ȝeire 22. Januarie departed in Orknay. And the Scottis beand victorious, Magnus the fourth of that name, King of Norway, sonne to the said Acho, maid peace and concorde, with the said King Alexander in anno, 1266. and renunced, quite-clamed, and discharged all richt, or title, quhilk he or his successors had, or micht have, or pretend to the Iles of Scotland. The King of Scotland payand theirfoir yeirlie to the said Magnus, and his successors ane annuell of ane hundreth marks, sterling money. Quhilk contract and agreeance was ra­tified, and confirmed be Haquinus King of Norway, the fifth of that name, and Robert the first, King of Scotland, in anno 1312 Bot at the last the said annuell, with all the arrierages, and by-runnes thereof, was discharged, and renunced simpliciter, in the contract of marriage betuixt King James the third, and Margaret, onlie daughter to Christianus the first. King of Norway, Denmark, and Sweden, 8. Septemb. 1468. Quhilk dis­charge is nocht onelie ratified, bot also renewed thereafter be the said Christianus 12. Maii. 1469. And like-wise the said King James the third. 24. Fe. 1483. commanded his Ambassadours send to the Paip, to desire confirmation of the said perpetuall renunciation, and discharge of the contribution of the Iles.

ARAGE,

utherwaies Average, from Averia, Quhilk signifies ane beast, as salbe hereafter exponed: And swa consequentlie Average, sig­nifies service, quhilk the tennent aucht to his maister, be horse, or cari­age of horse 18. Jan. 1501. John Stewart contrair William Blair. In the act of Parliament Ja. 4. p. 2. c. 10. It is written Avarage. And likewise, in the indenture at Perth pen. Mart. 1371. betwixt Robert Steward Earl of Men­teith upon the ane part, and Dame Isabell Countes of Fife, Isabell Coun­tes of Fife. on the uther part, it is plainly written, cum Avaragiis & Cariagiis. In the quhilk inden­ture, the said Isabel dauchter and aire to Duncane Earle of Fife, & spouse to Walter Stewart brother to the said Robert, in the time of her Widuitie, after the decease of her said husband, oblished hir, to resigne the said Earl­dom of Fife, in the Kingis hands in favour of the said Earle, for new he­ritable infeftment thereof, to be given to him. The quhilk indenture is subscribed be Ioannes Rollo, quha was secretary to the said Earle. And conforme thereto, resignation was maid: for the quhilk scho received ȝeirlie for her sustentation, an hundreth fourtie five pounds, sterling money. Like as also the said Isabell 22. Junii 1389. resigned ad perpetuam remanentiam, in the hands of K. Robert the third, the Barrone of Strathurd, Strabraun, Discher, Toyer, with the Ile of Tay, Sundrie Land, per­teining to the Crown. lyand within the Schires­dome of Perth. The Baronne of Cowll, and Oneil, with the fortalice their­of, and patronage of the Kirk of Kincardin within the Schiresdome of A­berdene, the Barrons of Crumdail, and Affyn, within the Schireffdome of Innernes, the landis of Strahovie, and Abrandolie, within the Schireff­dome of Bamf. The lands of Logyachry, within the Schireffdome of Perth, [Page] the Barronie of Calder, within the Constabularie of Linlitheow, and Schireffe-dome of Edinburgh, and the landes of Kellynsyth, within the Schireffe-dome of Striviling. This I thoucht gud to advertise the reader how the Earledome of Fife and uthers landes foresaids, perteined to the Crowne. Duke Murdo sonne to the said Erle of Fife, being forefalted And that be King Iames the First. 1424. The said Earledome was decer­ned to remaine perpetuallie with the Crown, like as it dois, as ane spe­ciall pairt of the annexed propertie. As also the Lord-ship of Methven within the Schireffedome of Perth, and the barronie of Kellie, within the Scheriffedome of Forfar, did fall in the handes of King Robert the first, be done of forefaltour pronounced against Schir Roger Moubray Knicht.

ARRENDARE,

ane Spanish word, commonlie used in char­toures and infeftments of this Realm, in latin, locare seu rem aliquam vten­dam, fruendam, non gratis, sedcena mercede interveniente concedere. For conforme to the French, rent is ane certaine dewtie, as annuell-rent and ar­entare and theirfra arrendar, quasi ad certum rentum seu reditum dimittere to set and give, landes or tenements to onie man for an ȝeirlie duetie.

ARRERAGIUM,

or properlie Arrieragium, an French word, arrier, bakward: in latine retro, as Iamais arrier, used be the Earls of Angus, in their armes, to quhom it perteins to fecht the Kingis wantgard, as of auld it did appertain to Makduffe Earl of Fife, as writ is Hector Boetius. Ar­rieragium firmarum, signifies the by-run annuel, mails. fermes, profites or dewties of onie tenement, or landes, the quhilk restis upon the samine unpaied. quoniam attach. c. si tenementū. 27, Leg. Burg. c. si quis voluerit. 156.

ASSISA,

ane French word, Quhilk signifies properlie 1 sitting, or Session, and hes divers uther significations in the Lawes of this Realme, for assisa is taken for ane constitution, ordinance or law. Lib. 3. c. sequens. 23. quhair it is called recognitio. 2 And lib. 1. c. si non 23. mention is maid of ane essonȝie, or excuse, conforme to the Law and assise of the land. And assisa is called ane constitution, law or statute. lib. 4. c. die lunae. 13, as assisa regis David Stat. Alex. c. assisa 18. And assisatum signifies statute, or orda­ned St. 2. Ro. Br. c. Item ordinatum 26. King David maid an assise, or con­stitution of him quha was accused in judgement, and clenged, for the death of his wife, assisa Reg. Da. c. si quis velit. 33. assisaterrae is taken for the Law and constitution of the land, Lib. 4. c. si vir. 16. c. sciendum. 64. assisam infringere, is to violat and transgres the Law. And assisa of King James the First of weichts and measures maid at Perth. 11. Mart. and the First ȝeire of his reigne. Juxta assisam. lib. 2. c. dicitur autem. 74. is conforme to the law, or Juxta legem, is conforme to the time prescrived be the Law, Lib. 3. c. sequens. 33. in fin. 3 Item assisa is called ane measure, or certaine quantity, as the barrell bind of Salmond suld keepe and conteine the assise, and mea­sure of fourteene gallons. Ja. 3. 1. Octob. Parl. 14. c. 110. and all Salmond suld be packed in barrels, of the measure of Hamburgh, after the aulde as­sise, and na smaller barrels nor vesselles. Ja. 3. 6. August: Parl. 10. c. 76. assisa halecum,

Assise her­ring.

the assise herring, signifies ane certaine measure, and quan­titie of herring, quhilk perteinis to the King as ane pairt of his custumes, and annexed propertie, Ja. 6. p. 15. c. 237. For it is manifest that he suld have of everie Boat, that passis to the drave, and slayis herring, an thou­sand herring of ilk tack that halds, viꝪ of the Lambmestak, of the winter tack, and of the Lentrone tack, in December. 1516. The Kings Advocat contrair William Harper, and his Colleges. 4 Item the Kings rents of assise is interpreit, to comprehend the Kingis Lands and custumis 9. Decemb 1466. & 11. Mart. 1500. In the action betuixt James Ogilbie, contrair Patrick Gray, certain oxen was poynded for sundrie unlawes, and for the rent Assise aucht to the Kings Hienes for the blench ferms of the lands of Airlie. And sik-like the thrid of the Kings rent of the Assise, That is to say, the lands and customes, suld peneine to the Queen, as hir dowrie, Ja. 3. 9. Octob. p. 1. c. 2. 5 In this realme an Assise is called ane certaine number of men lauchfullie summond, received, sworn and admitted to judge and decerne in sundrie civil causes, sik as perambulations, cognitions, mo­lestations, purpresture, division of lands, serving of brieves, and in all and sundrie criminal causes. For be the law of this Realm, all crimes suld be decided and tryed be an assise,

Twa formis of assises.

Stat. Alex. c. 3. Quhair of their is twa kinds. Ane ordinarlie in use, quhilk may be called ane litil assise, of the nummer of 13. or 15. persons, lib. 3. c. generalia 25. The uther called ane great assise, quhilk consists of 25. persons, l. 1. c. poena. 16. lib. c. 2. dos. 19. and all the assi­sors, in baith the ane and the uther assise suld swear ane solemn aith, to judge and decerne richtly. vid. bona pat. For the quhilk cause they ar cal­led Juratores li. 1. c. poena. 16. and in sum buiks assisa, is called jurata patriae, and in the English lawes an Iury. The great assise (quhilk is not common­ly used in this Realme) is chosen against sik persons, as hes bin upon an litil assise, and ar accused de perjurio vel temerario juramento: and that they have done wrang against the laws in clenging onie trespassor quha is guilty and fowle of the crime. In the quhilk case, the man that is clenged, albeit wrangously, cannot be filed againe or punist: for he being anis quite, he is ever quite for that crime: bot the assisors may be accused of their wrang­ous deliverance. I. 3. p. 8. c. 20. N-c. 63. The great assise suld be of 25. per­sons, Nobill and gentilmen. And the Lords of the Session, upon the first daie of Junij. 1591. declaired all them to be esteemed, halden and repute as Nobil persons and gentilmen, that sal happen to be summond upon sik an assise, quha are landed-men, albeit they be inferior in rank and dignitie to them, upon quhais assise they suld passe.

ATTAYNT, Taynt,

an word meikle used in the English lawes, At­tayntus, is accused, filed or convict, for ony crime or cause. Stat. 2. Ro. Br. c. Item. 9. c. Item dominus 21. c. Item. 24. An Judg being convict, or attaynt of taking of budds, or of partialitie, suld be punished at the Kings wil, and tine his office. Sta. 2. Ro. Br. c. c. dominus rex. 22. Stat. 1. Ro. Br. c. Item quòd nul­lus. 8. I. 5. p. 7. c. 104. Bot attaynt or Taynt, is called the deliverance or proba­tion of 24. ( alias 25) leill men, the quhilk may be called an great assise. lib. 1. c. poena. 16.

ATTACHIAMENTUM,

from the French word, attacher, ligare, nectere, ane charge or binding of ony person, to the effect he may be drawn and compelled to compeir in judgement and answer as law wil. In the pre­face and beginning of the buik called quoniam attachiamenta, attachiamen­tum dicitur quoddam vinculum legitimum, per quod pars defendens invita a­stringitur, ad standum Juri, & respondendum parti de se conquerenti juridicè. And attàchiament sumtimes is of guds and geare, as in contractes, conven­tiones, and actions of moveabill gudes, in the quhilk the gudes and geare of the defender are attached, untill he find caution and pledges to answer as law will, quhilk being funden, the attachiamente is relaxed and lowsed. Sumtimes attachiament is of ane mans person and body, as in actiones of wrang, or criminall causes. In the quhilk the person of the transgressours suld be first attached, and gif he be disobedient, or fugitive, his gudes and gear, may be attached, untill he find caution to underlie the law. Swa com­monly, bot not perpetually, attachiamentum, vel est bonorum, vel corporis, sicut arrestamentum bonorum, as gif the Crowner can nocht apprehend onie man indited, to attache him personallie to compeir in the Justice aire: then he suld arreist all his gudes moveable and unmoveable to remaine under sure pledges, And to be furth-cummand to the King, in case he compeir not. l. Malc. Mak. c. 1. And in criminal causes, speciallie in treason the person or bodie of the defender suld be first attached, and put in sure firmance, until he have tholed ane assise, quhidder he be quite or foule. I. 2. p. 12. c. 49. And in civill causes the guds and geir, of the defender suld be first arreisted. Li. 4. c. 1. as writes Matthaeus de afflictis, in consuetudines Siciliae. constit. Hu­manitate. Nu. 33. Be the civill Law in execution of decreites, first the moveabill gudes perteining to the debtour, suld be first discussed, thereaf­ter his lands and immoveabill gudes may be comprised. Thirdlie the debts auchtand to him, quhilks are called nomina debitorum, may be persewed and discussed, L. a Divo Pio. 15. Sect. 3. De re Judicat. Quhilk is conforme to the act of Parliament, quhairby it is statute, that the lands perteining to the debtour suld nocht be comprised, untill his moveabil guds be first searched, socht, and discussed. Ja. 3. p. 5. c. 36.

AVERIA.

li. 4. c. si quis sederit. 23. c. quicunque. 31. ass. Reg. Da. c. si quis sederit 41. In the quhilk place it is called melius animal, the bestaucht, from the French, le meilleur auoir. Quhilk be the Law is given be the hus­band-man to his maister, as ane hereȝelde, and lib. 4. c. quicunque, 31. a­veria is called animal: The quhilk place is de namatione animalium, that is of poynding of cattell.

AVUNCULUS

properly is the mother-brother, bot sumtime con­form to the French maner of speach, it is taken for the father-brother, in Latin patruus, li. 2. c. si quis liberum 24. c. deficientibus 34. de judic. c. Item nota 15. In quibus loeis jus successionis dicitur pertinere ad avunculum ejus­que liberos quod non est consentaneum juri nostro civili, si avunculus propriè accipiatur pro fratre matris, quia cognatorum, h. e. consanguineorum, ex parte matris apud nos nulla est successio, h. e. cognati non succedunt aliis.

B.

BAGIMONT,

his taxation of benefices. Ja. 3. p. 6. c. 43. Ja. 4. p. 4. c. 39. The Pape in the time of K. James the third, send in this Realme ane cardinall and legat, called Bagimont, Quha did make an taxation of all the rentalles of the benefices, that the samin micht be knawin to the Pape. To the effect, that quhen onie person came to Rome seikand bulles or richt to onie benefice fra him, he micht conforme to the said rentall as he pleas­ed, sell the samin for sameikle Silver, or Golde, as he thocht maist pro­fitable. Quhilk taxation is grounded upon the Canon Law, in the Ex­travagant. suscepti regiminis, lib. 6.

BAIRMAN.

Vid. Dyvour.

BALLIVUS,

an French word, Baielif, Ane baillie or judge, li. 1. c. 10. c. 31. quha hes ane ordinar power and jurisdiction. Nam ballivus siue judex non potest esse arbiter. li. 2. c. 4. Ballia, in Latin provincia, ane baille­rie or jurisdiction. li. 1. c. 7. c. 18. stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. 4 c. Robertus. 28. Dicitur autem Ballivus à Baall, h.e. domino, quia ballivi dominantur suis subditis, quasi earum magistri & domini, Rebuftus in constit. regias, de sentent. execut. art. 7. gl. 1. And in the Checker compts, the Baillies of Burrowes are pro­perlie called ballivi. Quha be the Lawes of this Realme, makis compt ȝeirlie in the Checker, of their burrow mailles, as ane part of the Kingis an­nexed propertie, and also of their commoun gude, quhilk suld be imploy­ed in the necessar affaires of the burgh. And likewaies in the cheker, compt is maid of the Kingis propertie, be sik as are called Ballivi Regis, and in­tromettis with his rents: quhais compts are called computa Ballivorum ad extra Scil. Extra Burgos: And ar improperlie called Ballivi,

Computum ballivorum ad extra.

being Chalmerlanes in-put, and out-put be the Comptroller, for quhom he suld be answerable. Mair-over, in the Checker compt maid per rotulos, is quhen the Compter is charged in his compt, conforme to ane former compt, rolled of before: And computum extra rotulos,

Computum per rotulos, & extra ro­tulos.

is quhen the compter is charged in his oneration, be ony precept direct be himselfe, or be ony intromission maid be him of the Kingis rents, before the mak­ing of his compt, or with onie dewrie silver, or uther thing per­teining to the King extraordinarlie, and not ȝeirlie, as ane parte of his patrimonie.

BANRENTES, Banerets.

Ja. 1. par. 7. c, 101. In the quhilk place, it is manifest, that Ban-rent is ane kinde of estaite, greater and mair hono­rable then Barrones: For the Barrones are permitted to chuse their Com­missioners, to be sent for them to Councell and Parliament, to propone all and sindrie needes and causes, perteining to the commounes, in the Parliament, or generall Councell: Bot the Ban-rentes suld be warned be the Kingis speciall precept, to compeir personallie in the Parliament or Councell: In sik maner, as Bishoppes, Earles, Lords, Abbots, Pri­ores, usis to be summoned. This worde is commonlie used in the Eng­lish lawes, and in sindrie lawes of uther Cuntries. Cuia. l. 2. de Feud. Tit. 7. de nova fidelitatis forma. Boerius in decisiones Burdegalenses, Tract. de authoritate magni Consilii. Guido Papae quest. 614. & 326. jus [Page] Normand. l. 5. c. 2. Nu. 7. Zasius de Feud. Tit. qui Feudum dare possunt. Some callis Banrents them quha hes Baner rent, and divided in sundrie partes. Uthers callis them quha hes the rent or ȝeirlie dewtie of an Bar­ronne. And sik-like, some understandis them quha bearis the Kingis Baner in his hoist and armie: quhilk office and honour, perteins here­tablie, and allanerlie, to the Constable of Dundie, the Kings Baner man. But all men when they are belted and maid Earles, are called Barronne Banrent, and Lorde of our Soveraine Lordis Parliament: Quhairby it is manifest, that the said dignitie is common to manie, and nocht proper to ane man: And therefore seeing Zasius in the place foresaid, writis, that Ban-rent is ane dignitie concerning weir-fare: I think in my opinion, that Banrents are called Chevaliers of armes, or Knichtes, quha for obteining of great honoures, dignities or riches, hes power, or priviledge granted to them be the King, to raise and lift up an Baner, with an companie of men of weire, either horse-men, or futemen, quhilk is nocht lesum to ony Earl or Barronne, without the Kingis speciall licence, asked and ob­tained to that effect: As Henrie Pasquier Advocat. lib. 2. des re cerhes de la France. c. 9. Fol. 100. provis be money and sundrie argumentes of the Historie of France. And Doctour Thomas Smith, ane learned man, in his buike, anent the commoun weill of England. Lib. 1. c. 17.

Sayeth that Knightes, Banrentes, ar maid in the fielde, with the cere­monie of cutting of the poynt of their standerd, and making of it as it were ane Banner, they being before Bachelers, are now of ane greater degree, allowed to display their Armes in ane Banner, in the Kingis hoist and armie.

BANNITUS,

Banished for onie crime or uther cause. Bannum, signifies ane trumpet, in latin tuba, as writis Alciatus. l. 2. parer. c. 2. ex Procopio, l. 4. belli Persici. And be the common use and consuetude of this Realm, quhen onie person is banished, or put to the home, the same is done with three blasts of an horne, or an trumpet. And for that effect, it is statute and ordained that the Kinges maire, or serjand sall have ane horne and wand. Ja. 1. p. 7. c. 99. for with the horne he denunces men re­belles, and with the wand, he receives them to the Kingis peace, quhilk therefore is commonlie called the wand of peace. An Bannitus possit im­punè, offendi in corpore & bonis. vid. Chessanaeum in consuetud. Burgund: R. 2. Sect. 1. ver. confiscationis. Nu. 7. cum seqq.

BARO,

Ane Barronne. Zasius de Feud. Tit. qui feudum dare pos­sunt, Dux. writes conforme to Cornelius Tacitus, In Libre de Germania;

That Dux, or ane Duke, is the Governour of ane Province, or Armie, Comites, or Earles, are they quha are assessours to the Duke or Prince. SWA called a comitando, because they accompanie the saidis Dukes, and never passis out of their presence. Comes.

Marchio. Marchiones, ar Marquesses, Wardaines, or keipers of the Bordoures: For Mark, Marche, in Latine Limes, and Mark-grave in Dutche, is Co­mes Limitaneus. And all Marchiones dwelling on the Bordoures, or Marches, of the Cuntrie. As in this Realme the Earldome of March, quhilk perteinis to OUR SOVERAINE LORD, As ane part of his annexed propertie. Bot Comes Martialis, or Earle Martiall, is ane man of dignitie or jurisdiction, Cames Mar­tialis. à marte, vel bello: Because the jurisdicti­on of weir-fare perteinis to him. Alciatus libro de singulari certamine. c. 32. Affirmis, that like as the Earle is inferiour to ane Duke, swa ane Barronne is inferiour to ane Earle: And that Baro, cummis fra the Greek word Barus, gravis, wise, grave, prudent, and discreit: Bot con­trarie wise, Petrus Pithoeus. Lib. 1. Adversariorum writis, That Baro signifies ane baird, fuile, or un-wise man. Quhais opinion, I cannot gudlie approve.

Baldus in Cap. Innotuit de electione, definit Baronem, ut sit quisquis merum mistumque habet imperium in aliquo castro vel oppido, ex concessione principis. In this Realme he is called an Barronne, quha haldis his landes immediatlie in chiefe of the King, and hes power of pit and Gallous.

BARRATRIE, or Barrataria,

ane kinde of Simonie, especiallie in obteining the richt of benefices. Socinus reg. 55. Baldus in consilio 21. Part. 5. For all men passand to Rome and buyeand benefices commits Si­monie, and are called Barratoures. Be quhome Barratrie is committed, and quhat is the paine theirof, it is manifest be the actes of Parliament. It is ane Italian word, and be the Italiane interpretours of the civill Law, Bar­rataria, is quhen ane Judge corrupted be buddes (sik as gold and silver) judgis wrangeouslie, Petrus de Raven. singula. 156. and swa doing sellis Justice for meid and profite, and mak is his office readie to be boucht be him, quha will give maist theirfore. Angel. de Syndicatu. Nu. 4. For the quhilk crime he may be deprived, and sharpelie punished. Bartol. 1. l. Mae­via. 13. Sect 1- nu. 2. de. annu. legat. And likewaies Barrattours in the Laws of England, suld nocht be suffered to make sute, or to give judgementes or pronunce sentence or domes, anno 3. Edward 1. c. 32.

BASTARDUS, in French Bastard,

an barne unlauchfullie gotten outwith the band of Marriage. Quhilk word is barbarous, and (as I sup­pone) na reasone can be given quhairfore it is so called. Bot Gabriel Pa­laeotus, in his buik de nothis, spuriis que filiis. c. 18. alleagis it to cum fra Bassaris; quhilk signifies ane huire, or common woman: Be reason that bastards are commonlie gotten and procreat with sik weemen, in Greeke he is called nothus, for ta notha signifies that part of the fathers gudes & geare, Nothus. quhilk be the law of the Athenians leasumlie micht be given be the Father to his bastard sonne, extending to the summe of mille drachmae, and theirfore Nothon was called all that was not trew or lauchfull, as writes Bu­daeus in Pandectas. And swa Nothos cums fra noo, privativa particula, & thei­on, h.e. divinum, teste Suida. Because he wantis that quhilk is godlie and lauchfull, that is ane honest and lauchfull birth, or parentage. And swa nothos dicitur qui non sit legitimus, to the quhilk their is na proper Latine word correspondent, as Quintilianus testifies lib. 3. c. 6. Nevertheless, he is commonly called Spurius, Spurius. for in. l. 1. ff. de posses. contr. tabul. Spurii di­cuntur para ten sporan, h. e. statione, vel seminatione, eaque vaga, & pro­miscua, ubi doctiores sporaden legunt, quasi sparsim concepti, like as they are called vulgò concepti. l. in. adoptivis. 14. de ritu nuptiarum. Likewise Spurius was the proper name of ane man amongis the Romaines, as Titus, or Caius, and was written with two letters Sp. and likewaies they quha had na certaine Father, was designed with the saids twa letters, S. and P. And swa be common use and consuetude, Spurii dicebantur sine patre, as writes Plutarchus in problematibus, because their Father and mother nocht being lauchfullie maried, they have na certaine Father: quia pater dicitur quem legitimae nuptiae demonstrant. l. 5. ff. de in jus vocand: And it is alike to have na Father, and to have incertaine Father, as we say, he quha will have mo­nie Gods, hes na God. Postremò Blondus lib. 8. Romae triumphantis, is (in­quit) qui illegitimè natus esset ex coucubina vel scorto, contumeliae causa, spurius dicitur, eo quòd Sabini, muliebre pudendum sporon appellarunt: Sporon. Spare. haec ille Inhonesto originis genere in lucem editos, infami & inhonesta appella­tione notare voluerunt veteres. And that part of weemens claiths, sik as of their gown, or petticot, quhilk under the belt, and before, is open, commonlie is called, the spare. As concerning the succession of bastards, De successione activa, & pas­siva Bastar­dorum. Bastardus non potest esse haeres. thir schort rules are to be observed, conform to the Law, and practicque of this Realm. First na bastard, nor na persone, nocht procreat, and gotten in lauchfull marriage, may onie waies be lauchfull aire and succes­sour to onie of our Soveraine Lordis lieges. lib. 2. c. in custodiis 50. for be the law of God Ismaell being bastard, gotten upon ane bound woman Agàr, micht not be aire to Abraham, with Isack. Genes. 21.10. Be­cause all richt of succession is be reason of bluid, and consanguinitie of the Father side, quhilk is called jus agnationis, and theirfra ane bastard, quhais Father is incertaine, be the law is understand, be reason of bluid to be sib to na man, and nane to him, & ubi nullus est pater legitimus, ibi nulla est agnatio aut successio ratione agnationis.

Secondlie the bairnes maill, or female, Legitimi ba­stardorum li­beri, ipsis suc­cedunt. lauchfullie gotten be ane bas­tard, with ane lauchfull maried wife, succeids to him as righteous and lauchfull aires, in his Lands, gudes and geare, in the samin manner, as gif their father had been gotten and borne in lauchfull band of mariage, quia filius est haeres legitimus, quem nuptiae demonstrant. lib. 2. c. in custo­diis 50.

Thirdlie gif the lauchfull bairne maill or femaill of ane bastard, Fiscus succe­dit filio vel filia, Bastar­di. succeides to him, and thereafter deceasis without lauchfull aires gotten of his awin bodie, or without lauchfull brother or sister: and lauch­full testament and latter will maid be him, all and haill his lands, guds and geare, nocht being disponed and analied be him in his lifetime, aucht and suld perteine to the King, be the priviledge and richt of his Crown: Because, as said is, there is na richt of succession in this Realme, be the Mother side, and the sonne or dauchter of the bastard deceasand as said is, hes na persone sib to him be his Father side: And swa all richt of succession ceasand baith upon the Mother and Father side, tam ratione eognationis, quam agnationis, the King be reason of his Crown, Bastardus res suas alienare potest, tan­quam liber earum domi­nus. is univer­sall successor to him in his lands, guds and geare, as ultimus haeres.

Fourthly, an bastard being legitimat, or not legitimat, may in his lige pou­sty and induring his lifetime, annalie and dispone his landes, gudes and geare moveable, and unmoveable, to quhom he pleasis, in the famine forme and manner as onie person gotten in lauchfull bed may do be the Law.

Fiftlie, Fiscus succe­dit bastard [...]. all gudes moveable and unmoveable of ane person borne bas­tard and deceasand bastard, without lauchfull aires gotten of his bodie, and na disposition theirof maid in his time, perteinis as escheite to the King, be reason of the richt of his Crown. lib. 2. c. quaeri autem. 51. leg. forest, c. si bastardus. 50. de judic. c. si bastardus. 54.

Sextlie, Bastardus le­gitimatus po­test testari le­gitimē. Ane bastard being naturalized or legitimat be the King under the great seal, be the practicque now used and observed, hes allanerlie power to make testament, dispone his moveable gudes and geare, and nominate executors, conforme to the Law of this Realme: be the quhilk Law, na man lauchfullie, or unlauchfullie gotten or borne, Bastardus le­gitimatus po­test testari le­gitimē. may make onie disposition in his testament, bot of his moveable gudes allaner­lie. For na man upon his death-bed, or in his latter-will, without con­sent of his aire, may dispone ony part of his heretage. Lib. 2. cap. Potest 21. cap. Cum quis. 36.

Seventhlie, gif ane bastard legitimat and rehabled in his life-time, makis ane testament lauchfullie: The King thereby is excluded fra all richt and intromission with his moveable gudes: Bot gif he makes ane testament, quhilk is null and unlawfull: Or gif he makis na testament: Testamentum illegitimi fa­ctum non ex­cludis fiscum. The King be reason of bastardrie, succeedis to him in all his moveables, and unmoveables. For in this case, the effect and power of the legiti­mation ceasis, and hes na operation.

Auchtlie, quhen ane Bastard deceasis without ony lauchfull testament maid be him, or not havand aires lauchfullie gotten of his bodie: Bona mobilia Bastardi fisco deferuntur. The King, be his Thesaurer, or ony uther havand gift and power fra him, may intromet with all the moveable gudes quhatsumever, perteining to the Bastard, the time of his decease, and not disponed be him in his life­time, as escheit perteining to his Hienesse, be reason of his crown and Kinglie power.

Ninthlie, Sick-like all landes and tenements pertaining to the said Bas­tard, the time of his decease, Bona immo­bilia D.N. tenta, fisco in­feruntur. and halden immediatlie of our Soveraine Lord in chiefe, after his decease perteinis to the King, and the propertie thereof, be decease of the Bastard, and be reason of escheit of Bastard­rie, belangand to the Crown, is consolidat with the superiority in the Kingis person; in sik forme and maner, as gif the Bastard in his life-time, had maid resignation thereof, in the Kingis handes.

Tenthlie, Concerning landes and heretage, perteining to ane Bastard, In aliis bonis immobilibus Rex habet jus presentatio­nis. not halden of the King, bot of ane uther superiour, Spiritual, or Temporal; the King hes richt of presentation: Be the quhilk, after the decease of the Bastard, he may present ony person quhom he pleases, as heretable [Page] tennent to the Bastardes immediat superiour, be his letter, under the quarter seale, bearand: That for-sa-meikle, as N. borne Bastard, and de­ceaseand Bastard, without ony aires, lauchfullie gotten of his bodie, and na lauchful disposition maid be him in his life-time, had the landes cal­led B. perteining to him, in heritage, halden immediatlie of the said superiour: And his Hienesse being willing not to prejudge the superiour, anent his superioritie: Therefore presentis to him, sik ane man, charg­ing the superiour to receive him, and give him sik infeftment of the landes, as the umquhile Bastard had of him of before.

BERTHINSEK, Or Birdinsek.

Be the Law of Birdinsek, na man suld die, or be hanged for the thieft of ane scheepe, ane veale: Or for sa-meikle meate as he may beare upon his back in ane seck: Bot all sik thieves, suld pay ane scheepe, or ane cow, to him in quhais lande hee is taken: And mair-over, suld be scurged. Lib. 4. c. De Y burpanan seca. 14. quoniam attach. c. per constitutionem. 44. Ass. Reg. Da. c. 1. In fine. Stat. Al­ex. c. de Berthinsek. 19. Quhilk is conforme to the Civil, and Cannon law. Nam omnia delicta & maleficia aestimantur voluntate, & proposito delin­quentis. L. qui injuriae. 53. In prin. ff. de furtis. L. 1. ff. de Var, & extr. Crim. Id­eoque si quis necessitate famis sedandae, egestate, aut paupertate coactus, rem alienam contrectat, quia non adest animus furandi cupidus, excusari potest. e. si quis. Extr. de Furt. non enim factum, sed causa faciendi inspicitur. l. Ve­rum. 39 ff. de furti. Et vuglo dici solet, necessitatem non habere legem. L. Non solum § Vlt, de excusationib. Tutor.

BLUDUEIT, UYTE

In English is called Injuria, vel miseri­cordia. Ane un-law for wrang or injurie, sik as bloud: For they quha ar infest with Bludueit, hes free libertie to take up all vnlawes or amercia­mentes of Court, for effusion of bloud: And to hald Courtes thereupon, and to apply the samin to their awin utilitie and profite.

BONA PATRIA,

Lib. 1. c. si verò. 29. Ane assise of cuntrie-men, or of good nichtboures: Some-times it is called. Assisa bonae patriae, quhen twelve, or maa men ar chosen furth of ony part of the Cuntrie, to passe upon Assise, quha ar called Juratores, Juratores. because they suld sweare judiciallie, in presence of the partie, ane solemne aith. Lib. 1. c. Post hoc. 14. Iam 1. P. 13. c 138: The aith of the assisors. In this manner following. ‘We sall leill suith say, and na suith conceale, for na-thing be may, sa far as we are charged upon this Assise, be God himself, and be our part of Paradise, and as we will answere to God upon the dreadfull day of judgement.’

BONDAGIUM; or Villenagium,

slaverie, or servitude: For bondi, nativi,

Bondi. Nativi.

and Villani, signifies ane thing. Lib. 2. c. Consequenter 13. cum seqq. Bondi, be reason of their band and obligation, as bound and oblished men. Nativi, be reason of their nativitie and birth, as borne men within the land, Quasi ascriptitij glebae, That is depute, destinate. or ordained be their master, to dwel and remaine upon the land, for keiping and labou­ring thereof. Lib. 2. c. Pluribus 14 And therefore utherwaies ar called Vil­lani,

Villanis.

be reason of their office: in sa far as they have the cure of Villages, and landwart husbandrie committed to them. Bondagium per anteriores crines capitis.

Bondagium per anterio­res crines.

quoniam attach. c. de brevibus. 31.15. quhen ony free man, renuncis his libertie, and makis himselfe ane bond, or slave to ane greate man in his Courte, and makis tradition, & delivering of him-selfe, be gi­ving ane grip of the haire of his forehead: to the effect he may be main­teined and defended be him thereafter. The Quhilk bond-men, gif they reclaime to their libertie, or happen to be fugitive fra their maister, may be drawen back againe be the Nose, to servitude: Fra the quhilk the Scottish saying cummis, quhen ane boastis and menacis to tak ane uther be the Nose. And it is leasum to ony man to sell his libertie; bot gis hee dois, he may never recover the samin. Assis. Reg. Da. c. Quilibet 12. quoniam attach. c. quilibet, 56. To this the Civil Law is conforme. Nam his qui ad precium particidandum sevaenundari passi sunt, ad libertatem pro­clamare non licet. L. 1. ff. quib. ad lib. Petrus Pithaeus. li. 1. Adversariorum, makis mention of ane kind of adoption, per comam sive capillos, quhen ony person tuike ane grip of ane uther mannis haire, and did cut it: Quhairby the ane, became the Father adoptive, and the uther, the Sonne adop­tive.

BORCH,

ane Cautioner, pledge, or sovertie, Iam. 3 Par. 14. c. 99. In Latine, Fide-jussor. vide Free Borgh. vid. Plegius. Borgh of Ham-hald. de Maritag.

Borgh of Ham-hald.

c. Sciendum. 17. Ane Caution or sovertie used in byeing and selling, quhilk the seller findis to the byer, to make the gudes furth­cummand, as his awin proper gudes, and to warrand the samin to him. For it is Statute, that na man sall bye ony geare, except the seller thereof finde him ane lauchfull pledge: quhilk is called Borgh of Ham-halde. And gif it fall happen the gudes sauld and bocht, to be challenged bee ane uther, and the saide pledge cannot finde him, for quhome he is pledge, to re­lieve him of the said challenge: He sall pay to the Challenger, the triple of the thing challenged: And aucht Kye to the King, as ane un-law. And gif he quha faunde the said pledge, relievis him not from the said damnage, he he sallbe banished the realme. Lib. 1. c. Statuit etiam 19. St. Alex. c. Sta­tuit etiam 13. For generally the Cautioner hes gud action, contrair the prin­cipall, for his relief. Lib. 3. ca. 1, Is fine. And siklike within Burgh, the like caution suld be found in byeing & selling of all merchandice, except meate and drinke, and uther thinges of small consequence. Leg. Forest. c. Nullus, 48. Et de jure civili venditor per evictionis praestationem, cogitur servare emptorem indemnem, eodem modo ac si domimium nactus esset. L. exempto. N. in prin. ff. de actionibus emp. vid. Hambaldare. vid. Hamsuken. Mair-o­ver, gif ony man becummis ane furth-cummand borgh for, ane uther, to make him furth cummand as ane haill man, it is sufficient, gif he produce him personallie, hail & sounde before the judge, in lauchfull time & place. Bot gif he be pledge for ane uther, that he salbe answerable as law will▪ he man satisfie for him in court, and to the partie, to quhom he is pledge in all thinges, as the principall suld have done. Quoniam attach. c. vbi aliquis 11.

BOTHNA, Buthna, Bothena.

L. 4. c. Si quis namos. 30. appearis to be ane Parke, quhair cattel ar sed and inclused, vt in Libro M. Alexandri Skene, fratris mei germani, quandam in supremo Senatu Advocati. Quhlk in confirmed be Hector Boetius. l. 7. c. 123. Nu. 35. Cum scribit maritimam Thes­saliae partem á vectigali, quod Regiis procuratoribus ab incolis in annos pen­di solitum erat, cum gregum multitudine abundarent, Buth qahaniam appel­latā, est enim, quhain, idē quod vectigal, prisca Scotorum linguaret Buth, oviū collectio: haec ille. And it is manifest, that the place in the quhilk the ȝowes ar inclosed quhen they ar milked, is commonlie called an Bucht. Sicklike Aulus Gellius l. 11. c. 1, writts that Italy is so called a Bubus,

Italie.

because Ita­loi in the auld Greek language, signifies Oxen, of the quhilk there was great aboundance and multitude in Italy, quhilk is confirmed be Paulus Vanefridus lib. 2. c. 24. Italia (inquit) ab Italo, Siculorum duce, qui eam anti­quitus invasit, sive ob hoc Italia dicitur, quia magni in ea boves, h.e. Itali ha­bentur, ab eo namque quod est Italus, per diminutionē, una litera addita, altera immutata, vitulus appellatur. Item Bothena. Stat. Wilb. c. 11. Signifies ane Bar­ronnie, Lordship, or Schireffdome, as is manifest, Ex Libro Sconens. ca 99. Assis. Regis David: Et Dominus Bothenae, is the lord of the Barronie, land, or ground: Leg. Port. ca. 1. in Libro M. Willielmi Skene, fratris mei, Commi­ssarij Sancti Andreae. Pag. 149. c 79. item, It is statute and ordained, that the Kingis Mute, that is, the Kingis Court or ilk Bothene, that is, of ilk Schi­reffedome, salbe halden within fourtie daies. Ass. Reg. Da. ca. 6. in Libr. quondam M. Roberti Carbraith. I. C. Doctissimi.

BOTE,

Ane auld Saxon worde, signifies, Compensation, or Satis­faction: As man-bote, theift-bote; And in all excambion, or cossing of landes or geare moveable: The ane part that gettis the better, givis ane Bote, or compensation to the uther. Quhairof there is ane example in § Si familiae, instit. de Offic. Iudic. & id § quaedam actiones. Instit. de actionibus.

Man-boate. Kin-boate. Thieft-boate.

Ane man-bote is assithment for the slauchter of ane man. Kin-bote, for the slauchter of ane Kins-man. Thieft-bote, is quhen ony man agries with ane thiefe, & puttis him fra the Law. I. 5.12. Iul. Par. 1. c. 2. Or quhen ony sellis ane thiefe, or finis with him, for thieft-dome done, or to bee done. Ia. 1. Par. 13. c. 137.

BOVATA TERRAE,

ane oxen-gate of land. Li. 4. c. Si quis sede­rit. 23. Quhilk in sum buikes, is wrangeouslie written, Davata terrae. The Lordes of the Session be their decreete. 18. Iulij. 1541. Esteemed and mo­dified ane Oxen-gate of land, to twentie shillinges in all dewties ȝeirly. Bot in this I finde na certaine rule; For some land is mair fertill, and uther mair barren: Alwaies, ane Oxen-gate of land, suld conteine threttene ac­ker: And four Oxen-gate, extendis to ane pound land of auld extent, con­forme to the decreetes given be the Lordes of the Checker. 11. Mar. 1585. Patrik Mony-penny of Pilrig, and uthers, contrair Adam Bishop of Orlenay. And at the instance of John Criechtonne of Bruntstoun, contrair Iohn Fontoun.

BREVE,

Ane commoun worde in the Lawes and practicque of this Realme: And also in the Civil Law. Lib. 1. C. De exactorib. Tribut. Li. 10. leg. ult. c. de conveniend fisci. Debitorib. Lib. 10. Quhair, in the Glosse, it is called Schedulae, ane schort compendious write: Like as all brieves ar conceived in few words, and ar alswa called Brevicula. And in Rubr. C. de sentent. ex periculo recitand. Alciatus Lib. 1. Dispunct. cap. 21. Et Jacobus Cuiacius, Antonio Contio repugnante, Legunt ex Breviculo, id est, ex scripto breviori formula concepto. Because the sentences and decreetes of Ordinar judges, suld be red and pronounced in writ. Breve testatum, is ane writ or instrument, subscrived be ane publick Notar; Or be twa witnesses,

Breve testa­tum.

quha ar called, pares curtis, vel curiae. b. c. Convassalli: Quha baith halds their land of ane superiour. Cuiacius Lib. 1. & Lib. 2. Tit. 3. De feud. in the auld Lawes of this realme, diverse and sindrie Brieves hes bene used and wonte, quhairof mention is maid Quon. attach. c. de brevibus 31. And in sindrie uther places.

Brieves now in use.

Bot seven formes of Brieves allanerlie, are nowe com­monlie used. The first, the Brieve of Mortancestrie. The seconde, the Brieve of tutorie. The third the brieve of Idiotry. The fourth the brieve of Terce. The fifth the brieve of line, or lineation of landes, and tene­mentes within Burgh. The sext the brieve of division. The seventh, the brieve of perambulation. Quhairof the three first brieves are answe­red, and retoured againe to the Chancellarie. And the uther foure re­ceivis na retoured answer. The cause of the diversitie dependis upon the forme of the brieves direct furth of the Chancellarie. Because the three first brieves in the end of ilk ane of them conteinis an command to the judge, to quhome they are direct, to send back againe his answere to ilke point of the brieve. And the remnant foure brieves hes na sik command; And theirfore requiris na answer.

BREVE de divisis faciendis,

Is the brieve or summonds of cognition, or molestation anent the propertie and commontie of Landes, anent the bounds, meithes and marches theirof, betuixt Neighbour, and Neigh­bour. Quhilk be the new act of Parliament, suld be decided be ane assise, before the Schireffe, and his deputes. Ja. 6. p. 11. c. 42. It maie be like­waies called the brieve of division, or of perambulation, or onie uther concerning the marches of landes, lib. 2. c. dicitur. 74.

BREVE de nova dissasina,

quo. attach. c. de brevibus. 31. Is the brieve or summondes of ejection, or spuilȝie. For dissasitor, is he quha ejectis onie man furth of the possession of his landis, without ordour of the law, as writis John Rastel. verb. dissasitor. And nova dissasina, signifies alswa spuilȝie, maisterful, wrangous, or violent spoliatiō & away taking of move­able guds and gear. 22. March. 1547. William Lindsay contrair Alex. Chene. Molinans in stilo curiae parliament. part. 1. c. 10. c. 18. affirmis that noua dis­sasina, is that quhilk in the civil law, is called interdictum unde vi. And cō ­prehends also interdictum uti possidetis. And in the Law of Normandy, li. 8. c. 3. it is called interdictum recuperandae possessionis. vid. dissasina.

BREVES pleadable, breve placitabile,

are all sik brieves, quhilkis are persewed and defended be ane ordinar forme of proces before ane com­petent [Page] judge, at the instance of ane persewer against ane defender. For it is Statute, that na man sall be ejected furth of his land or tenemente, quhairin he alledgis him to be vest and saised, bot be an brieve pleadable or sum uther brieve accordand theirto, & that the said person be lawfully summound, to answer upon his heritage, at ane certaine day & place. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. C. Item. 25. quhilk is conforme to the acts of Parli. Ia. 3. P. 6. c. 41.

BREVE de recto,

the brieve of richt was used before the Justice ge­nerall and his deputes in decision of the ground, richt and propertie of lands, and reduction of infeftments, the quhilk forme of proces is declared at length, in the first buike of Regiam Majestatem, and in quo. attach. c. de brevibus. 13. and be the Lords of councell and session is decerned nocht to have bene, nor ȝit to be thir mony ȝeires in use, and theirfore they find themselfe, conform to the institution of the Colledge of Justice, and ju­risdiction granted to them, to be judges competent in all causes of heretage, vlt. Februar. 1542, Patrick Weemes contrair Forbes of Reres.

BREVE de morte antecessoris,

the brieve of Mortancestrie. l. 2. c. gene­ralia, 25. Or the brieve of succession, or of consanguinitie, de iudicib c. Na­tura. 158. Or breve inquisitionis. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 1. Or the brieve of inquest. I. 4. p. 6. c. 94. Albeit all brieves are inquisitions, because they are determinat per inqusitionem patriae, de iudicib. c. cum quis. 152, or the brieve of recog­nition, breve recognitionis Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. Item. quia 23. It is the maist ne­cessar, common and profitable brieve, or inquisition that is used be the lie­ges of this Realme, quhairby ane desiris, to be served and retoured, as nar­rest and lauchfull aire to his father or uther predicessour. This brieve is ra­sed furth of the Chancellarie and persewed be ane appeirand aire of per­fite age, The persewer of the Brieve. for recovering of his landes, furth of his superiours handes: to­gidder with all the proffites and commodities theirof. leg. forest. c. et si hae­res 71. The raiser of the brieve at the samin time suld find caution to per­sew and follow the brieve, and his clame conforme theirto. lib. 3 c. gene­ralia. 25. The Judge. Be the auld law of this Realme, the Iustice generall and his de­putes haveand jurisdiction nocht onelie in criminall causes, bot also in civil actions, was judge competent to the service of this brieve. quō attach. c. de brevibus. 31. Bot now the samin is served before the Schireffe, Stew­art, baillie, or onie uther judge havand power and jurisdiction. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 1. Or before judges delegat be commission, granted be the Lords of Councel, Proclamation for the serving of the said brieve. Ia. 5. p. 6. c. 82. The brieve suld be proclaimed upon fifteene dayes warning exclusivè. That is upon fif­teene daies, nocht comptand the daie of the service of the brieve to bee ane of them, be sik persones, as hes power be their office or commission, to proclaime the samin, in ane lauchfull, publick, and convenient place: That is to say, in the principall Burgh of the Schireffe-dome, Balliery, or uther place quhair the landes lies: at the mercat croce theirof, and in mer­cat time of daie, before twa witnesses at the least, to the effect that the knawledge theirof may cum to the audience of all parties, havand or pretendand entres theirintill, and theirafter the brieve suld be lauchful­lie execute and indorsate, Indorsation. be the officiar, executor theirof, and stamped with his seale or signet before the samin be presented in judgement. Stat: Rob. 3. c. 1. I. 1. p. 9. c. 127. 1. 4. p. 6. c. 94. 1. 6. p. 11. c. 60. In registro 16. No. 1537. It is necessar and also lesum to the Schireffe, or onie uther Iudge of this brieve, Assise suld be summound. to sūmmond certaine persons maist worthy within his jurisdiction to passe upon the assise, and that upon the space of fifteene daies, or ȝit gif he pleasis upon ane schorter time, and gif they be present in the tol­buith un-summoned, it is leasum to the Judge to compell them to passe upon the said inquest. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 94. And all sik persones summoned and nocht compeirand, ar charged at the barre and dissobeyand, suld bee decerned in ane unlaw and amerciament of court; The brieve beand lauchfullie proclaimed, and the persons of inqueist like-waies summo­ned, and the daie of compeirance being cum: the persewer exhibitis and presentis the brieve dewlie execute and indorsate, in judgement to the Judge, and desiris him to cause the samin be red, and put to the knaw­ledge of ane assise: Thereafter the officiar; executour of the said brieve, be his great aith, Verification of the brieve. sall sweare judiciallie, that he did execute the samin brieve, conforme to the indorsation thereof in all poyntes, and the wit­nesses insert there-in-till, sall also make faith, that they heard, saw, and by­stude, quhen the said officiar did execute and proclaime the Brieve, in sik manner, as is contained in the indorsation thereof: The brieve and indor­sation being swa verified, Defender. gif ony person havand entresse, compeiris to defend and object against the brieve, he sulde have inspection thereof, gif he desiris the samin: And gif he proponis ony relevant exception, declinatour, dilatour, or peremptour: Hee thereby castis and annullis the Brieve, either until ane new brieve be raised againe, or simpliciter in all times cumming: utherwaies, gif he hes na reasonable exception or de­fence to stop the brieve; the samin sall passe to the knawledge of ane assise, Quoniam attach. c. de brevibus. 13.

An assise is chosen.THEN Certaine lauchfull menne maiste worthie, and quha beste knawis the veritie, to the number of Thretteene, or fif­teene, ar chosen in judgemente, in presence of the persewer, and defender: Or in presence of the persewer, and in absence of the defender, knawin to have enteresse, and being lauchfullie sum­moned, and nocht compeirand, to the said election, to object against sa mony persones, as he may leasumlie stop be the law, to passe upon the assise: For like as it is necessar, that he be anis summoned: Swa gif he compeires nocht, being lauchfullie summoned, the brieve suld receive processe, and passe to the knawledge of ane inquest, at the desire of the persewer, in absence of the defender. Lib. 3. c. Generalia. 35. ass. Reg. Da. c. sciendum est. 44. lib. 4. c. Si petens. 57. Continuation of the brieve. Quhilkis persones, na lauchful objection maid against them, suld be received, sworne, and admitted: And therefore ar called Juratores. vid. Bona Patria. And gif they, or onie ane of them be sworne and received, the judge may continue the brieve to ane uther daye, gif he pleasis, and as necessitie requiris: uther­waies the continuation thereof, is nocht leasum, without the consent of the partie, after the claime is given in; And inquisition ta­ken in the cause, gif the persones of inquest, being weill counselled, The claime Service nega­tive. and advised, deliveris and servis Negative, in favoures of the defend­er, and findes the persewer na waies nearest and lauchfull aire to him quha died last Veste, and saised in the Landes acclaimed: In that case the defender dois bruik and joyis the possession of the said lands, and the persewer is debarred and secluded therefra. Bot gif the assise deliveris and servis negative, as said is, or affirmative, Service affir­mative. in favours of the persewer against the defender, conforme to the claime in all poyntes: This their answere to all and sundrie the pointes of the brieve, sealed with all their seales, or of the maist part of them, togidder with the seale of the Schireffe, or u­ther judge closed, and the brieve inclosed therein (to the effect the same may be conferred with the answer) is sent back and retoured to the chan­cellarie, conforme to the Kingis command, Retour. conteined in the end of the brieve. Stat. Ro. 3. c. 1. Quhilk therefore is called ane retoure. Twa kinds of retours. And it is to wit, that there is twa kindes of retoures, or answeres maid be the persons of inquest, to this brieve, and retoured to the Chancellarie: The ane is generall and the uther speciall: The generall is, Generall re­toure and aire. quhair na landes or te­nements ar speciallie acclamed or soucht be the persewer of the brieve: Bot onelie it is desired, that hee may be served and retoured generalie, nearest and lauchfull aire to his Predecessour: To the quhilk generall claime, ane generall retour is maid, be vertue quhairof the said generall aire, hes gude richt and title to all contractes, obligationes, and reversi­ones, and to the moveable aire-schip guds. quhilkis perteined to his pre­decessour, and were not discharged, or disponed before his decease, in his liege poustie: And sik-like, he may persew, and defend quhat sume­ever action competent to him, be decease of his saide predecessour, to quhom he is served air generall. 8. March. 1540. Iames Scot, contrair [...] Blair: The speciall answere and retour is, Speciall re­tour. quhen the persewer of the brieve, claimis speciall landes, and the persones of inquest givis ane particular and speciall answer to ilk special poynt of the brieve. l. 16. 4 c. statuit Dominus 45. The quhilk is direct and send to the directour of the Chancellarie, to be tryed be him, gif the samin be conforme to the di­rection and ordour of the brieve in all poyntes. Here is to be under­stand, that the landes conteined in the retour, ar halden immediatlie of our Soveraine Lord the King, or of ony uther superiour. Gif the lands be halden of the King in chief, the directour of the Chancellarie, com­mandis his Clerkes to direct ane precept, under the testimoniall of the great seale, called the quarter seale, in quhite Walx, to the Schireffe of the Schire, quhair-in the landes lyis: commanding him to give saising to the person retoured, or his Actournay, of the landes conteined in the retour: And to take securitie of the mailles and dewties of the landes, sa lang as they ar retoured, to have bene in the handes of the King, or his Predecessoures, be reason of warde, or none-enteresse, quhairof ane me­moriall is made in ane buike called, Responde, vid. Responde. Of lands re­toured, halden of an uther superiour.Gif the lands retoured be halden of ane uther immediate superiour then the King: The directour of the Chancellarie, directis ane precept, chargeing the superiour, to give saising to the person retoured, of all and sindrie the landes conteined in the retour: He doand to him therefore all quhilk he is obished to do be the Law: Quhilk precept, gif the superiour disso­beyis, beand required personallie, or at his dwelling place, to obey the samin: And for verifying thereof, The second precept. ane authentick instrument repor­ted to the Chancellarie: Then the second precept, called Meminimus, is direct to the saide superiour, bearand in effect, that the King remem­brand, that of before he gave command to him to give saising: quhilk command as ȝit is nocht obeyed, quhairof he mervailis: And therefore ȝit, as of before, chargis and commandis the said superiour, to give sai­sing to the person retoured, of the landes conteined in the retoure. The third precept. And gif ane uther authentick instrument be reported to the chancellary for verification of the superiouris disobedience the second time; The third precept called Furchae, is direct, commanding him to give the said saising, or utherwaies gif he disobey, the king certifies him, that he will direct his uther precept to his schireffe to give the samin. In the ex­ecution of al thir three precepts, it is not necessare, that the superiour sall be personally apprehended. The fourth precept of the schireff. But it is sufficient gif he be sa charged in the execution of any ane of them. The third precept and charge being like­wayes disobeied, and the samin disobedience lawfully verified, as said is: ane precept is direct furth of the chancellarie, to the schireff and his depu­tes of the schire within the quhilk the landes retoured lyes. Mak and men­tion, that the King hes given command be his uther letters, to N. Barron and his deputes, that he without delay suld give saising to the person re­toured, or his attornay of the landes conteined in the retour, quhilk gif he dois not, he commands and chargis the schireff, to give saising of the saids lands with the pertinents without delay, saisand ilk mans richt. Quhilk precept being obeyed be the schireff, and saising given conform theirto: the superiour who was three times charged of before and refused, be rea­son of his disobedience, tynis and forefaults the superiority of the lands quhairof he refused to give saising induring his lyfe-time. Quhilk supe­rioritie, sall pertein to his immediat superiour, quhidder that be the King or ony uther. And after his deceas, his aire being served and retoured to the superioritie of the samin lands, recoveris the said superioritie quhilk his father did tine throw his disobedience. Twa maners of tinsell of superioritie. And sa be the law and prac­ticque of this realme, ane superiour may tyne and forefault his superi­oritie. First, quhen he is entered and saised in the superioritie, and being charged be precepts of the Chancellarie, refusis to receave his vassall, & tennent, served and retoured to the property. In the quhilk caise be rea­son of his contempt and disobedience of the Kings precepts and com­mand, he tynis the superiority, induring his lyfetime, without any de­claratour, or decreit of ane judge. Secondly, quhen the superiour is not entred nor saised in the superioritie, and is charged be the Lords letters raised be his vassall, to enter within fourtie dayis thereto, to th' effect he [Page] may enter to the propertie. The quhilk fourty daies being by-past, at the instance of the vassall, he may be decerned be decreit of the Lords of the Session, to have tynt his superiority, and to satisfie the partie grieved. Ia, 3. p: 7: C: 57: And in baith the caises foresaid, the vassal, or tennent, salbe en­tred and hald of the King, or the uther immediate over-lord, to him quha contempnandly disobeyed. Precepts of saising given conforme to retoures be commission. Last of all, concerning the giving of saising conforme to brieves served and retoured before the judges, commissioners the forme and ordour of the Chancellary above written, suld be keeped and observed, and gif the landes retoured be halden immediatly of the King: the precept of saising suld be direct to the Schireff and his deputes. For the Lords auditors of the Checker, statute and ordained, 8. Aug. 1528. that in time comming, the clerke of the Chancellarie, upon the brieve ser­ved be an commission, sall direct the precept of saising, to the principal schireff of the schire, and make the responsion upon the schireffs head, notwithstanding the said commission, quhilk is ordained allanerly to have effect, anent the serving of the brieve, and not anent the giving of the sai­sing. And true it is, that all saisings past upon precepts of the chancellary, suld be given be the schireff clerk or his deputes, for the quhilk the schi­reff sall answer. Ia. 5. p. 6. c. 77. Mar. p. 6. c. 34.

BROCCARII,

In statutis gildae, signifies lockers, brockers, media­tours, or intercessours in onie transaction, paction or contract. As in buy­ing and selling, or in contracting of mariage. In the civil law they are cal­led, Proxenetae. Lib: 1: & tot. tit. de Proxenetis.

BULLION

ane French word, Bilon, signifies uncunȝied silver or gold, quhairof silver or gold is, or may be cunȝied or striken: sik as Ballu­ca, in greek Chrysamenos. h e. aurea arena, quae ex terra effoditur lib 1. c. de metallar. l. 11. In the English lawes it is called Plate. In the acts of parlia­ment of this realme, it is statute and ordained, That merchands sall bring hame Bullion, quhair-anent the Lordes of checker maid this ordinance, At Edinburgh the 10. day of Janua. 1597. In presence of the Lordes of checker compeired personally, the Provest, Baillies and Thesaurer of Edin­burgh, with certaine merchands their nichtbors, and gave in their supplica­tion, desiring the A. B. C. of Bullion to be explained, and an solide order to be taken with the expres quantitie of Bullion, quhilk they salbe astrict­ed to pay presently, & in all time heirefter. After consideratiō quhairof, & conference had at length with them, upon the particularities concerning the said matter of Bullion. The saids Lords of checker, with consent of the saids Provest and Baillies, for themselves, and their remanent nichtbors, and merchands of this realm; hes statute and ordained, that all merchands sall in bring and pay in all time comming, for ilk last of hydes, sex ounces Bullion: For ilk last of Salmond, four ounce bullion: For ilk 4. hundreth claith, four ounce bullion: Forilk serplaith of woolle, four ounce bullion. And for all uther waires and merchandice transported be them furth of this realme, for ilk serplaith of gudes, or sa-meikle as payis ane serplaith of fraucht: The said Merchand sall pay, four ounces of bullion: And untill mair perfite knawledge, be had of the just quantitie of the serplaith, or­dainis twa tun fraucht, to be compted to the sek: And twa sek fraucht to the serplaith. And the said bullion to be in-brocht to the Cuinȝie-house be the merchandes: And payment to be maid to them for the samin, con­forme to the act of parliament maid there-anent, upon the nineteenth day of December, last by-past.

Ane A. B. C. of the Bullion, set downe be the Lords of Checker, for gudes transported furth of the Cuntrie. And declared be them, to be conforme to the actes of Parliament, And the acte of Checker, above specified. 13. Febru. 1597.

• The last of drinking beare. ij. ounce burnt silver
• The last of Quheate iiij. ounce
• The last of Beare iij. ounce
• The last of Malt iij. ounce
• The last of Rye, and Rye meale, ij. ounce
• The last of Killing, Codlinge and Ling ij. ounce
• The last of Olie ij. ounce
• The last of Orkney butter ij. ounce
• The last of Herring ij. ounce
• The last of Salmond iiij. ounce
• The last of Saipe ij. ounce
• The last of Asse ii. ounce
• The last of Pick and Tarre ij. ounce
• The last of Lint and Hemp ij. ounce
• The last of Irne ij. ounce
• The last of Copper conteining 14. schip pund ij. ounce
• The last of Hart hides, dry hides, and salt hides vj. ounce
• The tun of wine i. ounce
• Ilk four hundreth of claith iiij. ounce
• Ilk seck of scheip-skinnes conteining 500. ij. ounce
• The serplaith of lamb-skins conteining 8000. iiij. ounce
• The serplaith of cunning-skins conteining 16000. iiij. ounce
• Ilk serplaith of futfelles conteining 4000. iiij. ounce
• Ilk seck of gait-skins conteining 680. ij. ounce
• Ilk three chalder of salt i. ounce
• Ilk hundreth of dailles i. ounce
• Ilk last of Narvis talloun ij. ounce
• Ilk tunne of lead i. ounce
• Ilk four chalder of coales i. ounce
• Ilk three hundreth of drie fisch ij. ounce
• Ilk thousand ling or killing in peill ij. ounce
• For ilk four cradill of glasse ij. ounce
• For ilk seck of wooll conteining xxiiij. stanes ij. ounce
• The last of wax, conteining xiiij. schip pund ij. ounce

BURLAW, Byrlaw. Lawes of Burlaw are maid, and determined be consent of nichtbors, elected and chosen be common consent, in the courts, called the Byrlaw courts. In the quhilk, cognition is taken of complaints betuixt nichtbour and nichtbour, lib. 4. c. The quhilk men sa chosen, as judges and arbitrators to the effect foresaid, are commonly called byrlaw men. It is an Dutch word, for haur or haursman in Dutch, is rusticus, an husband-man. And sa byrlaw burlaw, or baurlaw, leges rusticorum: Lawes maid be husband-men, concerning nichtbour-heid to be keeped a­mangs themselves.

C

CADROW,

quhairof mention is maid in the act of P. printed. 1568. Ia. 2. 4. An. 1454. c. 41: wrangously, for cadȝou, because furth of the baro­ny of Cadȝou; an ȝeirly pension or annuel-rent of 26. pound 13. schil. 4. pen. was payed to the King in the checker; as is manifest in the Schireff-rolles. Ia. 2. 1456. and likewaies in the Schireff-rolles, Ia 3. 1487. in the quhilk rol, the barronny of Cadȝou is called Hammilton, & in divers uthers rolles.

CANUM, Cana.

In sindrie charters and infeitments of lands, specially halding of the kirk, is commonly used; for the duety and revenue quhilk is paied to the superiour, or lord of the land, and specially to bischops, or kirk-men, quhidder it be quheat; beir,, aites; or uther kinde of victuals: salt; or summes of mony, as is manifest, ult: feb. 1509. The King contrare the L. of Balmonth. Ȝit nevertheles, the lands of Kilconquhair; liand within the schirefdome of Fyfe, are retoured to be halden be service of ward and re­lieve, payand an certain sum of silver, nomine cani. to the B. of S. Andrews. Quhilk to be weill done, I cannot affirme: for it is certaine, that all lands halden nomine cani, payis ane certain sum of silver, or some uther certain duty, particularly expressed in the infeftment. Sa gif that maner of halding be like to the halding be service of ward and relieve: of necessitie the sa­min mon be ane taxed ward, and during the time thereof, the tennent suld pay na mair but the particular sums or duty conteined in his infeftment: Canum, appeirs to be an Irisch word; for Keane signifies the head, as King Malcolm Kenmoir, grandis Capite, vel capito, great head: and likewaies kain or Chan, is called tribute, payed be the servand, or subject to the maister, as I have red in ane auld authentick register of the bischoprik of Dunkeld, quhair it is called Chan or Chanum. And amangis the Romaines there was twa kinds of tribute: ane real, quhilk was impute be reason of the quan­tity of the landes and guds immoveable, quhilk is called jugatiō, quod pro modo jugerum imponebatur. l. 9. C. de agricol. & censil. lib. 11. Ane uther per­sonal, quhilk was injoyned to the person: and is called capitatio, quod pro capite hominis praestatur. d. l. 9. cum. l. seq. & ibi gl. l. sacrosanctae. 8. C. de sa­crosanct. eccles. l. ult. C. de annon. & tribut. lib. 9. And in the Evangel, licetne dare censum Caesari. Theod. Beza interpretit, licetne dare capita­tionem Caesari. Aulus Gellius, and uther latin writers makis mention of them quha was taxed be the head or pow. In latin capite censiti. Sa this word Cane signifies the head, or rather tribute or dutie, as Cane fowles, Cane cheis, Cane aites, quhilk is payed be the tennent to the maister as ane duety of the land, specially to kirk-men and prelats, quha in the time of their greatnes and supremacie, used ane forme and stile, divers from uthers: and the auld form of precepts, given in the time of K. Robert ȝit extant, anent the in bringing of the K. rents, conteins censum, Cana, reditus, custumas. And canage of wol, or hyds, is taken for the custome theirof, le. navium fol. 171. in li. M. Willielmi Skene, commissarij Sanctundreae fratris mei germani. Spe­cially, quhilk is given for the mending and up-halding of the haven for schips. leg. burg. c. ult. in lib. Carbraith.

CAMPIONES,

ane word commonly used in singular battell: For in auld times, quhen controversies, and debates culd not be utherwise decided, bot be singular battell: the parties did either fecht in proper person, or con­duced, and fied for wage uthers to fecht for them. Quha war called cam­piones, because they faucht in campo, or in the fields, de judic. c. 93. Albeit sumtime they did fecht in the K. palace. lib. 4. c. stat. 38. and sumtime in the common streits. quo. attach. c. apud Dumfreis, 59. stat. Alex. c. apud 28. from the quhilk consuetude cummis the common saying: Do thou richt, do thou wrang, cheis thou a campion strang: for this is the law of Scotland. Be­cause in all actions▪ and quarrels decided be campions in singular combat: That partie did win the cause, quhais campion was victorious, & he quhais campion was vanquished and overcum in battel, did tine his cause. vi. Duellum gladiatores, or duellatores, are forbidden. l. unic. C. de gladiato­ribus.

CATALA,

an French word, Chattel, as is commonly taken in the lawes of this realm, for all guds and geare moveable, li. 2. c. cum quis. 52. c. usura­tii, 53. c. 55. ubi res mobiles dicuntur catalla: and likewise in the lawes of Normandy gudes moveable, signifies all things, as possessions quhilkis may be removed fra ane place to an uther, and commonly are called cattel, as horse, claith, gold, silver, and uther sik things. li. 5. c. 1. l. 8. c. 1. Like as haere­ditas, or heritage, signifies all lands, & immoveable guds in the said law of Normand. li. 8. c. 1. And also in the lawes of this realme. li. 2. c. 53. stat. gild c. item quod quicun (que) 19. and leg. burg. c. si contigat. 104. gif ane burges deceas without an testament, his aire, and his cattell, salbe in the keiping of the kinsmen of the mother side, called cognati. And his heritage in the keip­ing of his kinsmen of the fathers side, called agnati.

CATHORIUS, Catherius,

The paine of him quha is convict in battell, or break the Kingis pro­tection.quhat it signifies, I cannot well declair, al­waies it is equivalent to the valor of 9. Ky, St. Alex. c. apud. 28. quo. at. c. apud 59: quhair it is statute, that gif ony person beis convict in singular battel, or utherwaies of breaking of the K. protection, or peace: he sall give to the K. viginti duas vaccas, & tres cathorios, vel pro quolibet cathorio novem vaccas. It is true, that cantherius in latin, signifies an gelded horse: fra the quhilk cums the latin proverb, cantherius in fossa, against them quha being unable, and not qualified, seiks and cravis offices, quhair­in they can do na mair service nor a horse or horsman can do, being in­closed within an sowse: and siklike cantherius in porta, Cantherius quhen ane horse [Page] being led furth of the stabill, in the port, or in the beginning of his journey, snappers or fallis with his maister: The superstitious peopill esteemed that to be ane evill presage of the journy.

CARRUCATA terrae,

Ane French word, for charron, is ane pleuch, aratrum, and conteins alsmeikle an portion, or measure of Land, as may be tilled, and laboured within yeire and daie be ane pleuch. lib. 1. c. dos. 19.

Hida terrae.

Utherwaies in the samin place it is called hilda terra, vel hida ter­rae, quhilk is ane worde used in the auld Briton Lawes.

CARTA extensa, or extenta,

Ane chartour quhilk conteinis ane disposition of landes, with certaine meithes, and marches, utherwaies cal­led an boundand chartour, quon. attach. c. stat. dominus rex. 62. ass. reg. Da. c. statuit per consilium, 36. Stat. Wilh. c. 7.

CAUPES, Calpes,

in Galloway, and Carrict, quhairof mention is maid in the Actes of Parliament. Ja. 4. p. 2. c. 18. 19. signifies ane gift, sik as horse, or utherthing, quhilk an man in his awin litetime, and liege poustie gives to his Maister, or to onie uther man, that is greatest in power and authoritie, and speciallie to the head and chiefe of the clann, for his main­tenance and protection, like as for the samin effect and cause sindrie per­sones payis Blackmaill to thieves, or mainteners of thieves, contrair the lawes of this Realme. Bot in the Iles and Hie-land of this Realme, the cal­pes are presentlie payed be him quha oblishis him theirfore, after his de­cease. Swa the Hereȝelde is payed be provision of the Law: and the Calpe is given be speciall paction, and obligatione, baith the ane and the uther after the decease of the debtour. Bot the Hereȝelde, suld be first payed to the Lands-lord, and an notable oppression is used in taking up of the Caupe. For gif the chiefe of the clanne oblishis him to pay ane Calpe: af­ter his decease, ane Calpe is payed for him. And also quhen onie of his clanne deceasis, ane calpe likewaies is payed for ilk ane of them, he reasoun of the promes maid be their maister and chiefe. Perinde acsi obligatio sa­ctaper principem tribus, obligaret singulos ex tribu.

CEPUM animalium,

the taulch, creische or satnes of beastes leg. burg. c. si quic scienter. 71.

CHAMPERT,

ane bud, or gift, taken be onie greate man, or judge sra onie person, for delay of just actiones, or furthering of wrang­ous actions: quhidder it be landes or onie gudes moveable. Stat. 2. Ro. Br. c. dominus Rex. 22. Champert in the lawes of England is quhen the judge be himselfe directlie, or be onie uther indirectlie, manteines the pley, to ob­teine the maintenance of the ane partie against the uther, Iohn Rastell, ver. Champert, In the civill law, pactum de quota litis, is unlesum and forbidden l. 5. C. de postuland. l. si contra 22. C, mandati.

CHARDONES vel Cardones,

Cardes quhairwith wol is carded and wrocht. leg. burg. c. de parva custuma 137. fra the French word, Chardon from Cardum ane thrissill, to the quhilk the Cardes are like in scharpnes and in multitude, or similitude of monie scharp pykes, and teith.

CHAUDMELLE,

in latine Rixa, ane hoat suddaine tuilȝie, or debaite, quhilk is opponed as contrar to forthoucht fellonie. Ja. 1. p. 6. c. 95. vid. Melletum, vid. Forthoucht fellonie.

CHECKER, and the forme of Comptes maid theirin.

vid. Scacca­rium, vid. Ballivus.

CLAN-MAKDUF

de judic. 78. The croce of Clanmakduf dividis Stratherne fra Fife abone the Newburgh, beside Lundoris. The quhilk had priviledge and libertie of Girth; in sik sort, that quhen onie man-slayer, being within the ninth degrie of Kin and bluid to Mak-duff, sumtime Earl of Fife, come to that croce, and gave 9. kie and an colpindach, he was free of the slaughter committed be him. In the stanes of this Croce, I saw sin­drie barbarous wordes and verses written, quhik here willinglie I preter­mit, and ȝit sum of them appearis to be conforme to this purpose; ‘Propter makgidrim & hoc oblatum, Accipe smeleridem super lampade limpida labrum.’

King David the 2. gave and disponed the Earle-dome of Fife, with all priviledges & cum lege quae vocatur Clan-makduff, to William Ramsay and his aires, quhilk charter is ȝit extant in the Register. Hector Boetius lib. 12. declairis three priviledges given to Mak-duff, his clanne and familie, 1. that the Earle of Fife suld set up the King in his Chyre, the time of his Corona­tion: Chyre. the 2. that in the time of battell, he suld secht the want-gard. The 3. that Mak-duff and his clanne suld have the priviledge and richt of rega­litie. And I saw an auld evident bearand, that Speus of Wormestoun beand of Mak-duffs Kinne, injoyed the benefit and immunitie of this Lawe, for the slauchter of ane called Kinnynmouth.

CLAREMETHEN, Clarmathan,

the Law of Claremethen con­cernis the warrandice of stollen cattell, or gudes: for quhen sik gudes are challenged, or repeated be the just awners theirof: It is statute and ordai­ned that all persones, quha suld warrand the samin, sall cum to certaine places, speciallie nominat and appoynted to that effect, and lauchfullie warrand the samin. lib. 1. c. haec sunt loco. 22. Stat. Alex. c. de Catal­lo, 12.

CLARIFICATIO

quo attach. c. si quis appelat. 46, The purging or clenging of ane assise. assi. Reg. Da. c. 3. Clarificatio debiti, the clearnes of ane debte, quhilk is not our and clear in the selfe: Or clearlie, and suffici­entlie proven and verified. leg. Forest c. probato. 86.

CLEP, and Call,

ane forme of Claime petition, or libell, or certaine solemne wordes used speciallie in criminall causes, for sum claimes were conceaved simplie, without onie solemnitie of wordes, as in the brieve of distres, or poynding for debt. quon attach c. de brevibus 31. uther clames were libelled and conceaved in ane certaine solemne forme, as in pleyis of wrang and unlaw, in the quhilk clepe, and call, was used as ane cer­taine solemnitie of wordes prescrived be the Law, and observed in the practik▪ as when the persewer did clep, and call, the defender with wouth wrang and unlaw, in harming and skaithing of him of sik ane thing, or of sik ane summe of silver mair or lesse, to his great harme and skaith.

COLPINDACH,

an ȝoung beast, or Kow, of the age of an or twa ȝeires, quhilk now is called an Cowdach, or quoyach, quhairof the price was 30. d. leg. Ma. Ma. c. 4. It is an Irish word, and properly signifies ane sut follower.

COLLISTRIDIUM, Collistrigium, quod collum stringat.

Quhilk maie be called the Joggs, and is ordaned for punishment of baxters leg. Burg. c. si aliquis. 21. quhair it is called an pillorie, or stocks, or onie band quhair­with the craig, or hals is bund, as an halse-sang, in the laws of England, anno. 51. Henr. 3. in latin Numellae.

Numelia.

CONQUESTUS,

quhairof frequent mention is made in the lawes and practik of this Realme, is different from heretage. Because heretage sig­nifies lands and immoveabil gudes, quhilk perteinis to onie person, as aire and universal successour, to his father, or onie uther predecessour: and be the civill lawes hareditas nihil aliud est quam successio in universum jus,

Heretage.

quod defunctus habuit. l. hereditas. 62. de regul. jur. l. nihil. 24. de verb. signif. and be the municipall law of this realme, the eldest sonne succedis jure universali in universam hereditatem patris sui. lib. 2. c. cum quis. 29. Conquestus signifies landes, quhilk onie person acquiris and possessis priva­to jure, vel singulari titulo, veluti donatione, vel singulari aliquo contractu. lib. 3. c. cum verò. 28. Quhilk is conforme to the civill law, ubi quastus di­citur lucrum, quod exemptione, Venditione, locatione, conductione, vel genera­liter ex opera cujus descendit. l. coiri. 7. cum seq. ff. pro Socio. Et de jure hujus regui, conquestus cujuslibet liberi hominis legitimi, qui moritur de ipso sasitus haereditariè, sine haerede de corpore suo, gradatim ascendit: haeredi­tas verò gradatim descendit. Stat. Wilh. c. notandum. 24. leg. Burg. c. sci­endum. 155. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 3. vid. post-natus. And it is to be observed, that gif conquest landes, after the decease of the conquerour, do is anis ascend, to ony person, quha theirafter happenis to decease, the samin landes sall de­scend, as heretage to his hearest aire, because conquest do is allanerlie anis ascend, and thereafter perpetuallie descendis to the righteous aire, gif onie be; quia conquestus dicitur ratione primi conquestoris, & cum transmitti­tur ad ejus haeredem, exuit naturam conquestus. & induit naturam haeredi­tatis.

CORONER,

Crouner inquirs be ane inquest anent murther and slaughter done, and committed quietlie. The quhilk inquisition suld be taken in the hie streites, or in open places, in corona popuit, for the quhilk cause he is called coronator, or ȝit because the violent death of the subjectes perteins to the Kingis Crown, and power. Quhair anent the crouner takis inquisition, as said is D. Thomas Staith lib. 2. c. 23. of the common weill of England, Reade the English lawes anno. 4. Edward. 1. c. 2.

CREFFERA, or hara porcorum,

ane cruife, or ane swines cruif. leg, burg. c. Nonlites. 87. quhilk in sum auld buikes is called ane Stye.

CRO, Croy,

in the actes of Parliament. Ja. 1. p. 6. c. 93. is ane satisfac­tion or assithment for stauchter of ony man, The quhilk the judge suld pale to the narrest of his kin, in case he minister nocht the Law as he suld doe. Ja. 1. p. 6. c. 89.

CULRACH,

sumtimes is called an furth comand borgh, but mair properly it may be called an backborgh, or cautioner, for quhen ony havand power, or jurisdiction replegis ony man fra an uther mans court, to his awin court, he suld leif behind him in the court, fra the quhilk the replegia­tion is maid, an pledge or cautioner quha salbe bundin and oblished, that he quha usis the replegiation, fall do justice within ȝeire and daie in his awin court, to the partie complainand, upon the person quha is repleged. Quhilk cautioner left in the court be him, and behind him quha usis the replegiation, is called Culrach. lib. 4. c. si qu is in alterius 20. quo attach, c. 3. mod, ten, cur. c. 12. de Judic. c. 28. And gif the partie complainand gettis na reason in that conit, to the quhilk, the defender is borrowed and re­pleged, he sall have regres againe to the first court, fra the quhilk the re­plegiation was maid, and their sall the mute, and pley be ended, and the Cultach salbe in ane unlaw, gif the partie persewed compeirs nocht, and he quha used the replegiation, and did nocht Justice, sall tine his court for ȝeire and daie.

CURIA,

Ane courte, quhairof sum are superiour and sum inferi­our, leg. Malc. Mak. c. 4. vide Amerciamentum. The supreme court is the Parliament, quhilk hes jurisdiction of all maters Ecclesiasticall, civill, and criminall. All courtes by and attour the ordinar persones of the judge, the persewer and the defender suld have certaine uther persones and mem­bers, quhilkis are called claves curiae, the keyes of the court, that is ane lauchiull officiar or serjand, quha suld summond,

Claves curia.

attache and arreist the parties. Ane lauchfull Clerke quha suld informe the assise, and the demp­ster, and hes the cure and keiping of the proces. Ane sutour quha wardis and pronunces the waird, and interlocutour of the Court. Ane dempster or doomester quha gives the doome or sentence definitive, conforme to the information of the Clerke or Judge.

CURIA christianitatis

lib. 2. c. debet autem, 37. lib. 1. c. platitum, 17. Is called the ecclesiasticall jurisdiction or court, uther waies forum ecclesi­asticum, lib. 1. c. 5. Curia Christianitatis opponitur laicali seu saeculati, lib. 2. c. cum aliquis 59. lib. 3. c. preterea, 23. For unto the ane perteinis the ec­clesiasticall, and to the uther the temporall or secular jurisdiction.

CURIALITAS, curialitie, curtesie,

from the French Curtoise, civilitie, gentlenesse, humanitie, for the law of curtesie, is an gentill and favorable ordinance or constitution, granted and observed in this Realme, and nocht universallie keiped, or used in uther cuntries, And therefore it is called Curialitas Scotia, the curtesie of Scotland. And in the laws of England lex Anglia, or the curtesie of England, within the quhilk twa realmes and nane uther this law is in use. That is quhen onie man maries lauchfullie ane wife, and receivis lande and heritage with her: And it happen that he beget with her ane bairne, quha being borne, is heard cryand betuixt four walles of ane house: And therafter his wise deceasis before him, he sall bruik and possesse, all the landes quhilks per­teined to her, in-during his life-time, albeit the bairne live or decease. Lib. 2 c., cum itaque 58. The bairne borne, being sonne, or daughter, maill, [Page] or femaill de Iudic. c. Maritagium. 127: Quhilk law hes place in landes and heretage, lyand without burgh, halden of the King or ony uther supe­riour: And also in landes and tenementes lyand within burgh and hal­den in free burgage. Leg. Burg. c. si aliquis. 44. This Law is nocht introdu­ced in favoures of the wife or bairnes, bot is maid in favoures of the husband allanerlie. And therefore it is nocht necessar that he have onie saising, infeftmente, or uther richt, to the landes quhilk perteined to his wife heritablie: Bot onelie the benefite and priviledge of the curtesie, quhilk is valiable and sufficient to him induring his life-time, for brui­king and possessing of the landes, and for remooving, out-putting and inputting of tennentes, in sik maner as gif he were proprietare, lyfe-ren­tar, tackes-man or rentaller. And maire-over, the Lawe of the curtesie is extended in favour of the Second hus-band. And theirefore gif ane man maries ane heretrix, and after his decease, shee marie ane Second hus-band, and beare to him ane sonne, or ane daughter, and thereafter shee deceases, hir second hus-band aucht and sulde bruike and jois the priviledge of the curtesie, in sik manner as gif the first hus-band micht have done, incase his wife had deceassed before him. lib. 2. dic. cap. 58. de Iudic. Cap. 127.

As concerning the estaite and qualitie of the woman that is maried, it is necessar that she be heretablie infest and saised in the landes as aire to hir father or uther hir predicessoures. Bot it is nocht necessar­lie required, that she be ane virgine and maiden. Because the curtesie per­teines to the second hus-band, quha maries ane widdow as saide is. Al­waies quhidder the wife▪ be widdow, the time of hir second mariage: or virgine and maiden, the time of hir first marriage, necessarlie shee suld be ane heretrix, aire, or universall successour to hir Father, Mother, or to sum uther of hir predecessours. For gif the wife hes onlie richt and titill to the landes and heretage, as singular successour, be vertue of onie con­tract, veluti titulo emptionis: Hir husband after hir decease can never clame richt to the landis, induring his life-time, be the curtesie of Scotland. Twenty aucht Januar, an thousand, five hundred, nintie five. Robert Lun­die of Balgony: contrair Robert Balfoure of Dovane. The curtesie hes nocht place quhen na bairne is borne in lauchfull marriage, for it is necessar that ane bairne be borne maill or femaill, quick and liveand: And for probation theirof, he mon be heard cryand, for the curtesie hes place in puero clamante, (or as it is written in sum buikes) brayand, squeiland, or loudlie cryand. For in Frenche brayer, in the latin vagire, is to crie or greite with ane loud voice. Quhilk word in our language, is alswa attributted to Hose. Hartes, and uther beastes. And gif contraversie arise annent the life or crying of the bairne, it is leisum to the Father to pruise the samin be twa lauchfull men or wemen, quha heard the bairne cla­mare, plorare, vagire seu brayare leg. burg d. cap. 44. The husband or Father suld bruike the curtesie after the death of his wife, albeit the bairne be­ing borne quick happen to decease immediatelie, or shortlie after his nativitie. Or albeit the bairne and the Mother baith departe this life; for suppose the bairne happen to decease before his Mother and shee decease thereafter, or albeit baith the bairne and the Mother decease at ane time, or ȝit gif the bairne levis, and the Mother before the hus-band depart forth of this life, the hus-band survivand after her death sall bruike the priviledge of the curtesie of all Landes quhairin his wife was heretablie infest: ninth of Iulij, ane thousand, five hundreth nintie seaven. Martha and Eupheme Mackalȝeanes, contrar Maister Iames Ward-law advocate▪ swa the substantiall heades of the curtesie are thir following, quhairof gif onie ane failȝie the curtesie ceasis. First is required ane lauchfull marriage betuixt man and wife. Second­lie, the wife suld be ane heretrix haveand ius vniversale, quhairbe she succeids to her Father, Mother, or some uther her forbeare. Third­lie; She suld be heretablie infest and saised in the Landes. For gif she de­cease, nocht beand entered and saised, hir hus-band suld have na curte­sie. Fourthlie; She suld decease before her hus-band, for sa lang as shee and the husband livis, he hes ius mariti. And after hir decease, he hes ius curialitatis. Fiftlie, Bairnes suld be lauchfullie gotten & borne, at the least ane bairne, maill or femaill, quick and livand. Last of all the curtesie is als effectuall to the husband, tuiching wairde-landes, per­teining to his wife, as the Kingis confirmation. For landes halden of the King in chiefe, and confirmed be him, fallis nocht in wairde, in­during the life-time of the person to quhome the confirmation is gran­ted. He being theirby immediat tennent to the King. And like-wise, gif onie man maries ane heritrix of waird landes, and after her de­cease her aire is Minor, and of lesse aige: Neverthelesse the landes fallis nocht in the superiours handes, be reasoun of warde. Bot the husband sulde bruike and posses the samin induring his lifetime, be rea­son of the curtesie of this Realme. Because the richt of the waird Perteining to the superiour, ceasis quhair the curtesie belanged to the hus-band hes place. Penvlt. Februar, ane thousand, five hundreth, fiftie three: George Gorthie contrair the Lord Methven. And ȝit the hus-bande be­ing onlie life-rentare may nocht sell or annaillie heretablie the saide Landes, or onie pairte theirof, in hurte and prejudice of the richteous aire. leg. burg. c. 44.

D

DISCLAMATION

is used in the law, and practick of this realme

Clamare.

Clamare idem est quod dicere, affirmare: As clamare aliquod tenementum, aut aliquam terram esse suam, to claime, and affirme onie heritage or lands to be his awin. Clamare aliquem dominum to clame, avow, and affirme onie man to be his maister or superior, to quhom he aucht service, & of quhō he haldis his landes in chiefe.

Disclamare.

Disclamare is to disclame, disavow or denie as to denie ane uther to be his superiour, as quhen the superiour affirmis the lands to be halden of him, and the vassall denies the samin. In the quhilk case gif the contrar be fund of veritie, the vassal tines and amittis all the landes quhilk he haldes of that superiour, & the propertie their­of returnis to the superiour, de maritag. c, 18. Stat. Ro. 3. c. primo. 20. Quhair the auld forme and manner of disclamation is declared. 2 Mairover, discla­mation is quhen the persewer claimes landes perteinand to him, and hal­din of an superiour: and the defendour affirmis the samin to be haldin of ane uther over-lord. lib. 1. c. solet. 26. lib. 3. c. tali, 18. To the decision of the quhilk controversie, baith the saids alleadged over-lordes suld be called. And he quha failȝies to proove himselfe superiour, sall never be heard to claime the samin afterward, and the vassall being convict; tynis the land and propertie theirof, quhilk is adjudged to him, quha was wrang­ouslie denied be the superiour, & is found to have richt theirto, lib. 1. c. siverò 28. 3 Last the vassall tynis & forefaultis his landes, gif he wrangous­lie denies his few, or the condition theirof, that is the service aucht their­fore, conforme to the French proverbe qui fief denie, fief pert. The reason is because the vassall denyand his halding, his maister or landes, contemnis and dishonours his maister. Bot it is necessar that the vassall or tennent denie fraudfully, that is wittinglie, quia vassallus feudum quod sciens abnega­vit, amittit: ignoranti verò subven tur. Quod si dubitet, dubitanter respon­dere potest. Cuiacius. lib. 4. de feud tit. S. &. Tit. 21. &. Tit. 39. de poena ne­gantis feudum.

DISRATIONARE,

from the french word Disrener. In Latin Duellare, Duello contendere, to fecht in singular battell, and commonlie is understand of the appealer, or persewer, quia cum vadiatur duellum provocans dat vadium disrationandi, & defendens vadium defendendi. Sum­time disrationare is mair generallie taken, for to tine onie thing in judge­ment be forme of proces, concord or aggrieance lib. 3. c. cum itaque. 14. lib. 2. c. fieri autem. 67. quon. attach. c. 4. Item it signifies to proove onie thing conforme to the consideratione of the Court be battell, write, or be ane assise of the cuntrie. lib. 1. Cap. si veró. 18. Cap. si verò Dominus. 29. Iter ca­mer. Cap. apparens. 24. Or be the aith of the partie, and certaine conjura­toures quhilks are called Sacramentales, Quha sum-time maa,

Sacramenta­les.

and sum-time, fewer in number makis faith and swearis in onie cause with ane partie haveand entresse in persute or defence. Cuia, lib. 1. de feud. And in the Lawes of this Realme, dicitur aliquis Jurare cum tertia, sep­tima, Duodecima manu. Quhen three, seaven or twelfe persones swearis with him. Quhilk in the Cannon Lawe is called Purgatio Cano­nica.

DISSASINA, Sasina

is ane French worde, and signifies pos­session, to the quhilk Dissasina is contrare, and signifies dispossession, quhair ane person beand in possession of onie Landes, as mailler to his maister, or haveand onie uther title theirto in write, is wrangouslie ejected and put fra the samin, without onie warning or ordour of Law. Like-wise Dissasina is called spuiliȝe, quhen onie person is spuil­ȝied violentlie and wrangouslie of moveable gudes and geare,

Ejection Spuilȝie.

pertai­ning to him, as his awin proper gudes: and being in his possessioun cer­taine daies or monethes. For ejection concernis Landes and gudes in­moveable: and spuilȝie is of cattell, and gudes moveable, and baith the ane and the uther is comprehended under Dissasina ass. reg. Da Cap. Statutum fuit. 31. Quhilk is conforme to the English Lawes. Henrie. 3, Stat. de Mertoun. c. 3. and to the lawes of France. Molinaeus in stil. cur Parl. part. 1. c. 18. And be the auld law of this realm, Dissasitor, or committer of spuil­ȝie or ejection, being convict theirof suld pay ane unlaw of ten pundis to the King. Stat. Alex. c. Stat. 7. And may be accused criminallie before the Justice and his deputes. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 33.

DISPARAGIUM,

like as parage is called equalitie, from the latin word paritas. Sa disparagium is called inequalitie in bluid, honour, dignitie, or utherwaies, from the word disparitas, leg. Forrest. c. de haeredi­bus. 64. cum seq.

DISSOLUTION,

an latin word, quhilk signifies lowsing of that thing quhilk was bound of before. And like as lowsing is contrair to bin­ing: Swa dissolution is contrair to annexation, speciallie in the Kingis propertie, annexed and united to the Crown. For the samin being dis­solved is maid lowse, and free of that nature and qualitie, that it may be annalied and disponed to sik as pleasis his Hienes, with certaine conditi­ons and provisions. Dissolution of the propertie is maid to the effect the samin maie be sauld and annalied be the King, and therefore can nocht be lauchfully maid in his minoritie. Ia. 6. p. 14. c. 203. For like as the King being Minor may nocht sel his propertie: The King in his minoritie, maie nocht dissolve his propertie. evin sa at that time it is nocht lesum to him to doe onie thing that maie be ane preparative to the alie­nation theirof. And likewise gif onie man haveand heritable infestment or uther richt to onie part of the Kings annexed propertie, for the crime of treason, is forefalted: and theirafter be the three Estaites in Parliament is restored in the minoritie and lesse age of ane King. Albeit this restituti­on may rehable his person: Ȝit is na sufficient richt to repone or restore him againe to his richt of the said annexed propertie. For like as an disso­lution maid in the Kings minoritie is null: Evin swa, ane restitution maid in his les aige, concerning his annexed propertie is of nane availl: for the dissolution, and restitution ar baith of ane nature, and producis ane effect, Quhen and be quhome disso­lution suld be maid. hurtfull and prejudiciall to the King, in Registro. 18. Julij. 1597. The Kingis advocate contrar Alexander, Lorde Hume, and tennentes of Dum­bar. And sa it is manifest that ane dissolution of the annexed propertie suld be maid be ane King in his maioritie, in an Parliament with consent of the three Estaits, Ja. 6. p. 15. c 233. Bot an annexation may be maid in Parliament in the Kings minoritie, quia rex eodem modo quo quilibet minor conditionem suam potest meliorem facere. It is lesum to the King after the dissolution, to set his proper lands annexed, or unannexed in few-ferme to onie of his lieges, and speciallie to the kindlie tennentes and possessours theirof, as he pleasis. To quhom may the King set his pro­pertie. Dissolution induris only for the lifetime of the King, maker and author theirof, and quhen he de­ceasis, the same ceasis and endis. And theirfore the samin beand tem­porall, and personall, his aires and successours may not set onie annex­ed [Page] landes in fewferme, be vertew of onie dissolution, maid be his Father or predecessour. Dissolution is temporal. Albeit dissolution be temporal, as said is, ȝit the Landes set and disponed heretablie after the dissolution, remainis perpetuallie with them and their aires, to quhom they ar disponed, after the forme of the conditiones, conteined in their infestmentes. And swa the aliena­tion and disposition lauchfullie maid, Disposition of landes dis­olved, is per­et nall. is perpetuall, & transitoria ad haere­des. Albeit the dissolution be Temporal and personall, as said is. The dis­solution expyrand and ceasand, be the decease of the author thereof, as said is: All the landes annexed of before, returnis againe to the forme & nature of the annexation; Swa that the same may not be set in few-ferm, nor annailed be the King, The dissoluti­on being expi­red, the an­nexation be­ginnis to quicken, and revive. succeed and to him, quha maid the dissoluti­on, untill ane new lauchfull dissolution be maid thereof be himselfe. In respect that all annexationes of their awin nature, ar perpetuall; and al­beit, they may be interrupted and stayed, for ane certaine space, be ane dissolution; ȝit after the ende thereof, the annexation dois quicken, re­vive, and walken, as it were, out of sleep, and returnis to the awin perpe­tuall nature, and swa remainis untill ane new dissolution be maid.

The King may set his proper­tie in few­ferme alla­nerlie.The King after ane dissolution, may set his landes in few-ferme alla­nerlie, and not in blench, or nomine albae firmae, nor be service of warde & reliefe, or utherwaies, bot in few-ferme, as said is. Iam 6. par. 15. ca. 234.

The King may not set his landes in few-ferme, except the samin bee done with expresse augmentation of his rentall: That is, his gressumes, customes, burrow-mailles, fermes, martes, mutton, pultrie, avarage, cari­age, The Kings rental of the propertie, baith unan­nexed and an­nexed, suld be augmented. or ony uther dewties & service. Quhilk is not only manifest in the alienation of the annexed propertie: Bot likewise suld be observed and keiped in the disposition of the un-annexed propertie. For it is certaine, that the Kingis of this realme, the time of their Coronation, makis faith solemnelie, that they sall not annalie, transfer, nor dispone the richt and rents of the crown: As it is statute be David 2.6. No. 13 57. & sa as the K. may not sell the richt of the crowne; na mair may he annalie the rentes theirof, quhairof the un-annexed propertie is ane parte. Mair-over, albe­it an dissolution is not necessar in the allienation of the unannexed pro­pertie (because that quhilk is not bound, requiris na lowsing) ȝit in al dis­lutions, maid be kingis of this realm; expres mention is maid baith of the annexed & unannexed propertie, to be set in fewferm, for augmentatiō of the K. rētal, quhairby it is certaine, that the an, alsweil as the uther, be­ing set in fewferm, cānot be disponed in diminution of the rental. And cōcerning that qualitie & condition, expreemed in the form of all dssolu­tiones; the un-annexed, & annexed propertie, ar of like nature: Et in hoc casu pari jure censentur: Sa that neither the ane, nor the uther, may be dis­poned, with diminution of the rental, utherwise the mention of the un­annexed propertie, in the acts maid annent dissolution, were superfluous. Thir ar the substantiall conditiones, expreemed in the dissolutiones of the propertie, The annexed propertie may be annalied be the three E­staites. maid be the Kings of this realme, quhairof, gif ony ane be not observed, the alienation & disposition maid after the dissolution, is null, & of nane availe: l, 6. p. 15. c. 236. By & attour, the forme of dissolu­tion aboue expreemed; it is leasum to the King, with advise, deliverance & decreet of the haill parliament, and for great, seand and reasonable causes, concerning the weil-fare of the realme: first advised and digest­lie considdered be the three estaites: To sell, annalie, and dispone the kings annexed propertie. Ia, 2. par. 11. cap. 41. Ia, 5. p. 6. c. 84.

DOS

hes twa significationes, First it signifies that quhilk is given to the husband,

Maritagium.

with the wife, be reason and in contemplation of mariage In the civill law is called Dos, in our municipall law, Maritagium, Tocher gud. Lib. 2. c. Dos autem. 19. Secondly, Dos is taken fot that gift & dispo­sition of lands & tenements, quhilk ane man givis to his wife, quhen he maries her at the Kirk dure, or in the face of the halie kirk: Quhilk aucht & suld be, ane reasonable third part of all and haill, the tenement of land, quhilk the man or husband hes the time of the desponsation or mariage. lib. 2. c. Dosautem. 19. c. 20. lib. 4. cap. quatuor. 49. Sta. Alex. c. 8. de Iudic. 163. And is given in recompensation of the tocher, payed be her, or in her name,

Antidos.

to her husband: And therefore is called antidos: Cornel. Tacit callis dos that quhilk the husband givis to the wife, and not that quhilk the wife gives to the husband. Livius lib. 3. callis it munus nuptiale. In France it is called Dotalitiū,

Dotalitium. Doarium. Vitalitia. Morganati­cum.

or doarium. It is given to the woman, to the effect, that after the decease of her husband, she may susteine & nurish hir selfe, in­during all the daies of her life-time: Therefore it is called Vitalitia. Mor­ganaticum for the Dutch word Morgengab, morning gift, is ane kinde of dowry, in the second signification; & signifies the gift of guds moveable or immoveable, quhilk the husband givis to his wife, the day or morning after the mariage, and commonly is used in the Dutch lawes, in speculo Saxonico; & Landrecht, in Greek hypobolon in latine matutinale donum. Cu­iacius li. 4 de fewd.

DUELLUM,

duorum bellum vel plurium, singular battell, or com­bat: vide Campiones, Noble persones, or landed men, may fight in proper person, or be uthers in their name, quha ar called Campiones, in Latine, duellatores, Speciallie, sik as ar their awin bondmen, or tennentes, quha in bodie & guds ar under their maisters protection & maintenance; And therefore suld hazard and employ the samin in the defense of their mai­sters honour, and actiones. Bot husband-men, ignoble, and unlanded men, suld fight personallie, and nocht be Campiones. Ass. reg. Cap Statu­tum fuit per regem. 32.

Bot all men that are decreeped, lamed, mutilat, or passed the age of threescore ȝeires, ar excused from singular battell. Lib. 4. c. 4. leg. Burg. c. Si burgensis. 24.

And siklike, religious persones, clerks, & weemen may not be compel­led to fight. Lib. 4. c. 3. stat. Alex. c. 5. Ass. reg. Dav. cap. statuit dominus 38. It is in free will and election of the defender, to fight, or to passe to the knawledge of ane Assise. Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Quia defendens debet primo eligere deinde vadiare, & postea jurare. lib. 4. ca. Iexstatuit 46.

The appealer or prover, suld sweare that his quarrell is just, & the de­fender sweare the contrair, avowand the equitie of his cause. Iter. camer c. Comparentibus 29. It is not leesum to ony person to provok ane uther to battel, or being provoked to feght without licence of the King, uther­waies, baith the appealer, & the defender, tinis & forefaltis al their guds moveable, & immoveable. de Iudic. c. 87. Because na Barrone hes power of singular battell, or of probation be water, or Irone; except the Kingis Schireff, or his deputes, be present to see justice done. stat. Alex. c. praetered 32. Mairover, gif ony man havand the Kings licence, happenis to be con­vict be battell, or of breaking of the Kings peace, he sall pay to the King xxij. Kye, & tres cathorios, vel pro quolibet cathorio, novem vaccas. Stat. A­lex. c. apud. 28. Quhilk paine & unlaw, appearis to be ordained, to stay sik un­godlie strife & dabate; for the law of singular combat is ungodlie, & suld not be used amang Christianes, albeit the same was permitted & used be the Longobardes, in civil and criminal causes. Alciat. de sing-certam. Cuiac in Lib. feudorum. Quhilk is conforme to the Canon law. cap. 1. 2. de purgat. vulgar.

DYOUR, Dyvour,

utherwaies Bair-man, quha being involved and drowned in debtes, and not able to pay or satisfie the same: For eschew­ing of prison and uther paines makis cession and assignation of all his gudes and geare, in favoures of his creditoures: And dois his devour and dewtie to them, proclaimand himselfe Bair-man, and indigent, and becummand debt-bound to them, of all that he hes. Leg. burg. ca. Bair­man. 144. In Latine, cedere bonis, quhilk is most commonlie used amangst merchandes, to make Bauk-rout Bankrupt, or Bankrompue, Because the doer thereof, as it were breakis his bank, stall, or seate, Cedere bonis. quhair he used his trafficque of before. de Iudic. c. Bairman 46. Be the civill law, sik cession of gudes and geare may be maid judiciallie, or furth of judgement, be him quha is present, or absent, be writ or epistle, or be ane mid person, called Nuntius. l. ult. de cess. bonor. Bot to the effect that debtoures suld be feared to deceive their creditoures, and suld the mair willinglie pay their debtes in sindrie places, diverse shamefull formes of dyvourie, ar used and observ­ed: for sum-times the debtour naked, sittis upon ane cauld stane, in pre­sence of the people. Alciatus lib. 3. Parerg. c. 47. Sumtimes his hinder partes, or hippes ar dashed to ane stane. Guido Papae. decis. 343.

Or in publick place, bair headed, his belt is cutted, quhairby he is proclaimed indigent of geare and credite: And therefore may passe and repasse quhair he pleasis, without ony trouble of his Creditoures.

Iuxta illud Horatii, Epistola secunda 28. Ibit eò quò vis, qui zonam perdidit. Conforme to the quhilk, in this realme, he is said to have his belt cutted, Zonam perdere, quha hes na gold, silver, guds nor gear. For in auld times, like as it is ȝit used in diverse places, ilk man caried his silver and his gold in his belt, either in ane purse hanging at the end thereof, or sewed and inclos­ed within the samin. Sueton. in Vitellio. cap. 16. Quia zona aureorum plena se circumdedit. Et Gracchus apud Gellium. Lib. 15. ca. 12. Zonas (inquit) quas plenas argenti extuli, eas ex provincia inanes retuli. And in the tenth chap. of Mat. and ninth verse: Christ commandis his Apostles nocht to possesse Gold, Silver, or Money, in their Girdles. Mairover the forme of the aith quhilk be the Lawes of this Realme, the Dyvour suld make, conteinis that he sall sweare, that he hes nocht in free geare, above five shillinges, foure pennies: Fra the quhilk cummis ane com­moun speach dailie used amangst puir and indigent persons, quha hes nocht in gudes nor geare, the valure of five shillings and ane plack. In the Law of Normandie. Lib. 2. c. 10. Lib. 12. c. 21. Dyvoures ar called Ban­queroutieris. And if they do the samin fraudfullie, they may be punish­ed to the death.

E

ENACH.

Lib. 4. c. statuit dominus 64. Ane mendis or satisfaction for ane fault, crime, or trespasse. As gif the maister lyis with the wife of his bondman, or slave: The servand therefore salbe put to libertie, and fall receive na uther Enach, mendis, or satisfaction, for the violation or de­fowling of his wife. Lib. 2. c. pluribus 14. Like as utherwaies, si vassallus, Cucurbitaverit dominum suum, That is, gif the vassall makis his maister ane Cuckold: That is, gif he hes carnall copulation with his maisters wife, he tinis and forefaultis his landes. lib. 1. de Feud. Tit. quib. mod. Feudum amit­tatur, § 2. Corbita, in the Lawes of the Longobardes, is adulterie:

Corbita. Cucurbita. Arga. Argos.

And Cucurbita signifies ane Cuckold, quhais wife is ane huire: quha uther­waies is called, arga. Gl. in. D. Sect. 2. From the Greek, argos desidio­sus, otiosus, quha sittis idle, and payis nocht his debt, bot sufferis ane uther to woork his labour. Alciatus in lib. de singulari certam. c. 32. & in lib. problematum. Horatium sequutus Cucullum vocat.

ENCHESONE,

the cause, occasion, or reason, quhairfore ony thing is done: As quhen we say, that ane is condemned for Enchesone of thieft: That is be occasion or be reason of thieft, committed be him. Mod. ten. cur. c, 21. Or that the vassall is in the keiping of his Over-lorde, be Encheson of warde quoniam attach. Cap. 51. And ane action or pley, may be advocate fra the Schireffe Courtes, to the Kingis Courte, for mony causes. Lib. 2. c. Dos autem 19, Quhilk in sindrie English buikes, is said for mony Enchesones. And Ed. 1. King of England. Westm, 1. c. 6. Statutis and ordainis, that na-man salbe ane merchand, without ane reasonable Enchesone.

ENEYA,

Pars haereditatis, ane French worde: for the first, chiefe, and principall parte of the heritage, Leg. Forest. c. si. Haereditas. 96. For in the French toung, and speciallie in the Law of Normandie, the eldest and first begotten sonne, is called l'aisne, & in the Lawes of England Hen. 3 in stat. Marlebrig. Cap. 9. It is called Enitia pars haereditatis. And likewise in ane uther place of the lawes of the samin King, Ius esniciae, quhilk in this Realme is the law of birth richt: In Latine, jus primogeniturae, De jure suc­cessionis. de quo Tiraquellus copiosè scripsit. Be the auld civill Law of this realme, there is na richt of succession in the richt line ascendent. And therefore the father succeedis not as aire to his sonne: Except speciall provision be maid in [Page] the contrar. Quia provisio hominis tollit provisionem legis. Et pacta con­venta, legem contrahentibus praescribunt. Swa all succession, is either in the richt line descendent, or in the line collaterall.

De linea recta descendentium.

THey quha ar of the richt line descēdent, suld be preferred to all uthers: As the sonne, the dauchter, the nepuoy, the neipce, and sa descendand in infinitum: observeand and leipand alwaies the prerogative of the de­gree: For the Prior degree, excludis the posterior from all commoditie & title of succession: As the son in the first degree, excludis the nepuoy in the second; and the nepuoy excludis the pronepuoy in the third degree.

De filio.Gif ony man havand landes and heretage deceasis, leaveand ane sonne allanerlie behind him, without all distinction, the sonne succeedis to all and haill the heretage; quhilk is in Latine, succedere in assem, vel ex asse. lib. 2. c. cum quis. 29.

De filiis.Gif ony man deceasis, and leavis behinde him maa sonnes nor ane, ei­ther he is soccommannus, and haldis not his lands be service of warde: and then his heretage is divided amangst all his sonnes: or he is Miles, and haldis his landes per servitium militare, be service of warde & relief. In the quhilk case, the eldest sonne succeedis in the hail lands; quhilk heretablie pertein­ed to his father. Lib. 2. c. Si quis plures 30. Bot this distinction is not observ­ed be the practicque of this realme. Be the quhilk the eldest sonne suc­ceedis to his father, ex asse, that is, to all and haill his fathers heretage and landes; Albeit, sindrie uther Nationes hes diverse lawes hereanent: Like as be the law of God, in the auld testament, amangst the Jewes, the first borne sonne, after the decease of his father, receivis double portion. Deu. 21.17. That is (as some interpretis) as meikle as twa of his brether. Io­sephus de Antiq. Iud. li. 4. c. 8. writtis that the eldest sonne, be reason of his birth-richt, suld have duplicem facultatum paternarum partem, the double parte of his fathers gudes.

De filiis di­versarum uxorum.Gif ane man had diverse wives, quhairof ane is ane heretrix, havand lands perteinand to her heretablie; and hes procreat upon ilk ane of them bairnes, maillor femail; the sonne gotten upon her, succeedis to her he­ritage. lib. 2. c. Si autem. 31. For as generallie the sonne succeedis to the father; Swa in this case, the sonne suld succeed to his mother. Leg. Forest. c. Si quis habuerit 26. de Iudic. c. 24. Conforme to the commoun rule of the law. Paterna paternis, materna maternis.

Quhen ony man deceasis, leavand ane son, and dauchters ane or maa; The son allanerlie succeedis to all his fathers heretage. Li. 2. c. Maritus. 32. As gifane man hes procreat with his first wife, De filio & fi­lia vel filia­bus. dauchter, ane, or maa, and after her decease, begettis ane sonne, upon ane uther wife, the sonne onelie succeedis to him. Leg. Forest. c. Si quis habuerit 26. Because the Son borne of the first, second, or last wife, succeedis as universall aire to his father, and excludis all his sisters. De judic. c. Item nota. 115. As it is written in some buikes, foemina non succedit cum masculo.

Failȝieing sonnes and bairnes, lauchfullie gotten of their bodies, the dauchter succeedis. De filia. For gif the defunct hes ane dauchter allanerlie, shee suld succeede to all her Fathers heritage, in the forme and manner, as the sonne succeedis to his Father. De judic, Cap. Item nota. 115. Lib. 2. cap. Haeredum. 28.

ITEM, Gif ane man deceasis, leavand behind him maa dauchters nor ane, De filiabus. gotten upon ane mother, his heritage suld be divided equallie a­mangst them, in als mony partes or portiones, as there is dauchters to succeede. Quhilk forme of succession, is called, successio in capita, cum scilicet haereditas adeunda, dividitur in tot partes quot sunt capita, vel personae succedentes. Successio in capita. Bot the eldest dauchter, suld bave the principall mes­suage, without division, be reason of her dignitie, and birth-richt, and satis­faction therefore suld be maid to the remanent dauchters. Lib. 2. cap. Si autem 31. De Iudic. c. Item. Nota. 115, Togidder with the superioritie of the portiones, perteining to all her ȝounger sisters, to quhome their hus­bandes suld make homage, acknawledgeing her to be their superiour, and their aires suld give the relieve of their landes, quhen it sall happen. Lib. 2. c. Maritus. 32.

De filiabus diversarum uxorum.Gif ane man have sindrie wives, and of ilk wife, ane or maa dauchters: All his dauchters succeedis to him in his heritage equallie, Per capita, as gif they were all gotten upon ane mother Libr. 2. c. porrò con­tingit: 33.

ITEM, Gif maa dochters nor ane, ar procreat upon sindrie wives, of the quhilk wives, ane is ane heretrix: Swa that the heretage cummis be her, and not be her husband: The dauchter, or dauchters gotten upon her, succeedis to her heritage, and excludes all the rest of the dauchters theirfra. Leg. Forest. c. Si quis habuerit. 26. De Iud. ca. 24.

De liberis burgensium ex diversis uxoribus.Be the Lawes of the Burrowes, gif an Burgesse have maa wives nor ane, and bairnes procreat of ilk ane of them: All the lands perteining to him, be reason of heretage, or conquest, in the time of his first wife, suld perteine to the bairne gotten with her, in the first marriage: And all the landes conquest be him, the time of his second wife, fall perteine to the bairne gotten with her, in the second mariage. Leg. burg. c. Si Bur­gensis. 26.

De secundo gradu nepo­tum vel nep­tium.Failȝieing sonnes and dauchters, quhilk is are nearest and lauchfull aires, the richt of succession perteinis to the Nepuoy or Neipce, gotten upon the Sonne, or the dauchter. Quia deficientibus proximioribus haeredibus, nempe filio vel filia, vocantur haeredes remotiores, ut Nepos vel Neptis ex filio, vel filia, recta linea descendens. l. 2. c. Haeredum. 28.

De nepote uno vel pluribus ex filio.Gif ony man deceasis, leavand behind him ane Nepuoy or Nepuoyes, ane or maa, procreat be his sonne alreadie deceased. (Ex filio praemortuo) they suld succeede to him in the samin manner, as is aboue said, of the suc­cession of sonnes: That is, gif there be ane Nepuoy allanerlie, he is onelie universall successour: And gif there be maa Nepuoyes, the eldest allanerlie succeedis to all. De nepote & filio. l. 2. c. Porro. 33.

Gif ony man deceasis▪ leavand behind him ane Nepuoy, begotten be his eldest Sonne, alreadie deceased, And ane second sonne, quha is father brother to the said Nepuoy: The second sonne is excluded from all richt and commoditie of succession to his father. Because the Nepuoy lauch­fully begotten be the eldest sonne representis the persone of his father, and therefore Jure repraesentationis succeedis in his fathers richt: and conse­quentlie is onelie aire to his Gud-schir: like as his father wauld have been, gif he had not deceased before him. Lib. 2. c. Porro. 33.

The like is to be understood of ane Neipce, or Neipces, ane or maa, De nepte filio. be­gotten be the eldest sonne alreadie deceased, quha suld be preferred to their father brother, anent the succession of their Gud-schirs heritage: Except speciall provision of tailȝie be maid in favoures of the aires maill. Quo casu haeredes masculi succedunt, non dispositione juris, sed ex provisione hominis.

ITEM, Ane Neipce or maa, of ane sonne or dauchter, succeedis to their Gud-schir or Guddame, in the samin manner as their father or mo­ther suld have done, gif they were ȝit living. Lib. 2. c. Porro. 33. And in this case it is to be observed, that quhen maa Nepces nor ane, borne of sindrie mothers succeedis, that the heritage suld be divided ratione stirpis, in as mony partes, as there is stockes, of quhom the saidis Neipces de­scendis and proceedis: As for example, gif there be ane Neipce begotten upon ane dauchter, and twa Neipces begotten upon ane uther dauchter, they all three suld succeede to their Gud-schir; bot the heritage suld not be divided in three partes, ratione capitum; bot in twa partes allanerlie, De nepta una vel pluribus. Successio in stirpes. ratione stirpium: That is, of the twa sisters quhilkis are the twa stockes, of quhom the saidis Neipces descendis: And swa the ane Neipce, gotten upon the ane sister, suld have the ane halfe: and the uther twa, the uther halfe allanerlie of the heritage: Quhilk forme of succession, is called successio in stirpes, quhen the bairnes being maa in number, succeedis to als meikle allanerlie, as wauld have perteined to their mother, gif schoe had been living.

De linea obliqua collateralium.

QUHEN the succession failȝies in the richt line descendent, then they quha ar of the side line, or collateral suld succeed: De fra. as quhen the sonnes and dauchters, and all persones descendand of them lineallie, fail­ȝies: Swa that there is nane of them to succeede: Then the brother of him quha is deceased, suld succeede to him. Lib. 2. c. Deficientibus. 34. Illi enim qui ex linea recta descendunt semper praeferuntur illis qui ex trans­versa linea proveniunt, & illis deficientibus, hi ad successionem admitti de­bent. lib. 2. c. Porro. 33.

The heretage, and all moveable gudes perteining to the eldest brother, De fratre na­tu maximo. deceased without lauchfull aires of his bodie, perteinis to the second bro­ther, immediatly nearest to him, Quia haereditas gradatim descendit ad immediatè proximum. lib. 2. c. Si ergo. 23. c. Praeterea 25. Leg. Burg. c. sciendum. 150.

Gif there be three brether germain, borne of ane father, and ane mo­ther; And the second brother deceasis without aires, De fratrena­tu minori. procreat lauchfullie of his bodie: His elder brother succeedis to him in his landes, and im­moveable gudes. And the younger or third brother is alluterlie exclud­ed therefra. Quia conquestus gradatim ascendit. lib. 4. cap. Si tres 50. lib. 2. Cap. Praeterea 25. Bot be the practicque of this realme, the aire-schip of the moveable gudes, perteining to the second brother, the time of his de­cease, descendis and perteinis to the younger, and third brother, as lauchfull aire: To quhome likewise perteinis the lauchfull tutorie of his said second brothers sonne, quhen it sall happen to fall.

Gif there be maa brether nor ane, three, or maa in number, De fratrena­tu minimo. and the youngest of all happen to decease without lauchfull aires, gotten of his bodie. His immediat elder brother succeedis to him as lauchfull aire: Because conquest ascendis fra ane degree to ane uther immediat­lie to the first degree. Stat: Rob: 3. Cap: 3: Stat: Wilhelm: Cap: No­tandum. 24.

Failȝiand the brether, and their aires, gotten of their bodies, the sister, De sororibus. or sisters, gif there be maa nor ane, succeedis in Capita, to their brother, in the samin manner, as the dauchters succeedis to their father. Lib. 2. c. deficientibus 34. de Iudic. cap. Si quis 24.

Gif the brother deceasis without aires gotten of his bodie, De sororibus ex diversis marribus. his full sister gotten with him beane father, and of ane mother (quhilk is called soror germana ex eodem utroque parente) succeedis to all his heritage, and excludis all uther sisters, gif ony be gotten be his father, upon ane uther wife, quhilk in Latine is called soror consanguinea, Lib. quart. Capite Si homo 48.

After the decease of the sisters, their bairnes succeedis in stirpes, in the samin maner, as their mothers micht have done, keipand alwaies the distinction betuixt the maill and femaill, De sororum liberis. be the quhilk the sister sonne ex­cludis the sister dauchter. Lib: 2. cap. deficientibus 34. de judic. c. Si quis 24. Quia (ut dictum est) mulier numquam cum masculo partem capit in haereditate aliqua.

Failȝieing the sister bairnes, and the aires gotten of their bodies, De patrum e­jusque liberis. The father brother (Avunculus, hoc est patruus) And his bairnes descen­dand of him, succeedis. Lib: 2: Cap: Deficientibus 34. De judic. Cap. Si quis 24.

Failȝieing the father brother, and the aires lauchfullie gotten of his bodie: The father sister (Matertera, De amita e­jusque liberis hoc est Amita) and her bairnes suld succeede, conforme to the foresaid distinction, betuixt maill and fe­maill. Lib. 2. Capite Deficientibus. trigesim, quart. de Iudicibus. Capite. Si quis 24. Be the quhilk distinction, the father sisters sonne, excludis the fathers sister dauchter.

It is to be diligentlie observed, De jure ac­crescendi. quhen maa persons nor ane (sik as mo­ny sisters or neipces) succeedis, and it happen ony ane of them to decease without aires lauchfullie gotten of their awin bodies: the portion and [Page] part of the heretage quhilk perteined to the defunct, accrescis to all them that remainis on life, and suld be divided amangis them all. Lib. 2. c. Ma­ritus. 32. de judic. Cap. Item nota. 115.

Last of all, gif ony man gotten and borne in lauchfull mariage, de­ceasis without ane lauchfull aire, and it cannot be knawin, quha sulde succeede to him: Or gif it be in question or doubt, quha is his richte­ous aire: Be the auld law of this realme, the King, or ony uther superi­our, reteined the landes in his awin handes, untill the pley was ended, in favoures of the just aire: Or untill it was knawin, quha was the lauch­full aire. Lib. 2. Cap. ult. 53. Bot now, gif there be na lauchfull aire, to en­ter to the heritage: the King, as ultimus haeres, recognoscis, and reteinis the samin as escheitte, ad perpetuam remanentiam, and may sell and dispone thereupon, at his pleasure, as his awin proper landes and heritage. vide Ba­stardus.

ERECTARE

Essonia ab aliquo facta, to reckon, esteeme, or judge Essonȝies, or excusationes, maid be ony person. Quoniam attach. Cap. de brevibus 31.

ESSONIUM,

an Essoinȝie or excusation. Lib. 1. Cap. 10. Jam. 2.13, Octob. p. 11. c. 55. Jam. 1. par. 9. c. 114. From the French worde Exoin, quhairof mention is maid in the Lawes of Normandie. Lib. 9. Cap. 10. And be Molinaeus in Stil. suprem. cur. part. 1. cap. 6. de contumacia, And be D. Tho: Smith. lib. 2. cap. 14. of the commoun weill of England.

ESTOVERIUM,

Iter. Camer. Cap. Si quis captus 25. de Iudic. Cap. 156. Sustentation, Nurishment: for the superiour, during the time of the warde, suld sustaine the aire honourablie, conforme to the quantitie of the heretage, Lib. 2. c. Plenam 42. Jam. 4 p. 3. cap. 25. Quhilk is conforme to the English Law in Magna Carta, quhair it is statute, That the warder fall give the aire his reasonable Estovuerie, Anno 9. Hen. 3. c. 12. quhair also it is written, that the relict of ony man, sall have his reasonable estove­rium, of the commoun gudes of her husbande that is deceased, untill her dowrie be payed to her, Vid. Quarentena viduarum.

EVE

Et Treve, dicuntur nativi de ave & triavo, quorum majores ser­vitutem servierunt: That is, sik slaves or servandes, quhais father, gud­schir, grand-schir, and for-bears, hes been servandes to ony man, and his predecessoures. Quoniam atttach. ca. de brevibus 31. vid. Bondagi­um.

EXITUS Terrae,

The rentes, fruites, and profites of the land. Lib. 2. Cap. Si quis liberum 24. lib: 3: c: cum autem 6. quoniam attach. cap. secus, 28. leg. Forest. c: Probata 87. Exitus justitiariae, The profite or commodities of the justice aire, Iter justic: c. 3, 4. Exitus curiae, the commoditie and profite of the court, sik as unlawes and summes of money, payed be them quha are amerciat, or convict of ony crime, or comes in will therefore, as is manifest be the forme of the precept, direct be the Chalmerlane, to the Schireffe, to take up, and intromet with exitus camerariae, or the profites of the Chalmerlane aire. Exitus haereditatis de actorn. cap. 1. is called the fruites, rentes, profites, and emoluments of the heretage, quhilk in the English law is called the issues of the heritage. Mag: Cart: Anno 51. Hen: 3: cap: 17. And siklike Exitus tenementi, signifies the mailles and dewties thereof, Quoniam attach. c: Secus 29: Mod: ten: cur: c: 30.

EXTENT of landes,

signifies the rents, profites, and issues of the sa­min, quhairof there is twa kindes. The auld extent, and the new ex­tent; For it appearis, that the rentall and valour of landes, hes been tax­ed, and liquidat to ane certaine summe of silver, conforme to the profites and dewties, quhilk the landes payed at that time: Quhilk is called the auld and first extent, tempore pacis. Bot because the revenues and dewties of landes be progresse of time, did incresse and grow mair and mair: ane uther taxation and extent was maid in the time of peace, as the former extent, conforme to the profites augmented, as said is; quhilk therefore is called the new, or second extent: And properlie is the verie availe that the land is worth, and givis the daye of serving of the brieve. Ja. 3. p. 7. cap. 55. To the quhilk, the worde Nunc, conteined in the brieve and re­tour, suld be referred. For tempore belli, or in time of weire; there is na ordinar or certain extent of landes, prescrived be ony law: for in sik time, either the lands are wast, and are not laboured; or the lands-lordes servis in proper persone: And it is na reason, that they suld baith make personal service, and also pay extent or taxation. The lordes of the Session e­steemis ane marke land, of auld extent, to four marke land of new ex­tent. 21. Mart. 1541. Quhilk commounlie is called, the fourth maill; and suld be generallie used in retouring of landes to the Kingis Chancellarie, and uthers Chappelles: Albeit the samin is nocht perpetuallie observed. This distinction of the auld extent, and new extent, is necessar; For taxa­tion of landes are raised, conforme to the auld extent, and the relief of lands, is the retoured maill, according to the new extent. And sik-like, quhen landes are fallen in the superioures handes, be reason of none-en­tres, he suld have allanerlie, the retoured maill thereof, conforme to the new extent. vide None-entres.

F

FALSING of doomes,

Reduction of decreets. vide Sok.

FARANDMAN.

De Judic. c. 47. Ane stranger or Pilgrimer, to quhome justice suld be done with all expedition; That his peregrination be not stayed or stopped. Peregrini mercatores, dicuntur Farandman. lib. 4. c. 30. in lib. Sconensi.

FELONIA,

signifies nocht onelie the falsed, or the contumacie of the vassall toward his over-lord, or of the over-lord toward his vassall. Bot al­so all and quhatsumever capitall crime in Latine, scelus, in Dutch, Schel­merie, or ony uther fault or trespasse. Iter Camer. c. Si quis captus 25. Stat: Alex: ca. 2: lib: 2: cap: ultim. 54. As to hurt or assailȝie ony man, with sword, either edge or ure. Ja: 1: par: 6: c: 97. Or ony lesse or private crime, as suspition of theift, or quhatsumever fraud, deceate, common­lie used in contractes, pactiones, and uther conventiones. Lib. 3. cap. ex causa. 8. in fine. Cuia. lib. 1. de feud. Writtis that fellonie is not onelie rebellion: bot also perfidie, fraud, or ony kinde of fault. perfidia, fraus, culpa, improbitas.

FEODUM, Feudum,

signifies nocht (as some affirmis) life-rent, in La­tine, usus fructus. For he that is saised in the life-rent of landes, is nocht un­derstand to be saised in feodo, or in the fee thereof; For the ane is different from the uther. 7. Mart: 1561. The Countesse of Crawfurd, contrair the Earle of Crawfurd. And sik-like, Feodum signifies nocht the superioritie of landes. For gif ony maried man happenis to decease, vest and saised in the superioritie of landes, his wife suld not have ane terce, or third thereof.

Bot Feodum commonlie signifies▪ the heretable fee, and propertie of ony thing, and speciallie of lands, as is commonlie conteined in brieves and retoures. Cum aliquis dicitur obiisse sasitus & vestitus, in terris, ut de feodo. Lib: 3: Cap. Cum verò 28. c. sequens. 33. Stat: Rob: 3: cap: 1: Of the quhilk landes, the just thrid, and reasonable terce, will perteine to the wife, fra the time of her husbandes decease, induring her lifetime. vid. Quarentena vidu­ar. Dom: feodi or feudi: Is called the Lord of the ground, or land: li: 2: c. Usurarii 53. Quhair feodum & haereditas, ar baith ane, & haereditas dam­nati propter crimen, dicitur pertinere ad dominum feodi, tanquam escheta. Item, si quis condemnatus fuerit de furto, res ejus mobiles, & catalla solent vicecomiti remanere: Terram autem si quam habuerit, dominus feudi habe­bit. Lib: 2: ca: Forisfactum 55. He is called utherwise, Dominus fundi. Lib. 2. c. Defuncto: 69. Et fendum idem est quod fundus. lib. 2. cap. Mutua. 68. And Actio feudi, is ane action or pley of landes or heretage. Lib. 1: cap. 2. Feodum militare, signifies landes halden be service of warde, and relief: Lib: 2: cap: Maritagium. 56. Feudum laicale, Is landes perteining to Laicks and Temporall men. lib: 2. cap: 59. As feodum Ecclesiasticum, signifies, landes perteining to the Kirk, or Kirk-men. Lib: 3: cap: sequitur 31. Cum seqq. Swa be the lawes of this Realme, all gudes and geare ar moveable, and called Catalla: Or immoveable, and ar called feodum, haereditas, terra, fundus, tenementum. Fee or propertie, in latin, dominium, cannot per­tein to maa persons nor ane. Quia dominum unius rei uno eodemque tem­pore non potest esse in solidum penes plures. And therefore, gif twa or maa persons happenis to be infeft, conjunctlie in ony landes, the propertie per­teinis to him in quhais aires and successours, the infeftment resolvis. As for example, The husband and the wife ar infest in certeine landes, the langest liver of them twa, and the aires gotten, or to be gotten betuixt them, quhilk sailȝieing to his aires: In this case the husband is proprietar, and the wife is conjunct fear, or liferentar. Bot gif it be said (quhilks failȝieing to her aires.) In that case the wife is proprietar, and the husband is conjunct feare or liferentar.

Feodum, is taken for the see, wage, or stipend, given to ane servand for his service, as in the Laws of K. Mal: Mak: c: 4: de feod: offic: dom: reg: quhilk utherwaies is called liberatio, ane livery vid. Liberatio. Quhair anent the L. of secreit Councel, and checker, made thir ordinances, as followes.

At Edinburgh the third of June, 1597.

FOr-sameikle as the Lords of his Majesties secreit Councel, and checker, according to the speciall power and commission▪ given to them be his hienesse, and his estaites, quhilks conveened at Dundie, in the moneth of Maij last by-past; Hes thocht meete and convenient, to set down the prices of his Majesties signet, privie and great sealles, of all infestments, Prices of the seales. and uther signatures, quhilks ordinarlie suld passe throw them: And of the chalmer fees, quhilkis sall be received hereafter, fra his hienesse lieges, in manner following: That is to say; That the signet, according to the aun­cient custome, salbe the rule to the privie and greate seales, in all infeft­ments, and uther signatures, quhilks ordinarlie suld passe throw the hail three: And that the privie seale, sall receive na mair, nor the double of the price, set downe hereafter: for the signet, nor the greate seale, mair nor the quadruple of the said signettis price, under the paine of deprivati­on of the contraveeners, fra the office and seale, quhilk he possessis.

Prices set downe to the signet, for letters and uthers writtes, quhilkis passis throw na uther seale.

• FIrst, for all sorts of summondes of quhat-sum-ever qualitie. vj shillinges, viij pennies.
• For letters conteining, baith inhibition, and arreistment. xj shilling viij d.
• For letters of law-borrowes, and uther criminal letters; how mony per­sones soever be insert. vj shilling viij pen.
• For ministers letters ȝeirlie raised vj shilling viij pen.
• For all letters of horning of quhatsumever qualitie, except letters of law-borrowes, and criminall letters xxj shilling viij d.
• For an relaxation vj shillinges viij d.

And gif maa nor ane be insert, the like price of everie persone to bee relaxed, or compositione for them, at the discretion of the keiper of the signet.

Prices set downe to the signet, for signatoures passing the privie and great seales.

• For ane Legitimation vj shillinges viij pen.
• For signatoures of infestmentes of landes, within five marke lande of auld extent vj shilling. viij pen.
• For ane remission to ane person onelie vj shilling. viij pen.

And gif it be to maa nor ane, als mony halfe markes, as they ar per­sones, or composition therefore, at the discretion of the keiper of the signet.

• For ane infestment of ane five marke land of auld extent xiij shil. iiij d.
• And for sa mony maa marke landes, as the signatoure conteinis proportionallie: Providing, that quhat ever be the extent of the [Page] landes, the samin not being stiled ane barronnie, in the infestment the heichest price for the signet, sall not exceed l. shillings
• For ane or maa barronnies of land, conteined in the signatour, quhilks are nocht unite in ane Earle-dome, nor Lord-schip, for the haile signa­tour iij poundes
• For halfe ane baronnie, swa styled in the signatour xxx shillings
• For ane Earl-dome, or ane Lord-schip of dignitie, having vote in par­liament, including never sa monie baronnies. vj pounds
• For ane comprising, quhilke exceedis nocht ane thousand markes. vj shillings viij pennies
• And if the same exceed that sum, to paye proportionally, providing that the heichest price exceed nocht l. shillings
• For ane bischoprick, abbacie, or priorie, exceeding an thousand pounds of ȝeirly rent to the posseissour vj poundes
• Being within ane thousand poundes l. shillings

Reservations. Nathing to be tane for reservations of life-rentes, conteined in the signatoures. In respect the reservation is na newe benefite to the recea­ver, except quhair the resigner is a bastarde. In the quhilk caise, respe­cting his Majesties prejudice be the resignation: quha utherwise micht succeed to the landes resigned, be the present possessours decease, with­out lauchfull aires: sik reservations sall pay according to the price before set downe for the landes resigned, comptand alwayes, the man and wife to be ane person.

Tailȝies. Nathing to be tane hereafter for onie tailȝies, except the foresaid price, according to the quantitie of the lande resigned, in respect the Fear may alter his tailȝie at his pleasure, except quhair the Fear that resignis the lands is bastarde. In quhilke caise, the like price may be tane for every persone conteined in the tailȝie, as it is set downe for the quantitie of the land resigned.

Benefices. For infestmentes conteining patronages of benefices never before dis­poned, nor annexed to thay landes or newe infestmentes of heritable of­fices: The land is to paye according to the quantitie and rate, before set down, and the patronage gif it be of ane onelie benefice, the ane halfe of the duetie of the landes. Gif their be maa, to pay the said haill price of the landes for the saides patronages. Quhilk price, the keeper of the signet sall not exceed. Offices. Sik-like for new and heritable offices.

Prices set downe to his Hieness Privie seale, to be tane hereafter, of sik giftes and uther signatours, quhilk passis the said seale allanerly.

• FOr escheits of ȝeemen men, and uther mean persons xx shillings
• For escheits of landed gentlemen and substantious burgesses xxx shil.
• For escheits of Baronnes xl. shillings
• For escheits of Earles and Lordes iij pounds
• For their life-rents, respectivè—dowble price.
• For presentations to Vicarages xx shillings
• For presentations to Parsonages l. shillings
• For respettes to ȝeamen men, and uther meane persones xxx shillings
• For respets to landed gentlemen, and substantious burgesses xl shil.
• For respettes to Baronnes iij poundes
• For respettes to Earles and Lordes v. poundes
• And gif there be ma persons conteined in the signature, to pay per ca­pita, according to their rankes.
• For the wardes and marriages, non-entresses and relieves of landed men, under Baronnes, included in ane signatour iij poundes
• For the wardes, mariages, non-entresses, and relieves of Barons vj pun.
• For the like of Earles and Lordes x. poundes
• For the warde allane of gentlemen xxx shillings
• Of Baronnes iij poundes
• Of Earles and Lordes v. poundes
• For the mariage allane of simple gentlemen xxx shillings
• Of Barrones iij poundes
• Of Earles and Lordes v. poundes
• For the non-entresses allane of meane landed men xx shillings
• Of Baronnes xl shillings
• Of Earles and Lordes iij poundes
• For giftes of prebendaries or chaplanaries xxx shillings
• For tutories xxx shillings

For the multitude of denuntiations included in ane signatour of es­cheitte, or life-rent, na payment, but for the gift only. In respect they can import but ane gift of escheit allanerly.

For presentations to prelacies, legitimations, signators of infestments of Baronnies, and uther landes, remissions, and sik uther writtes, as passis first the signet: The keeper of the privie seale, sall take for them allanerlie, the double of the price, quhilk ilk ane of them payed to the signet.

In tailȝies, reservations, patronages, heritable offices, erections in free Burrowes and siklike, to take payment, according to the order and pro­portion of the signet.

Anent the Chalmer-sees.

IT is ordained, That na signatoures hereafter, sall pay Chalmer-fee, ex­cept resignations, and confirmations, irredemable allanerly: and of sik landes as are neither of his Majesties property, nor temporality annexed, quhilks are declared to be free of all sik fees, in time cumming.

Prices set downe to the great seale.

THat the keeper of the great seale, exceede not the quadruple of the signet, or double of the privie seale, under the foresaid paine.

That to this effect the keiper of the-signet, sall upon the back-side of the prent of the signet, set downe the price quhilk he receives for everie precept, and for all uthers letters after his name. Likewaies the keiper of the prievie seale, his price for precepts, and uther letters after per signa­turam: that theirby the keiper of the greate seale, pretend na occasion of ignorance. Sik-like that the said keiper of the greate seale, set down his price in the fore-face of everie tag, quhairunto the said seale salbe ap­pended. And that theirafter their be na drink silver exacted fra the partie, uther nor he will be contente to give at his pleasure and discreti­on. And ordains ane herauld, maisser, or uther officiar of armes, to passe to the mercat Croce of the said burgh of Edinburgh, and their be open pro­clamation mak publication, and intimation of the premisses, to all and sin­drie his Hienes lieges, quhairthrow nane pretend ignorance theirof. As alswa, to command and charge the keipers of the signet, privie, and greate seales, Ischers of his Hienes chalmer, and all uthers quhome it effeiris, to conforme themselves to the will and direction of the saides commissio­ners, signified to them in manner foresaid: and on nawaies tak upon hand to alter or contravene the same in onie point hereafter, as they and ilke ane of them will answer to his majestie, upon their obedience at their uttermost charge and perrel, and under the pain of deprivation of them fra their offices, certificing them and they sailȝie, that they salbe deprived fra their saides offices, and utherwaies punished in their persones as ef­seiris.

Apud Edinburgh quarto Junij, Anno 1597.

THe Lords of secreit Councell and Checker, following the commission given to them be his Hienes and his Estaites, laitlie conveened at Dundie, anent the ordour taking with the exorbitant prices of all sorts of writes and letters, usuall amang the lieges, and likewaies of the seales, registers and chalmer fie, quhilk a greate number of the same mon passe, procuring daylie baith private grudges and publick exclamations against the tolerance and with gang, given to sik shamefull extorsion & abuse, highlie to his Majesties dishonour and offense, and to the manifest undoing of the puire anis of this Realme, constrayned to have adoe with the saides writes: Have for remeid of that abuse, decerned and ordaned in time comming, and quhill a mair particular and solide ordour may be taken theirin. That all and quhatsoever Clerkes of session, Justice, secret Councell and checker, Clerkes to quhatsoever Commissar, Admiralles, Schireffis, Stewartes, Baillies of regalitie, and royaltie, Provestes and Bail­lies of quhar-sum-ever his Hienes burrowes, and of all uther courtes or Judgementes within this Realme, all writers to the signet, privie & great seales, all keipers of quhatsoever rolles, Registers and recordes, all pub­lick notares, and uthers writers quhatsoever, quha sall hereafter register and inroll, forme, extract, writ, or give out for payment, to ony of his Hienes leiges, ony signatour, contract, obligation, decreet, act or ordinance of ane courte or judgement, chartour, saising, or uther evident, billes, letters, or uther writtes quhatsum-ever of any importance to the receiver: Sall subscrive with their handes the said writ, and subjoyne to their names, the just and ordinar price; quhilk they receive fra the partie for their paines. To be a testimonie of their discretion, in valueing of their travelles taken in the saidis writtes, and to give further licht to the saids Lords, quhat constant prices they may set upon the like in time to come, under the paine of deprivation from their offices, and punishment of their persones at his Hienes further pleasure, incaise of failȝie. And ordainis letters to be directe, To make publication of the premisses to all and sindrie his Hienes lieges, quhairthrowe nane pretende ignorance thereof.

FERCOSTA,

ane Italian worde: Ane kinde of schippe or little Boate. In ane priviledge granted to the Burgh of Dundie, for reparati­on and bigging of their Porte and Haven be King James the second, in the ȝeir of God, an thousand four hundred, fifty aucht ȝeires, and of his reign, the twentie twa ȝeire: Mention is maid of ane Fercost, quhilk is inferiour in birth and quantitie to an schip, because the imposte and taxation laid upon ilke schip is ten schillings, and upon the Fercost, twelve pennies, and of everie Crear, busch, barge, and ballinger, five schilling, and ilke great boat six pennies.

FERDINGMANNUS,

ane Dutch word, ane penni-maister, or The­saurar. Stat. gild. c. 5.

FIDELITIE,

maid to superiours, and over-lords. vid. Homagium.

FINIS,

finance, or composition maid with theeves. Statut. 2. Ro­bert Bruyse. Item 9. In the quhilk place, it is called rachetum, or thift boat. Finis curiae, ane composition quhilk onie man gives in ane court, sik as the justice aire, to the King, In registro 28. December, ane thousande, five hun­dred fourty ane ȝeirs, the Thesaurar contrar the burgh of Perth. Finem fa­cere cum rege: to fine with the King: Or to make ane finance, and satisfie him for ony trespasse committed against him or his lawes. Ass. reg. Da. cap. 2. lib. 4. cap. 3. c. sivir. 16. or finem reddere regi, to pay an fine or com­position to the King for ane crime, sik as thift-boat. St. 2. Ro. Br. c. item or­dinat. 9. Finem facere cum molendinario de multura, To agree and compone with the millar for the multer. Statu. Wilh. cap. item statuit quod de­tentor. 11.

FIRMARIUS,

ane mail-payer, ane mailer, or mail-man. leg. burg. c. si firmarius 56. quo. attach. c. nullus 26. Firma signifies the dutie quhilk the tennent paies to the landis-lord, quhidder it be silver-maill, victuall, or uther duetie. In statutis gild. c. 48. In the quhilk signification, it is com­monly used in the French lawes.

FORENSIS,

from the French word Foraine. In the burrow-lawes of this realme, signifies ane un-free-man, quha dwellis not within burgh, or out-dwelland man. And therefore is called rure manens, quha dwelland aland-ward, hes na priviledge, or immunitie within Burgh. Rure ma­nens. Commonlie all strangers are called Forinseci, or foreines; uther-waies [Page] advenae. Quhair-anent it is statute, that na burges dwelland in burgh, fall harbourie onie strange man in his house, Servitium ferinscium. langer nor ane nicht, without borrowes, & caution. leg. burg. Cap. nullus in burgo 88. quoniam attach. Cap. nulli 47. servitium forinsecum signifies sik service as the vassall, or tennent, suld doe to his over-lord and maister, sra hame, or in time of weir-faire. In England they quha are nocht borne English-men, are called alienes: Quha injoyes nocht libertie within the realme, except they be De­niȝed, Deniȝed. Ambani. Albini, jus Albinagii. quhilk word appeares to be driven a Danis, quasi danisatus, that is maid lauchfull and free, as onie Danes-man was, quhen the Danes did occu­pie and possesse ane greate parte of that Realme. And in France they are called ambani, or albini, quasi alibi nati, strangers, nocht borne within the Realme of France, quha therefore deceaseand in France, without lauch­ful succession of their bodies, hes na power to make testament. For their gudes and geare, are nocht given to their aires, or successoures, bot are confiscat to the Kingis use, be the law quhilk is named, Albinage, ius al­binagij. Chessan. in consuetud. Burgund, Rubric. 21. § verb. des confiscationi. Nu. 37. in the actes of Parliamente Marie p. 8. Cap 66. it is called droict d' Aubeyne.

FORESTARIUS,

ane forester, or kelper of woodes, to quhom be reason of his office. perteinis the bark and the hewen branches. And quhen he rides throw the forrest,

Foresta.

hee maie take ane tree als heich as his awin head. leg. forest. Ca 10. Foresta, is called ane large wood, without dyke or closure, quhilk hes na water. Sylva is ane wood neare adjacent to ane flude of water:

Sylva.

bot quhen the samin is inclosed with dike or hedginges, is called ane parke, Chessa. in consuetud. Burgund. Tit. des Forests 13. in prin. per. gl in. c. cum dilecti. de donationib. Felin in c. Rodolph,

Parcus.

extr, de rescript. Nu. 21. Quhair foresta, is called a place quhairin are included wylde beastes and quhair some hes libertie of hunting. Bot quhair their is ane flude of water, it is Sylva. And beand circled about and environed with watters Insula.

Insula.

And inclosed with dikes or hedginges, parcus. Ia. Andr. in. d. Cap. dilecti. Infeodatus in liberam forestam, in: est in free Forrest, hes power to hunt,

Libera fore­sta.

halk, and cutte trees, quhilk we call potestatem venandi, aucupandi, & secandi. quhilk libertie na person maie use bot be speciall licence gran­ted to him. vid Varenna vid. Venison. vid. Werd.

FORISFACTUM,

ane unlaw, quhilk utherwaies is called amercia­mentum. lib. 1. c. dos autem 19 Stat. Alex. c. si quis conquestus. 9. l. b. 4 c. 3. leg. burg. c. forissactum 42. vid. Amerciamentum. It is taken for fornication committed be ane woman being ane aire semaill within waird, ut cum foemina dicitur forisfacere de corpore suo, to forfair, or abuse hir bodie. vi. Putagium. Item it signifies quhatsumever fault, trespasse, and crime, and is called forefault in the Actes of parliament. Iam. 2.2. August. c. 6. And quhair it is written pro vno forisfacto non debet esse nisi vnum amerciamen­tum. leg. burg. c. de uno. 3. In ane vther place it is said, pro vno delicto, non debet esse nisi vna misericordia. Ass. reg. Da. C. ad hoc 28. That is for ane fault their suld be bot ane vnlaw. And in the English Lawes, Hen. 3. in carta de forest, c. 15, all outlawes for the Kingis forestes, fall returne to his peace, and fall find to him sure pledges, that they sall nocht do onie fore­fault,

Forisfactum plenarium Regis.

or wrang in his forestes. Forisfactum plenarium regis, may be exten­ded to the deth, as plenaria justitia, quhilk suld be execute upon him quha stops the sleuthhound, in persewing of theeves and thieft, lib. 4. c, & si quis, 35. And it is statute that nane sall stop the Kingis burgesses to bye and sell freelie throw-out all the partes of the Realme. super plenum foris­factum regis, leg, burg, c, si burgenses, 141. vel super plenariam forisfacturā. lib, 4, c. Statutum, 38. Stat. Wilh. c. Item statuit. 19. conforme to the quhilk constitution, he quha troublis or molestis merchandes dwelling within burgh, to use their freedome and priviledges, may be accused as an oppres­sour of the Kingis lieges. Ia. 5 p. 4. c. 26.

FORISFAMILIARI,

forisfamiliat, put furth of his fathers house, or maid free, and delivered furth of the fatherlie power, the sonne is called to be forisfamiliat be the father, quhen he with his awin consent and gud will, receivis from his father onie landes: and is put in possession theirof, before his fathers decease. lib, 2, c, porro, 33, and is con­tent and satisfied theirwith. Swa that he nor his aires maie nocht claime or crave onie mair of his fathers heritage. de Judicibus. capit. Item nota, 115.

FORESTALLERS,

vid, Regraters.

FORTALITIUM

la, 2, p, 3, c, 3, Stat. 2. Rob. Br, c, Item ordinatum 8. Ane fortalice, ane Castell, and properlie ane house or Towre quhilk hes ane batelment an barmekin, or ane fowsie about it 7, Feb, 1566. Lord Fleming contrair Iames Rosse.

FORTHOCHT

fellony, praecogitata malitia, quhilk is don & commit­ted wittinglie and willinglie, after deliberation and set purpose, and is dif­ferent from chaudmelle. quia ut seribit Cicero. l. 1. offic in omni injusticia. per­multum interest vtrum perturbatione aliqua animi, quae plaerunque brevis est, & ad tempus: an consultò & cogitatò fiat injuria. Leviora enim sunt ea, quae repentino aliquo motu accidunt, quàm ea quae meditata & praeparata in­feruntur.

FOSSA.

ane pit, or fowsie. Furca, an gallous, in Latine cabalum,

Cabalum.

quhilk was first institute and granted be King Malcolme, quha gave power to the Barrones to have ane pit, quhairin wemen condemned for thieft suld be drowned, and ane gallous quhairupon men thieves, and trespassoures suld be hanged, conforme to the doome given in the Barron Courte therea­nent hector Boetius. l. 12. Erectio furcarum est meri imperij, et aliae justiciae, et significat dominium aeris,

Merum Im­perium.

quia suspensi pendent in aere. & merum imperium consistit in quatuor, sicut sunt quatuor elementa. In aere, vt hi qui suspend­untur. In igne, quando quis cōburitur propter maleficium. In aqua, quando quis ponitur in culco & in mare proiicitur, vt parricida: vel in amnem im­mergitur, ut faeminae furti damnatae. In terra, cum quis, decapitatur & in ter­ram prosternitur. Chessa. in consuetud. Burgund. Rubric: 1. §. 1. verb an territoire.

Jurisdictio mistum im­perium.

Nu. 14. & rubric. 1. § 8. Nu. 2. porrò jurisdictio dicitur notio, quae juri magistratus competit. Mistum imperium, est potestas quae jurisdictioni inest. Merum autem imperium estjus gladij, vel alicuius gravi­oris coercitionis nominatim lege concessum. Cuia. l. 4. de. feud. tit. 19.

FRIEBORGH,

liber plegius, vel fideiussor, quem Galli francum pleg­ium vocant. In the auld Britton lawes, Bopher vel Bores, is that quhilk we call borrows, borgh, or cautioner. And Aluredus King of England, divided England in satrapias, centurias, & decurias, as fall be declared in the worde Schiref: and ordained that decuria, suld comprehend ten persones, and centuria suld contein 100 persones, quhairof ilk ane was cautioner and sovertie for uthers: in sik sort that the haill number, and ilk ane of them, was answerable for the fault and deede of onie ane of them, & swa was called free-borgh, free-pledge, or cautioner. vide antiquas leges Brittonum.

FURCHE,

ane word, quhairof I find na mention in the written lawes of this Realme, nor of onie uther cuntrie: And ȝit is used in the forme and ordour of the Chancellarie, from furca, ane forke. For quhen onie person is served and retoured narrest, and lauchfull aire to onie of his predecessors, of ony lands halden in chiefe, of ony uther superior then the King: The directour of the Chancellarie, causis his Clerkes direct to the said superiour three preceptes, commanding▪ him to give saising to the person retoured, of all and sindrie the landes, conteined in the re­tour, he doing therefore to his superiour, all quhilk he auclit to do of the Law. Of the quhilk preceptes the second is called Meminimus a forma verborum qua praeceptum concipitur.

Meminimus.

For the precept bearis that the King remembers, that he directed his first precept and command, quhilk was nocht obeyed, quhairof he mervailis: And therefore ȝit as of before commands the superiour to give saising. The 3. precept is called furch, for quhat cause I knaw nocht certainlie: Bot like as ane fork hes twa graines, this precept hes ane alternative command of twa parts, for the King com­mandis the superiour to give saising, or else he certifies him, he wil com­mandis the Schireffe to give the samin. Itaque hoc praeceptum est furcatum, vel bifurcatum, in eadem significatione, qua barba bifurcata, quhilk is di­vided in twa taits or parts. And in French furche, is called cloven sutted, or forked.

G

GAlenes,

lib. 4. c. si. quis. 37. c. statuit. 66. Ane kind of mendis, assith­ment, or satisfaction for slauchter. Of the quhilk word I finde na mention in onie uther place, or law of uther cuntries.

GANGIATORES,

Iter. camer. c. gangiatores. 14. signifies them quha suld mark the claith, breade, or barrelles before they be sauld. with the mark of their office: or tryis or examinatis all measures, & weichts, baith dry and weete, for the French Iage, is that quhilk we call jug, met or mea­sure.

GARBA

sagittarum, ane schaife of arrowes, conteining 24. utherwaies called schaffa sagittarum. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. ordinatum est. 27.

GARCIFER

ane French word. Ane Garson, an servand quha servis in the▪ myln, ane myln-knave. leg. burg. c. quicunque. 64.

GILDA,

ane societie and companie of merchandes. For in the auld Britton lawes, gilder signifies the ordour or societie of religious men, or of craftes-men. Vide antiquas leges Brittonum, verbo Contubernales.

GIRTHOLL,

girth, sanctuarie, in latin, asylum, ass. reg. Da. c. si quis in aliquo. 27. Asylum is driven from the greeke, a, particula privativa, et Silao, b. e. trabo. gl. in. l. si quis. 17. ff. de aedilit, edict. Because it is not leasum to draw furth onie person furth of the girth. Quhairanent sindrie actes of Parliament are maid, conforme to the law of God. Exod. 21.13. Ioshua. 22. 1. &c.

GLEBA,

ane gleibe, given and granted to Kirk-men and Ministers of the Evangel. vid. Mansus.

GVERRA,

lib. 2. c. sunt quidam. 72. Stat. 1. Rob. Br. c. 17. Stat. 2. Ro. Br. c. ordinatum est. 27. Utherwaies called Verra, battel, weir, and signi­fies nocht onlie publict weire and hostilitie,

Verra.

quhilk is proclaimed and de­nunced be the lauchfull authoritie of the Prince: Bot also private dead­lie feede. quhen onie particular person wauld revenge onie privat inju­rie, done to him. For it is statute be K. David the second, quod nullus de caetero moveat guerram contra vicinos suos quoscunque, sub poena plenariae forisfacturae, 6. Novemb. 1357. Mention is maid of courtes of Guerra, 12, 3, p, 8, c, 69. quhilkis were halden be schireffes, Stewards, Baillies, and uther Officiars. Bot quhat was the speciall jurisdiction belangand thereto, I knaw nocht: and find is na mention theirof in onie uther part of the lawes of this Realme, alwaies as it appearis that they wer halden be the ordinar judges foresaides, anent strife, debates, crimes and trespasses committed betuixt familiar and domestik persons, subject to ane maister, within the jurisdiction of the saides judges conforme to the lawes of the fewes in §. ult. de pace tenend. li. 2. de feud. Si ministeriales alicujus domin. inter se Guerram habuerint: comes sive judex, in cujus regimine cam fecerint, per leges & judicia, ex ratione prosequatur. Quhilk forme of courtes being particular justice courtes, was prejudicial to the jurisdiction of the justice and his deputes, and grievous to the lieges of this Realme, and theirfore are discharged be King James the third, in the place foresaide.

GYSARUM,

ane hand axe. Leg. Forest. Cap. sciendum est. 67. quhair it is statute and ordained, that all men of the age, betuixt sextie, and sex­teene, fall have armour, conforme to the quantitie, and the valour of their landes, and moveable gudes, that is, he quha hes fifteene pounde lande, or fourtie markes in moveables, fall have ane horse, ane haberge­on, ane bonnet of iron, ane sword and ane dagger. And he quha hes fourtie schilling land, or abone, within ane hundreth shilling land, sall have ane bow, arrowes, dagger and knife. And he quha hes lesse then fourtie shilling lande, fall have Gysarum, quhilk is called ane hand axe, ane bow, and arrowes. And all uthers, quha suld, or may have armour, fall have ane bow and arrowes.

H

HAIMSUKEN,

lib. 4. c. raptus, 9. in sine, quo. attach. c. de caetero. 48. Stat. Wil. c. Item. stat. 9. Ane Dutch word. For Haim signifies an house or habitation, quhair anedwellis, and quhair he hes his winning, rysing and lying. As we say, aneman is at hame, or nocht at hame. In the quhilk signification Cuninghame, is called the King is house or hame, speci­allie quhen the Kinges of this Realme, quha of before did dwell in the Iles, came to the maine land to dwell, and remaine in Doundonald, and uther places. Suchen in the Germane toung, signifies to seike, or search, persew, or follow, as quhen ane gives up kindnes to ane uther, he sayes. Harr, harr, Ich wol euch suchen, swa hame-suchen, or hame-sucken, is quhen onie per­son violentlie, without licence, and contrair the Kinges peace, enters with­in an mans hous, or seiks him at the same, or assailȝies his hous (as is writ­ten in the best buikes) quhilk crime is punished. as ravishing of wemen. quo. attach. c. si quis aliquem. 50, Stat. Wilh. c. Item stat. 10. quhilk is e­steemed an greate crime contrair the common weill, quietnes, and peace of the cuntrie, quia unicuique domus sua est tutissimum refugium: Ideoque de domo sua nemo debet extrabi. l. sed & si. 21. ff. si quis in jus vocat, quod ve­rum esse in causa civili, non autem in criminali, notatur in gl. ibidem, quid sit domus. vid. l. 1. ff. de agnoscend. liber.

HAWBERT,

there is foure maners of halding of landes outwith Burgh. Sum landes are halden be the Kirk nomine pure eleemosynae, & paies nothing bot devota animarum suffragia, as was used in the time of blind­nes and papistrie:

De quatuor modis tenendi terras.

uther are halden in few, or few-ferme of the King, Kirk, Barrones, or uthers, quhilkis payes ane certaine dewtie called feudifir­ma, few-ferme: uther are halden blenche, be payment of ane pennie, an rose, ane paire of guilt spurres, or sum uther dewtie quhen it is asked, in name of blenche, or nomine albaefirmae: uther landes are halden be service of warde and relieve, and the aire heirof beand minor, is in the gairde, that is wairde, custodie, and keiping of his superiour, with all his saides landes, untill he be major and of perfite age. And siklike his marriage beand Ma­jor or minor, and nocht maried before the decease of his predecessour, perteinis to his superiour, vid. Varda. Landes halden in this last forme and maner, are called feodum de Hauberk, or Haubert, or feodum mili­tare, de maritag. c. diversa. 7. ass. reg. Da c. statutum fuit. 32. Or feodum Hauberticum, or feodum loricatum. Because it is given upon condition, that the vassall possessour theirof, fall cum to the hoist and armie, with Iak,

Lorica.

and armes: for lorica a loro, signifies ane abulȝement maid of cordes, and Haubert, signifies ane kind of armour, maid of mailȝies, or circles like ringes, called an Haubergion, conform to the common pro­verb,

Haubergion.

manie mailȝies makis an Haubergion, monie littles makis an meikle. Of the maner of tenures in the English lawes read Litleton, and in the Nor­mand lawe. lib. 5. c. 3. cum seqq.

HAIMHALDARE,

vindicare, actione reali repetere, to repeit & seeke restitution of proper gudes and geare, and bring the samin hame againe. quo. attach. c. 4. as lauchfull and haimhald cattell. mod. ten. cur. c. 13. and haimhald lint, or haimhald hemp, is that quhilk growis at haime, within this realme, & is opponed to lint, and hempe quhilk is inbrocht furth of u­ther cuntries. hamhaldatio catallorum, is quhen onie man seikis restitution to be maid to him of his awin guds and geare, wrangously taken fra him, quhair of frequent mention is maid in the auld lawes of this Realme. And he quha seikis the said restitution, suld sweare in this maner, ane buike be­and put within the hornes, or upon the fore-head of the beast, that is clam­ed before twa lauchfull witnes, that the said cattell acclaimed be him did wander away from him, and that the samin was nocht given, sauld, or onie maner of way annalied be him to onie kind of person. vid. Catalla.

HARA porcorum.

vid. Creffera.

HERREȜELDA,

is the bestaucht, ox, kow, or uther beast quhilk ane husband man possessour of the aucht pairt of ane dauach of land: (foure oxen gang) dwelland and deceasand theirupon, hes in his possessi­on, the time of his decease, quhilk aucht and suld be given to his Landis­lord, or maister of the said land. lib. 4. c. si quis. 22. ass. reg. Da. c. si quis. 41. for Herr in dutch, in latine herus, dominus, signifies ane lord, or maister, and ȝeild is called ane gift,

Here. Ȝelde.

tribute, or taxation, as in the auld actes of parlia­ment maid be King James the first, it is written, that ane ȝeilde was gad­dered, for the reliefe of him out of England. And ane uther ȝeilde, was collected, for resisting the rebelles in the North. Swa Herreȝelda, is ane gift given be onie man to his maister and Lord, quhilk suld be his best aucht 17. October. 1470. Quhilk is conforme to the aulde lawes. li. 2. c. tenentur 35. quhair ilk person makand his testament, suld recognosce, and acknawledge his maister with the best thing he hes Swa it is manifest that the Herreȝelde is given, be reason of the tennents deceis to his maister, as ane gift, for acknawledging, and honouring of him, and therefore in the civill law is called, laudemium, a laudando domino. Item in the auld Saxon,

Laudemium.

and Dutch language Herr, is ane hoist, armie, or weirfare. Swa (as sum thinkis) Herreȝelda, signifies that quhilk is given to the Lord, or mai­ster passing to the hoist,

Here.

or be reason of weirfaire. For sik small husband­men having onely foure Oxen-gang of land, and thereby, be reason of their povertie, nocht able to passe to weirfare in proper person, suld help their master,

Herischulda.

passand fordward theirunto: like as Herischulda; is the paine of him quha obeyis not the proclamation maid for weirfare, for schuld is debitum. or debt, and heribannum is ane charge or proclamation maid for weirfare.

Heribannum.

Curia lib. 1. de feud.

HILDA, terrae, Hida terrae,

an pleuch of land. vid. Carrucata.

HOMAGIUM,

dicitur quando aliquis promittit se esse hominem alicu­jus domini, & stare & habitare, ubi voluerit dominus. Et super hoc facit homagium, id est promissionem, ut sit suus homo. Vel homagium dicitur fide­litas hominis, pro rebus temporalibus facta domino. Chessan. in consuetud. Burgund. rubric. 3. §, 1. verb. des fieds. & in §. 3. nu. 3. It is a band of man-rent, quhen onie person promisis to serve ane uther, in sik sort, that he sall be friend to all his friends, and foe to all his foes, against all deadlie. Lib. 2. c. praedictis. 60. le. Forest. c. quando 60. It is therefore cal­led hominium, and suld be maid be the vassall being minor, or major, to his over-lorde. Lib. 2. d. Cap. 60. And the samin being maide generally, with-out exception of any man, is called homagium cum ligeantia factum. vid. Ligeantia, homage differrs from fidelitie, first be reason of the per­sones makeris theirof, for weemen makis na homage, bot onelie fideli­tie. lib. 2. c praedictis. 60. Because homage concernis service specially in weirfaire, to the quhilk weemen are nocht subject. And likewaies conse­crat bishops, makis onelie fidelitie for their landes, and barronies, lib. 2. c. fieri. 61. In this forme, I sall be leill and trew; to ȝow my liege Lord, and schir N. King of Scotland, and sall nocht heare ȝour skaith, nor see it,

Forme of fi­delitie.

but I sall let it at my power, and warne ȝow theirof, ȝour Councell con­ceill, and heill, that ȝe schaw me: The best counsell that I can to give ȝow, when ȝe charge me in verbo Dei, and as help me God, and the halie Evan­gell. The second difference is be reason of the forme and maner, for he that makes fealtie, kneilis nocht on his kneis, Bot he that makes homage kneilis down: utherwaies the forme of homage maid be barrones to the King, and the forme of fidelitie maid be them to the King, are nocht far different, for the forme of homage maid be them is this:

Forme of Homage.

I become ȝour man my liege King in land, lith, life and lim, warldlie honour, homage, fealtie and lawtie, against all that live and die. Ȝour counsell conceiland that ȝeschaw me: The best counsell schawand, gif ȝe charge me: ȝour skaith and dishonour not to hear or see, bot I sail let it at all my gudlie power, and warne ȝow theirof. Swa help me God. The forme of fideli­tie maid be the barrones to the King is this, I sall be leill and trew, to ȝow my liege lord, Sir. N. King of Scotland. I sall never see ȝour skaith, nor hear it, bot I fall let it at my power, and warne ȝow theirof. Ȝour counsell schawin to me, I sall conceill: the best counsell I can, I sall give ȝow, quhen ȝe charge me theirwith, sa help me God. Fiunt autem Ho­magia de terris tenement is liberis tantummodo & servitiis:

For quhat thinges ho­mage suld bē maid.

de redditibus as­signatis in denariis, & aliis rebus, Fro solo vero dominio, non solet fieri homagium excepto domino principi, lib. 2. c. fiunt. 66. Ita hic locus corrup­tus & difficilis legi debet. Concerning the exposition of the quhilk it is to wit, that all homage is maid to the over-lord and maister, quhairof sum are maist chiefe and principall, sik as the King, to quhom without onie exception suprema fides, quae nullam exceptionem patitur jure optimo debetur. Uther over-lords are inferiour and subalterne, to quhom their vassalles are bund and oblished, and suld make their homage. And swa their is twa kindes of homage, aut enim est ligium, aut non ligium. vid. Ligeantia. Baith the ane and the uther may be maid pro terris, tenementis,

Homagium ligium & non ligium.

annuis redditibus: Because ane free halder of landes, tenements, and an­nuell-rentes, maie make homage to his immediat superiour for his landes or tenementes, exceptand the King and his elder over-lord, quhilk is Ho­magium non ligium, lib. 2. c. fieri. 61. leg. forest. c. quando. 60. Or he may make homage to his over-lord simpliciter, without exception of ony per­son or uther over-lord, quhilk is homagium ligium. Pro solo dominio, na homage can be maid, bot onelie domino Principi, quhilk is Homagium li­gium: Because it is upon condition, and covenant that he to quhome it is maid, falbe maister, Lorde and maintener allanerlie to the maker there­of. And he quha makis the samin, sall acknawledge him and nane uther, to be his Lord and maister for his maintenance, protection and defence, quhairanent he makis exception of na person, and swa this kinde of ho­mage, is maid to the King allanerlie, pro folo ipsius dominio, quem solum & nullum alium omnes debent agnoscere pro solo domino. Hic locus ad­modum difficilis me diu, multumque torsit, neque aliter me hinc extricare possum, sed in hac re suum unicuique liberum esto judicium.

HUESIUM, Hoyesium,

ane French word. Oyez, in latine audite, ane hoyes, or crie used in proclamationes, quhairby ane officiar of armes, or messenger dois conveen the people, and foirwarns them to hear him, de ma­ritag. c. sciendum. 17. de judic. c. 57. It is called alswa, an out-hoy, or crie, leg. forest. c. si quis 91. And ane thiefe suld be taken with the blast of ane horne with clamour, or hues, and presented to the Kingis Baillie. And gif thereafter he flies away, he maie be slaine leisumly, & hanged up in the next gallous. lib. 4. c. si quis latronem. 33. Quhilk in an paine is conforme to the Acte of Parliament. Ja. 6. p. 1. c, 21. And in the lawes of England; ann. 4. Edward. 1. he quha followis not the hue, raised for apprehending of malefactoures, salbe accused therefore.

HUSBANDLAND,

conteines commonlie 6. aikers of sok and syith land: That is of sik land as may be tilled with ane pleuch, or may he maw­ed with ane syith. For as sum auld writers testifies, the Earle of March for the time, caused his servand Simon, or Sim Salmond, to divide the hail land in the Mers into husband landes. Ilk husband land conteining 6. aikers, quhair pleuch and syith may gang. Quhat Earle of March this was,

Forefaultour of Alexander Earl of March, &c.

I am nocht certaine, bot I find that ane called Simon Salmound is foresalted with Alexander Duke of Albanie, Earle of March, Mar, and Garrioch, Lord of Annanddale, and of Man, brother to King James the third, 8. Julij. 1483. Bot the Lords of Councell esteemis the ȝeirlie mailes, fermes, and dewties of ane husband land, to five markes, in Registro. 1. Decemb. 1545. And ane uther husband land lyand beside Dumbar, they esteeme it to 14. bolles bear, and 3. bolles quheit, in Registro. 14. Feb. 1544. And ane uther hus­band land to 3. pounde. Swa I finde na certaine rule prescrived anent the quantie and valour of ane husband land.

I

INFANGTHEFE,

lib. 1. c. 3. ane Dutch word, quhairof I find divers interpretationes, for in the auld lawes of the Brittones maid be King Ed­ward, infangthiefe is ane liberty or power perteining to him quha is infest theirwith, to cognosce upon thieft, committed be his awin man, taken within his awin dominion, & lands, like as in sindry auld buikis, conteinand the lawis of this realm. Infangthese dicitur latro captus de hominibus [Page] suis proprijs, saisitus de latrocinio: & outsāgthiefe is an for ā thief quha cums fra an uther mans land, or jurisdictiō, & is taken & apprehended within the lands pertenand to him quha is infeft with the like liberty. In sindry uther buiks it is written, that insangthiefe is an liberty, to sit & deceid upon theft, committed within the jurisdiction of him, quha is infeft theirwith, be his awin man; or ony uther man quhatsūever, taken therewith, within his awin jurisdiction. And Out-fang-theife, is power or libertie to reduce, replege, and bring-hame to his awin court, all thieves being his awin men, and committand thieft within his awin boundes, quha ar fugitive and taken within ane uther mannis jurisdiction, with the fange, that is, hand ha­veand, and back-bearand, Lib. 4. c. Si quis 11. Quoniam attach. c. nullus 22. Quhilk fang in the civil law, Furtum ma­nifestum. is called furtum manifestum. Bot sindry uthers ar in the contrair opinion, affirmand that it is not leasum to ony man hav­and libertie of out-fang-thief, to repledge or reduce his awin man, taken without his awin libertie for thieft, to his a win court, & there to do just­ice upon him; Because all thieves suld underly the law, and be judged be him, within quhais jurisdiction the thieft is committed: in sik forme & maner, as is statute anent slauchter, & punition thereof. Ia. 1. p. 2. c. 89. A­mangst the interpretours of the civil law, I find the like controversie in this mater. For. Bart. in. l. Sidom. 48: Nu. 2. ff. d. furtis. Quocun (que) (inquit) in loco reperitur fur cum re furtiva, ibipotest puniri. Veluti furtum faciens Flo­entiae, Si reperitur in alia jurisdictione, veluti Mediolani, cum furto, potest à Mediolanensibus puniri, Quhais opinion sindry Doctoures follow is, as writs Chessanaeus In consuetud. Burgund. Rubr.. Verb. simplè larrecin. Nu. 15. Albeit sindrie uthers ar in the contrair opinion; alleagand, that the thiefe suld he punished in the place quhair he commitis the thieft, ut in addi­tione ad Bartol. in. d. l. 48. Conforme to the quhilk, it is statute be the Law of this realme, that ane thief of stollen woodde, taken with the fang in an uther Lords lands, suld be arreisted with the wood, & sall suffer the law in his court, fra quhom the woodde was stollen. Ia. 1. p. 2, c. 34. Mair-over, ane thiefe is ordaned to be punished in the place quhair the thieft was com­mitted, because the crime may be best tryed there, Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. 4.

INFENSARE curiam.

That is, quhen the judge insormis the suters in sik things quhairof they ar ignorant. Quoni. attach. c. vbi ab aliqua. 10. Like as the civil law. Iudex potest supplere ea que advocatis in jure desunt. ITER, From Itinerare. b.e. Iter facere: As Iter camerarij, The Chalmer­lane aire, quhairof ane gud forme is written and extant in the buiks, con­teinand the auld lawes of this realme. The forme of the justice aire, or court. Iter iustitiarij, the justice aire, quia Iustitiarius debet itinerare per regnum, as it is written in the English lawes: For he suld make course throw the realme, for ministration of justice, and ride in competent and easie number, to eschew grievance, and hur­ting of the people. Ia. 2. p. 6. c. 21.

The justice aire suld be halden twise in the ȝeir. For King David sta­tute & ordaned, that the justice & his deputes, suld hald twa head courts ȝeirlie. Justice aire suld be halden twise in the ȝeire. Ass. Reg. Da. cap. statuit dominus. 18, Quoniam attach. c. statuit 77. And the Kingis justice, the Lordes of the regalities, and also the Kingis Baillies in his regalles, suld hald their justice aires twise in the ȝeir. Iam. 2. parlia, 3. cap. 5. Universallie in all partes of this Realme, anis on the grasse, and anis on the cornes. Iam. 2. par. 13. cap. 94, Iam. 4. par. 3. c. 29. And over all the Schires of the Realme, in the Moneths of Aprill, and October. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 81. Baith in the in-land, and alswa in the Iles, South and North. Iam. 4. par. 6. ca. 59. Because the Iles and inhabitants thereof, suld be ruled be the Lawes of this realme. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 79.

Iustice aires suld be halden, for increase of justice and tranquillitie of the realme, for stanching of combers, slauchters, riefes, thieftes, extor­siones, For what causes justice courts suld be halden. and oppression of the Kingis lieges. And to the effect justice may be universallie, throw the haill realme ministred, for punition of the said crimes, sik authoritie suld passe with the justice, throw all the realme, to the justice aires, that trespassoures; sik as men-slayers, rievers, thieves, and committers of uther enormities, in dissobeying, and licht-lying of the Kingis lawes, may be punished without favoures. Iam. 4. par. 3. c. 29. Iam. 3. par. 13. cap. 90.

The justice aire, or court being proclaimed at the Kingis command, to be halden sik ane day as he pleasis, in the head burgh of the Schire: The justice suld cause dittay to be taken up be his clerkes diligentlie and faithfullie. Dittay, and for quhat crimes it may be taken up. For the dittay is the principall and chief substantiall poynt of the justice aire; and the justice suld follow the ordour thereof.

Dittay may be taken up, upon all crimes perteining to the justice, and his jurisdiction, as is manifest be the actes of parliament. Read the word Dittay in the table of the saidis actes, and als upon the crime of lese majestie, or treason: As the death of the King, sedition within the Realme; betraying of the Kingis hoist or armie; Breaking of the Kingis protection; fraudfull hiding and conceilling of ane huird or treasure; wilful fire, robbery, ravishing of weemen, murther, slauchter, thieft, fore­stalling, all kinde of falsed in doing of justice; in money, assise weichtes, measures, writs; And generallie, al uther like crimes, quhilk be the law, ar punished be death, or cutting of ane member. Lib. 1. cap. 2. Leg. Malcolm. Mak. cap. 3. Ass. Reg. Dav. c. nullus 17. de Iudic. c. Placitorum. 8. Mair-over, the justice generall, may set particular justice Courtes upon ony maner of crimes, quhen neede is, for punishment of particu­lar faultes that occurris; Sik as recent slauchter, mutilation, ravishing of weemen. Quhilk hainous and capitall crimes, may be first criminally persewed before him. And as for the depredationes, ejectiones, spuilȝies. the samin being first civilie discussed before the civill judge ordinar; Thereafter may be criminallie persewed before the justice and his de­putes, at particular diettes, set and appoynted therefore, or be way of dittay in the justice aire. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 33.

Dittay may be taken up twa maner of waies; privatlie and publicklie; For the justice and his deputes may privilie take up dittay, Dittay may be taken up pri­vatlie, or pub­licklie. be privie inquisition of malefactoures, and their receipters, be the aith of three gud, honest, & faithfull men, & of the principall man; sik as the Chalmer­laine or officiar within ilk village or town. Stat. Alex. c. 2. And mair-over, all Lords and heades-men of all partes of this realme, suld give up dittay upon notour trespassoures, without exception of ony persone, to bee taken and justified without remission. l. 3. p. 13. c. 94. And sulde mak trew relation there-anent to the Chancellar or justice, quhen they salbe re­quired. Ia. 3. p. 14. c. 98. And gif they be convict be ane assise in the con­trair, they sall perpetuallie tine their court, in all time cumming. Li. 4. c. ass. 20. stat. Wilh. c. Ass. 5. Secondlie, the justice suld direct publicklie the brieve of dittay to the Schereffe and his deputes, for taking up of dittay, quhair­of the tenour followis. The brieve of Dittay.

Wilhelmus &c. Justitiarius Domini nostri regis generaliter constitutus,

Vicecomiti & Pallivis suis de. E. salutem.

Quia indictamenta Regia, Deo duce, decimo die mensis. N. proximè futuri, cum continuatione die­rum. apud. F. Infra vicecomitatum vestrum levarè intendimus, vobis prae­cipimus & mandamus, quatenus summoneatis, seu summoneri faciatis, le­gitimè coram testibus legalibus, de qualibet baronia, duodecim vel quinde­cim homines, ad hoc opus magis sufficientes. Et de qualibet tenendria, seu villa quatuor vel sex homines. Et de quolibet burgo, duodecim, vel sex­decim burgenses, ad hoc opus magis sufficientes, secundum quantitatem lo­corum, & numerum personarum, in iisdem existen. una cum seriando, fa­bro, molendinario, brasiatore, & sectatore, cujusque baroniae, villae seu tenendriae. Quod compareant coram clericis nostris, pluribus aut uno, di­ctis die & loco, cum continuatione dierum, ad sursum reddendum indicta­menta regia. Et saciendum ac subeundum, id quod in haec parte, juris or­do requirit. Et sitis vos vicecomes, & ballivi vestri, ibidem, coram cle­ricis nostris, dictis die & loco, cum continuatione dierum. Haben. vobis­cum summonitionis vestrae testimonium, & hoc breve. Provideatis etiam pro expensis dictorum clericorum, quas vobis in primis computis, de exiti­bus justitiariae reddendis, faciemus plenius allocari. Et hoc nullatenus o­mittatis sub omni poena, quae competere poterit in haec parte.

Datum sub sigillo officii nostri justitiariae.

Quhilk brieve, the Schireffe suld reporte at the day appoynted, in the place, quhair the dittay sulde be taken up, to the justice Clerke, and twa witnes at the least with him, for to verifie the execution of the brieve, to be lauchfullie done, conform to the command of the justice. Cōform to the precept & command aboue written; the justice Clerke ane, or maa, conveenis the day, and in the place appoynted, and there remainis susteined upon the Schireffis ex­penses (quhilk is allowed to him in his comptes, of the issues & profites of the justice aire) and takis up dittay be the relation, and deposition of the persons summoned, for the giving up thereof Quhilk dittay they suld keip quiet, and suld na-waies reveale the samin to ony person, nor tran­slate it utherwaies then it was given to them, nor change names, ane for ane uther: Nor put out ony surth of the rolles; bot lauchfullie and trew­lie suld report and deliver the samin to the justice, and his deputes. Ia. 2. par. 6, cap. 28. Dittay suld be given up be vertue of the Kingis com­mission; direct to Earles, Lordes, Barrones, Knightes, and speciall Lan­ded Gentle-men: And be foure of the Councell of everie Burgh, quha sall mak & give up dittay, be their awin knawledge, or be ane sworne in­quest, or sworne particular men: Upon all persones suspect culpa­ble of the crimes and faultes, perteining to the jurisdiction of the justice and his deputes. Iam. 6. parlia. 11. cap. 81. Quhilk suld be like­wise keiped quiet, and reported, as said is, to the justice. And dittay be­ing taken up, upon ony crime against ony persones: Neither judge, bot the justice and his deputes, may mell there-with. Like as the War­daine on the Bordoures, in his wardaine courte, may nocht intromet with ony thing that perteinis to the dittay of the justice aire. Iam. 2. par. 11. cap. 42.

The dittay taken up, in maner foresaid; The justice Clerke, at com­mand of the justice, makis ane catalogue, The portuous conteinand the names of the persones indited: And upon quhom dittay is given up, quhilk is called ane portuous. Togidder with ane uther Catalogue, quhilk conteinis the particular dittay, given and taken up, upon transgressoures and ma­lefactours, called the traistes: Baith the ane, and the uther, is delivered be the justice Clerke, to the crowner: To the effect, Traistes. that all the persones quhais names ar conteined in it, may be attached, and arreisted be him to compeir in the justice aire, to answere to sik crimes as salbe im put unto them. Ia. 1. p. 13. c. 139. Ia. 3. p. 14. c. 99.

The crowner, in making his arreistmentes, suld passe to the habitation and dwelling place of the persones, given to him in portuous, Attache­mentes, ar­reistments and forme thereof. and thereafter make proclamation at their Paroch Kirkes, upon festuall daies, and take sovertie of them, sik as he will stand for to the King. And gif the persones swa arreisted, be nocht streinȝicable; The Crow­ner sall areist their gudes, and put them in sure keiping, to the Kingis use: quhill the said sovertie be founde: Or else take their persones, and put them in the Kingis Castell, gif ony bee within the Schire. And gif there be na Castell, hee sulde deliver them to the Schireffe to bee keiped. Ia. 5. p. 3. c. 5.

And mair-over, because sindrie persones indited, usis to flie and ab­sent themselves; swa that the Crowner can nocht apprehend them per­sonallie, Arreisting of fugitives. to arreist them. In that case, it is sufficient that the Crowner cum to the dwelling place of the saidis persones, and make them warning, and charge to compeare in the justice aire nixt following, to answere to sik accusationes of crimes, as salbe im-put unto them. And thereafter upon the nixt Sabboth daye following the said charge, the Crowner sall make open and publick intimation of his warning, charge, and premo­nition, maid to the saids persones, be their names, in their Paroch Kirkes. Quhilk charges, premonitiones, and intimationes, sall stand to them for sufficient arreistmentes, the samin being lauchfullie proven, as effeiris of the Law. Jam. 5. p. 4. c. 33.

And mair-over, gif he cannocht attache ony man personallie, be reason of his absence; he suld arreist all his gudes moveable, and un­moveable, [Page] to remaine under sure pledges, and to be furth cummand to the King: In case he be nocht answerable to the law, before the justice, Leg. Malc. Mak cap. 1.

The Crowner sall arreist at all times, alsweil before the crye of the aire, as after the samin, all them quha are given to him in portuous, be the ju­stice Clerke, and nane uthers. James 1. Parliament 13. cap. 139. Bot all arreistmentes, sulde bee maid before the time of the beginning of the justice aire and seate of justice, and na-waies after the samin. Ja. 3. par. 7. ca. 58. All persones charged to compeir, in the justice air, suld be attached and summoned be the auld law of this Realme, upon the space of fourtie daies at the least. ass. Reg. Da. c. ad Summonitiones. 19. And albeit na man suld be attached or arreisted, except dittay be given up upon him. Stat. Alex. c. 2. Neverthelesse, in attachementes, or arreistments of ony person indi­ted, na mention suld be maid of the cause or crime, for the quhilk he suld be indited; bot the same suld be concealed be the clerke, and na waies revealed be him. Stat. Wilh. c. statuit etiam 6. leg. Forest c. Si aliquis 52. quoniam attach. c. Si aliquis 49. Ass. reg. Da. c. 6.

All the indwellers within the towne or village, suld concurre and assist the crowner, Arreisting of disobedient persones. in attachement or arreisting ony malefactour to com­peir in the justice aire, to underly the law. Stat. Alex. c. 2. And sik-like, quhen the crowner receivis his portuous, conteinand the name of ony person indited, quha will not obey him, or quhom he dare not, nor is it of power to arreist; he sall passe to the Lord of the Barronnie, quhairin that person dwellis: Utherwaies gif he dwellis not within ane Barronnie, he sall passe to the Schireffe of the Schire, and require them to be borgh and sovertie, to enter the said person to the justice aire; quhilk gif the Barrone or Schireffe refusis; the Crowner fall require them to send their officiares, and sufficient number with them, to fortifie and supplie him, in making of his arreistment, taking and keiping of the said disobedient person. quhill he be brocht to the Schireffe, to be keiped be him, untill the time of the Justice aire. Jam. 3. p. 14. c. 99. Mair-over the crowner sall bring all persones arreisted be him, quha hes not, or may not find bor­rowes to the Schireffe of the Schire, quha sall receive him in suretie, and firmance, upon the Kingis expenses; and quhair it failȝies, on their awin gudes, quhill the nixt justice aire, and there present them to the justice. Ja. 3. p 14. c. 102.

The crowners expenses.The Crowner, or makers of the attachements and arreistments, suld not intromet, or carie awaie ony gudes or geare, perteining to the per­sones attached: Bot the Lord, or officiar of the towne, sall susteine them reasonablie, upon the expenses of the saide person, be the space of ane day, and ane nicht. Stat. Alex. c. 2. And gif the said person cannot be person­ally apprehended: The crowner may remaine in his dwelling-house ane day and ane nicht, and suld be susteined with twa servandes, and uther twa as witnesses, and his clerke suld have twa schillings, and sa may nocht take any mair of the gudes and geare, perteining to the said person attach­ed, albeit he be absent. leg. Malc. Mak. c. 1.

Probation of arreistments.Attachements and arreistments maid be Crowners and serjandes; may be provin be them and witnes. Ia. 3. p. 7. c. 52. That is, be the aith of the Crowner, & ane witnes, conforme to the auld consuetude. l. 5. p. 4. cap. 33.

The crowners fee.The crowner sall have for his fee, for ilk man amerciat or componand, ane colpindach, or threttie pennies. For him that is clenged be ane as­sise, the crowner sall have na thing. For ane man filed or condemned, the crowner sall have all the dantoned horse not schod. Leg. Mal. Mac. c. 1. Quhilk is to be understand, of dantoned Horse, depute to wark, and not to the sadle; that was never schod, nor used to schoone. J. 3. p. 14. cap. 113. The crowner suld have all the cornes lyand in binges and mowes, ca­sten and broken, all the in-sight, utensile, and domicile, within the inner part of the house: That is, within the cruik hingand upon the fire. And all and sindrie scheip within twentie: And all the swine and Gaites within ten. Leg. Mal. Mak. c. 1. Attachements and arreistmentes being maid, or directed to be maid; Of persons quha suld compeir in the justice aire. or in the time of the making thereof: The justice generall, directis ane charge, called praeceptum itineris Iustitiariae, Praceptum itineris justiciaria. to the Schireffe and his deputes, in maner and forme following.

Wilhelmus Iu­stitiarius domini regis generaliter constitutus,

Vicecomiti & Ballivis suis de E. salutem.

Quia ordinamus iter justitiariae domini nostri regis, Deo duce, te­nen. de tota ballia vestra, apud. E. Decimo die mensis. N. proximè futuri, cum continuatione dierum Vobis pracipimus & mandamus, quatenus summone­atis; seu summoneri faciatis, legitimè & coram testibus legalibus, omnes Episcopos, Abbates, Priores, Comites, Barones, & ceteros liberè-te­nentes, totius balliae vestrae qui sectas debent. Ac etiam omnes illos, qui nihil nisi suas debent praesentias, qui de domino nostro rege tenent in capite. Quod compareant coram nobis seu deputatis nostris, pluribus aut uno, dictis die & loco, cum continuatione dierum, ad perficiendum, subeundum, & determinandum, id quod in hac parte, juris ordo postulat. Praemoneatis etiam, omnes indictatos, tam de novo, quam de veteri, & suos plegios, qui nondum coram nobis comparuerunt, & judicium subierunt, ac etiam illos, qui prosequi habent, vel defendere in dicto itinere, secundum formam juris. Quod compareant coram nobis, seu deputatis nostris, pluribus, aut uno, dictis die & loco, cum dicta continuatione dierum, ad perficiendum & subeundum, id quod in hac parte juris ordo requirit. Et fitis vos Vice­comes, & Ballivi vestri, ibidem, dictis die & loco, cum dicta continua­tione dierum, haben vobiscum summonitionis, ac praemonitionis vestrae te­stimonium, & hoc breve. Provideatis in-super pro expensis nostris, benè & competenter. Quas vobis, in vestris primis computis, de exitibus Iusti­tiariae reddendis, vobis faciemus pleniùs allocari. Et hoc nullatenus omit­tatis, sub omni poena, quae competit in hac parte.

Datum sub sigillo nostri officii Iustitiariae.

Quhilk precept and command, is conforme to the Lawes of this realme: Because all free-halders, haldand lands in chiefe of the King, within the Schireffdome, Assessours and counsel­lers. quhair the justice aire is halden, suld compeir and be present all excuse set aside, except the same be of sicknes, the Kings service, or tin­sell of landes and heritage; To certifie and informe the justice and his de­putes, in sik question and doubtes, quhilk incidentlie arisis, as emergent, and of before could nocht be fore-seene, nor knawen. Ass. reg. Da. c. stat. 18. quoniam attach. c. stat. 77. Sik as Bischops, Abbots, Priors, Earls, Barones, and uther free tennents, being summoned and warned to that effect, quon. attach. c. ad summonitiones 78. l. 4. c. Stat. 19: and they being lauchfully warned and not compeirand, incurris, the paine of the un­law of the court. Li. 4, c. statutum. c. 19. And may be punished as favour­ers of the transgressours, and airt and part with them. Ia. 4. p. 3. c. 29. And they and all uther the Kingis lieges, suld cum to the justice aire, and to all uther courtes, in sober and quiet maner; and suld not bring with them, maa persones, then ar dailie in their houshald and families. And being cum to their Innes and ludgeing, suld laye their armour and weapones from them, and use na weapons, bot their knife. Ia. 2. p. 12. c. 83. Mair­over, all Lordes, Spirituall and Temporall, Barrones and uthers, cum­mand to the justice aire, suld na-waies mainteine, fortifie, supplie, de­fend, nor be Advocattes, nor stand at the Bar, with mani [...]est traitoures, men-slayers, thieves, rievers, nor uther trespassoures, nor persones per­teining to themselves, or utheris: Saisand, it salbe leasum to them in so­ber waies, to stande with their kin, and friendes, in defense of them, in their honest actiones. Ia. 3. p. 14. c. 98. Quhen the justice aire is to be halden upon the Bordoures; The Wairdaines, within their Wairdainries, and their deputes, with the free-halders of the Schireffdome, being war­ned thereto be the Schireffe, be open proclamation, suld convoy the ju­stice and his deputes, to the place appoynted for halding of the Court: And accompanie them, in-during their residence, and untill they be out of the boundes of their Schireffdome, and received be the nixt Schireffe. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 81.

In the justice aire, suld compeir all persones attached, and arreisted, Persones at­tached. conforme to the dittay given & taken up upon them; quhairof, some were arreisted of before, to have compeired in the justice Courte preceiding, alreadie ended, and expired, and compeired nocht in the samin: quhais names ar given to the Crowner, to be of new attached, and arreisted, to the aire following, as of before: Uthers are of new indited, upon quhom nae poynt of dittay was taken up, in ony time by-gane, quhais names ar comprehended in ane Catalogue, called portuous. All the fore­saidis persones indited, baith of auld and of new, suld be attached and arreisted be the Crowner, to compeir and underly the law, the time of the justice aire, as is manifest be the precept foresaide, direct be the justice generall, to the Schireffe.

All persons arreisted, that may be apprehended, the time of the aire, in the Tolbuith, or in the town, quhair the justice is, salbe taken and de­livered to the justice, to be justified for their crimes and trespasses. Swa that the arreistment be maid before the time of the beginning of the ju­stice aire, and seat of justice. Jam. 3. par. 7. cap. 57. And quhair landes lyand in sindrie Schireffdomes, ar annexed and united in ane Barronnie: Inhabitants of annexed landes. The inhabitantes thereof, sall answer in the justice Court, quhair the landes lyis, and the Lorde, or proprietar of the landes annexed, givis presence or service, in the court of the Schireffdome, within the quhilk the barronnie lyis, to the quhilk the landes ar annexed. Ja. 4. par. 6. c. 93. For in this case, respect and considderation is had to the naturall situati­on of the landes, and to the jurisdiction, within the quhilk they lye: ra­ther nor to the imaginar, and civill forme of lying, of the landes be annexation.

Attour, all inhabitantes of stewardries and baillieries, Stewardries, & Baillieries sall cum to the head burgh of the Schireffdomes, quhairin they lye: And within the quhilk head burgh, the Kings justice aires are halden. Ja. 6. par. 11. c. 81.

The judge in the Kingis justice aire, is the Kingis justice generall, The judge. or the Kingis baillie, in his regalles, havand lauchfull power and commissi­on granted to them. Ja. 2 p. 3. c. 9. For the King, or the justice generall, may make aucht deputes, quha with ane depute of the Thesaurer, and ane uther of the justice Clerke, suld passe severallie throw the aucht quar­ters of the realme, and hald justice Courtes. I. 6. p. 11. c. 81.

The justice generall, suld have for his sustentation, ilke day of the aire, five pound. Like as the justice Clerke suld receive for ilk man clenged, The justices expenses. be ane assise, and drawen furth of the rolles, four pennies. And for ilk man amerciat, or componand, ij. s. Leg. Mal. Mak. c. 2. For ilk Actorney and commission, twa shillinges. For ilk man quha producis ane remission, twa shillinges. For ilk man that cummis in the justice will, twa shillinges. For ilk man convict and filed, twa shillinges. For ilk letter of witnesse, sex shillinges, aucht pennies.

The Schireffe suld be present, as he quha is warned be the justice pre­cept, to answere to all the poyntes thereof: The Schireffe. The crowner. And touching the executi­on of his office, togidder with the Crowner, quha suld answer for his attachementes and arreistmentes, and verification thereof: And the Schi­reffe, with the Crowner, suld thoill ane assise, the last day of the aire, anent the using and execution of their offices, to quhome justice suld be ministrat, as they sall be founde innocent, or culpable. Jam. 3. parlia. 14. cap. 103.

The day of compeirance being cum, to the quhilk the justice aire is cryed and proclamed; The justice and his deputes, The forme of the court. suld compeir with all uther persones, charged and commanded to concurre and assist with them. Ar the quhilk time, the sutes suld be first called, The sute of courts. with their Lordes. For albeit the Suiters compeir, neverthelesse, their Lords and maisters ar oblished likewise to compeir, and give presence to the justice in his aire: They being lauchfullie summoned, and charged to that effect, be open proclamation, and be the justice precept aboue written.

2. The Commission and power given to the justice, suld be produced and red: Commission. And gif the Commission be given and granted to maa per­sones nor ane conjunctlie. They suld be all present; utherwaies it is na lauchfull courte. Bot gif they be constitute conjunctlie and several­lie: [Page] It is sufficient that ony ane of them be present. And mair-over, the justice may nocht make and constitute deputes and substitutes under him, except he have speciall power in his commission, to do the samin. Lib. 4. c. si unus. 27. The fensing of court. Thirdly the judge suld begin and fense the court, conforme to the common ordour and consuetude vsed and observed. Ia. 6. par. 11. c. 81. The dempster. The sutes. Quhilk suld be done at elleven houres before noone. Ja. 6. p. 11. c. 86. Fourthlie, the court beand affirmed, the dempster suld be called and caused to be sworne, that he sall leallie and trewlie, use and exerce his office. Fiftlie, the suites suld be called. Ia. 6 p. 11. c. 81. ȝit againe as of be­fore ilk man, twise with their lords and masters, and the absents decerned to have failȝied, and therefore suld be unlawed, and gif baith the suiter and his Maister be absent, ilk ane of them be themselves suld be a­merciat.

The assise.Sextlie, the assisouris being summoned be ane precept direct be the ju­stice to that effect, suld be called, ilk persone under the paine of fourtie punds, and the justice may cheife assise ane or man, as he pleasis, of the best and maist wurthie of the cuntrie, before quhom the haill accusation, rea­soning, writtes, witnesse, and uther probation, and instruction quhat-sum­ever of the crime, salbe reasoned and deduced in their presence; and also in the presence of the partie accused, in face of judgement. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 90. 91. And it is to wit, that he quha givis up dittay upon ane uther, suld not passe upon his assise. Ia 1. p. 3. c. 50.

The persons attached.7. The justice suld proceede in his court, and put the offenders gif ony be alreadie in prison, to the knawledge of ane assise; and minister justice upon them, as they salbe found innocent or culpable. Iam. 6. p. 11. cap. 81.

Pledges for entres of u­thers.8. He sall call thereafter the pledges, and cautioners of persones attach­ed, quha faund sovertie before the justice ony time preceeding, at ony par­ticular diet, or court, to compeir the third day of the aire, or sooner, upon fifteene daies warning. Ia. 6. p. 11. c 81.

9. This being done, the clerke sall visit and considder the haill rolles, and journell, and call all them quha ar absent from the aires preceeding. Upon quhais heades and names is written, prima dies, secunda dies, tertia dies: Be the quhilk, he understandis, tra quhat aire or court they were ab­sent. And that they may be therefore amerciat, ilk ane of them be them­selfe, be reason of their absence. And gif the saidis persones, nocht com­peirand of before, now compeiris & ar present: The clerk sall luik the auld dittaies and rolles, and accuse them, conforme thereto, in the best maner he may gudlie. And gif there be na particular poynt of dittay, or accusati­on; he sall lay commoun dittay to their charge.

10. Thereafter the justice sall call the persones newlie in-dited and ar­reisted; And gif they or onie uther of the arreisted persones foresaidis, com­peir; they suld be presented to the court, and to the Schireffe, quha suld answer for them, untill justice be done upon them.

Excuse for non-com­peirance.11. They quha ar attached, and compeiris not, may na-waies be accused for their nocht compeirance, bot be the Kingis service; quhilk suld be ve­rified be the Kingis letter, produced in court: Or be reason of seiknesse. Quhilk be the auld law, was tryed be ane assise, quhidder it was trew, or feinȝied: Albeit the partie was absent. Stat. 2. Rob. Br, c. 5. Bot now it suld be proven and verified be the Minister of the Paroch, within the quhilk the person excused dwellis: And be twa witnes personallie com­peirand in judgement. Of persons absent or fu­gitive. I. 1. p. 9. c. 114. And concerning persones absent, it is generallie ordained, that everie barrone and free-halder, sall answere in the justice aire, for his awin men, dwelland upon his awin proper landes, tackes, steadinges, towmes, and baronies, and salbe halden to enter them, or els answere to the King, for their unlawes. I. 5. p. 3. c. 6. Quhat is the unlaw in the justice aire. vid. Amerciamentium. Bot for the better under­standing of the lawes, concerning fugitives and absentes: It is to wit, that be the auld lawes of this realme, gif the partie defender being lauchfullie warned, compeired not, bot send ane essoinȝie, or excuse; the samin be­ing reasonable, was received and admitted to the judge, three sindrie daies or courtes: And gif he compeired afterwarde, and verified not his essoin­ȝies to be lauchfull, he was distreinȝied, and poynded therefore. Bot gif he neither came, nor send ane excuse: The partie persewer compeared at lauchfull day and time of court, and offered him reddie to persew, quhilk he did be the space of three daies. And the third courte beand by­past, the defender was summoned to compeir the fourth day: The quhilk fourth court was peremptour; because sentence definitive was given a­gainst him, conform to the claim and petition, gif he compeired nocht. Lib. 1. c. summonitus. 9. The fourth court. The like forme and ordour of processe was ob­served in justice courtes. For mention is maid of the first aire. Ia. 3. p. 13. c. 94. And of the second aire. I. 5. p. 4. c. 32. And of the fourth court. I. 3. p. 14. c. 101. And gif ony person indited, and lauchfullie attached, compeired not, the said three courtes, his pledge or law borgh was called and amerci­at for the first, second, and third court, and at ilk time after ilk ane of the saidis courtes, the said pledge was poynded and distreinȝied, and the di­stresse or poynd was letten to borgh, and maid free under caution; that the said person indicted, suld compeir in the nixt aire following, to under­ly the law. And gif he was absent at the fourth court, the peremptour doome was given against him, That sik ane man was in ane amerciament, and at the Kingis horn, and his landes and all his gudes escheit to the King, except he come within fourtie daies, and did bide the law: And thereaf­ter the court being ended, the said person was denunced rebell, and put to the horne openlie at the mercat croce of the head burgh of the Schire. Quhilk forme of processe, was sa lang and prolixt, that in mony ȝeires, parties hurt and grieved, gat na justice: And trespassoures and crimes passed unpunished: quhilk was the occasion to mony persones to commit crimes, trusting na hastie punition nor correction to follow. Therefore King Iames the Fifth, The second court. statute and ordained, that the proces of justice aire, and justice courtes, suld be peremptour at the second aire or court, swa that fugitives not compeirand at the second aire or court, suld be denunced the Kingis rebelles, and put to his horne, and all their gudes his escheit. Iam. 5. Parl. 4. Cap. 32. Replegiation be reason of regalitie.

12. Hereafter the Lordes of regalitie may desire their men to be remit­ted to their awin justice courte, and replege them, schawand their com­missiones, power, and payand therefore; and leivand ane caution behind them, called Culrach, quha salbe acted and oblished, in the justice Court, that justice salbe done and ministrat, in the court of the regalitie, to the partie compleinand upon the person repleged.

13. The justice or his Clerkes, Replegiation of burrowes. sall demand and speare at the Baillies of Burrowes, gif they be reddie to present ilk Burges within their Burgh, in­dited to the Kingis justice aire: Quhilkis persones suld all enter personal­lie before the justice, under the paine of ane un-law and amerciament of court: quhais names the saids baillies sall put in writ, and deliver the sa­min to the justice, or his clerkes. And gif they will borrow or replege their saidis nichtboures; they sall schaw their Commission, & pay therefore; & thereafter they sall draw, or oblige themselves, their Cōmission, & burgh in pledge: That thay persones quhom they replege, and quhais names they give in write, salbe furth-cummand, and answerable to the laws, and chal­lenge of the justice. At the quhilk time, he and his deputes sall assigne to them ane certaine day, to underlie the law, either in that aire, or there­after quhen he sall think speedfull. And at the samin time, it is leasum to the Kings justice, sittand in the principall burgh of the royaltie, to give ane assise to all the saidis burgesses. repledged of their awin nichtboures, that best knawis the veritie, dwelland in the same burgh with them. And gif there be nocht ane sufficient number of the said con-burgesses: It salbe leiffull to choose ane assise of the burgesses of the said head burgh, quhair the justice and his deputes sittis, as he sall think expedient. Ia. 4. p. 1. c. 1.

14. Gif the partie accused compeirand, alleagis to his remission or respet; he sall produce the samin in court, Remissiones, or respettes. and sall finde sicker borrowes to assith and content the partie compleinand, within fourtie daies fol­lowing: Quhair-upon ane act is maid in court, quhairby he and his cau­tioner, ar oblished to assith and satisfie the partie, within the space fore­said; Quhilk is called the acte of Adjournall. Act of ad­journall. And gif he refusis to finde caution, he sall remain in the Kingis prison, quhill the said fourtie daies be runne, and then his remission salbe expired, and of na value. Ia. 2. pa. 14. c. 75. And in this case, quhen ony man takis him to his remission, respet, or composition, in the justice aire, or justice court, and findis sovertie to assith the partie: It is leasum to the partie to call the said sovertie before the Lordes of Councell, conforme to the act of Adjournall, maid there­anent. Ia. 5. p. 3. c. 7. As gif ony man becummis sovertie for ane uther, a­nent spuilȝie committed be him; and for restitution or satisfaction to be maid be him therefore. He as sovertie may be called and conveened for the gudes spuilȝied. For the violent prices thereof, for the damnage, skaith, and interest susteined be the persewer, throw the committing of the said spuilȝie. 10. Martij. 1500. William Keith, contrair the Earle of Caithnesse. And the said sovertie being condemned, hes gud action a­gainst the principall partie, for his reliefe, be ane simple charge, upon sex daies warning, without peremptour summoundes, or ordour of table, 11. Julij. 1543.

15. Gif the person attached compeiris in the Courte, and beand accu­sed, hes na relevant exception, or reasonable defense; of necessitie he suld passe to the knawledge of ane assise, conforme to the Lawes of the Realme. At the quhilk time, the haill assisours suld be called, and the ab­sentis amerciat. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 76. And the partie accused, suld be heard to propone all and sindrie, his lauchfull defenses, against the haill assisoures or ony of them, to repell them, as he may best of the law, and stay them to passe upon his assise. At this time the person compeirand and accused, cummis in the will of the justice, or he is clenged be ane assise; Persones cummand in will. or he is filed and convict. Gif he submittis himselfe, and cummis in will; It is leasum to the justice, to draw him furth of the rolles, and to declare his will, and to charge him to pay ane composition, or sik ane summe of silver, as he pleasis to modifie, after the qualitie of the crime and person, for up-taking and in-bringing quhairof, the justice aire being ended, the justice directis his precept, called, Praeceptum extractus itineris justitia­riae, in this forme. The precept of extractes:

Wilhelmus justitiarius generalis,

Vicecomiti & Ballivis suis de. E. salu­tem.

Quia in itinere justitiariae Domini nostri regis, per nos ultimò tent. apud. F. decimo die mensis. N. Anno Domini &c. Diversi fuerunt amer­ciati, & pro suis delictis convicti, & in nostra voluntate positi. Quare vobis praecipimus & mandamus, quatenus de infra scriptis personis sub­scriptas summas levari faciatis, & pro eisdem secundum formam juris di­stringatis. Et primò de N. summam &c. De quibusquidem summis solvatis pro expensis nostris in dicto itinere summam. N. Residuum verò dictarum summarum solvatis cofferariis Domini Nostri Regis: Vel cui vobis assignabitur infra tempus legitimum, hoc est infra quadraginta dies primum diem dicti itineris proximè & immediatè sequen. Et hoc nullo modo omittatis.

Quhen ony person is clenged be ane assise, Persones charged. the justice directis his Testi­moniall, called Litera testimonialis de homine mundato per assisam, in manner following.

Wilhelmus justitiarius generalis,

universis & singulis ad quorum noti­tias praesentes literae pervenerint, salut.

Noveritis quod comparens coram nobis itinere justitiariae Domini nostri Regis, tent. apud. F. decimo die mensis. N. anno Domini &c. I. de. B. indictatus. & per rotules Regios calumniatus, de arte & parte talis furti, vel talis rapinae, vel in­cendij &c. Quamquidem calumniam dictus. I. in facie judicij penitus de­negavit. Et super hoc ad recognitionem assisae utique se submisit. Quae­quidem assisa hinc inde diligenter consultae, Et pleniùs avisata, dictum. I. à dictis calumniis sibi impositis, quittum declaravit, penitus & immunem. Et hoc omnibus quorum interest, vel interesse poterit, notum facimus [Page] per praesentes.

In cuius rei testimonium sigillum officij nostri appendi curavi­mus.

All thay persons quha cummis in will, and drawen furth of the rolles, and also they quha ar clenged be ane assise, can na waies in ony time there­after be called or accused for that crime, for the quhilk they cum in will; for anis quit and clenged, ay quit and clenged. Ȝit nevertheles, gif ony per­son be accused criminallie of life & lim, at the instance of ane uther pri­vate man allanerlie, and is clenged and maid quite: the Kingis justice & his deputes, be reason of their office, may thereafter tak inquisition anent the said crime; & in the Kingis name accuse the committer thereof, conforme to the Law. Notwithstanding that of before, he was clenged thereof be ane assise. Lib. 4. c. Si querela. 58. Because the action or persute of ane privy partie, prejudgis not the King in his richt or rentes, competent to him, be reason of his royal power. And therefor the Thesaurar, and the Kings Advocate, may persew all malefactoures: Albeit the parties desist, or pri­vatlie agree amangst themselves, Ia. 6, par. 11, ca. 76.

Persones filed and convict.Quhen trespassours and malefactoures ar convict, as breakers of the sta­tuts, and acts conteinand dittay; they aucht and suld be punished accord­ing to justice, and conforme to the tenour and paines conteined in the acts broken and contraveened be them. Ia. 4. p. 4. c. 45. And sa gif the paine con­teined in the act be pecunial, they suld pay the samin. And gif it be capital, they suld underly and suffer the samin, except the King give them remis­sion, and speciall grace there-anent. As for example, landed men, lauch­fullie and ordourlie convict of common thieft, recept of thieft, stouth, or riefe, incurris the paine of treason, and therefore suld be punished be tinsell of life, and confiscation of landes and gudes. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 50. Al­waies the Crowner may not intromet with ony gudes or geare pertei­ning to ony trespassour, convict and condemned to the death, as his awin hand, untill the Scheriffe or his deputes, passe, or send with him, and vi­sie all the haill gudes; and deliver to the Crowner sa-meikle, as he sulde have be reason, and as perteinis to his office, and bring the remanent to our Soveraine Lord, and his Thesaurar. I. 3 par. 14. c. 102.

The ende of the aire.The justice aire beand ended; the justice sall deliver the extract thereof; subscrived be him to the Thesaurar quha sall cause take up the soumes conteined thereintill, and make compt thereof in the nixt Checker, in the quhilk compt salbe allowed the expenses and charges of the justice, & his deputes and Clerkes, as the samin salbe modified be the Lordes, Audi­toures of the Checker. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 81.

L

LAST

Of gudes, how meikle it conteinis. vid. Serplaith.

LET Lands to borgh,

dimittere terras ad pleg. vid. plegius. vide Recog.

LEX Apparens

lib. 4. cap. 4. de iudic. c. 24. Leg. Forest. cap. Item in pla­cito. 16. signifies the law concerning singular battell. And lib. 4. cap. 1. it signifies ane inquisition, maid, or taken be ane inquest or assise. And in the Law of Normandie. li. 9. c. 10. It is called Loy apparisant. And lib. 8. c. 3. All quarrelles of possessiones or moveables, quhilkis are called Chat­tell, or of landes and immoveable gudes, suld be decided be commoun and simple quarrelles, conforme to ordour of lawe, or be lawes Apparisantes;

Loy appari­sant.

quhilkis ar determinat, ather be singular battell, or be ane inquest of of the cuntrie, utherwaies called, Loy recognoissant. It is like­waies called,

Lex paribilis.

Lex paribilis, a parium pugna, vel concertatione, from the combat of peeres and Campionis, or lex duellonum, quhilk law is ungodlie, and not to be used among Christianes. Cuia. lib. 1. de feud.

LIBERATIO,

ane see given to ane servand, or officiar, quhilk is called ane liverie. Leg. Malcoln. Mackenneth. c. 4. Feodum, or fee, is com­monlie of silver and money, and ane liverie is of meate or cleithes. Bot this distinction or difference, is nocht perpetuall.

LIBERUM Tenementum,

is commonlie, and properlie called, franck tenement, or life-rent: In Latine, vsus fructus, conform to the dailie practi­cque of this Realme. And neverthelesse, Liberum tenementum, signifies, the propertie, fee or heritage. Donatio liberi tenementi, & concessio haered­itatis, is baith ane. Lib. 2. c. potest. 21. Tenementum Regium, is called the Kingis heretage. Lib. 2. c. Dicitur. 74. In the quhilk signification, Minor dicitur esse in tenemento. lib. 3. c. Generalia. 24. c. Remanere 26. Et placitum de recto & liberis tenementis per breve domini Regis de recto debet terminari. Lib. 1, c. 6. And King Alexander gave and disponed to Duncan Forbeys, te­nementum de Forbeys. That is, the landes and heretage of Forbeys: quhilk Charter is ȝit extant. vid. Tenementum.

LIGEANTIA,

Lib, 2. c. Fieri. 61. From the Italian word Liga, ane league,

Alodium.

band or obligation: as homo ligius, ane man, quha is oblished and bound fra the quhilk cummis, Alodium, in libris feudorum, quasi possessio si­ne Leode: Cuius possessor nemini est leodes sive ligius. And ligeantia, is the mutuall band or obligation, betuixt the maister and the servand. Lib. 2. c. plurib. 14. lib, 4. c. Si quis super. 36. Vid. Affidatio. Item, the mutuall band and obligation, betwixt the King and his subjectes, quhairby wee ar cal­led his lieges, because we are bound and oblished to obey and serve him. And he is called our liege King, because he suld maintaine, and defend us. And the doctors of the law writis: Quod imperator dicitur dominꝰ totiꝰ mun­di, eodem modo quo rex regni l. bene a Zenone. C. de quadr. praescript. Quhilk suld be understand, concerning the defence and maintenance, and not a­nent the propertie.

Homagium ligium.

Quia reges non sunt domini privatarū possessionum. Glos. in. L. Barbarius de Offic. praetor. Homagium ligium, vel cum ligeantia fact­um, Is quhen the vassall, absolutlie makis homage to his superiour, against all, and quhat-sum-ever persones, without exception of onie man. quhilk suld be done to na uther,

Non ligium.

bot to the King allanerlie. Homagium non ligium, vel sine ligeantia, is that quhilk the vassall makis to his Over-Lord, excepting and reserving the fidelitie, quhilk he aucht to the King, or his elder Over-lord, or maister. Lib. 2. c. fieri. 61. Chessanaeus. in Consue­tud. Burgund. Rubric. 3. §. 3. Verb. & homage. Nu. 10. cum. seqq. Quhilk vassall is called, vassallus non homologus. Likeas the uther is vassallus homologus, in quhais aith na person is excepted. Cuia. lib. 2. de feud.

M

MACHAMIUM, Mechamium,

from the auld French worde Mehaigne, quhilk we call, Manȝie, hurt, mutilation, demembration, or the losse or tinsell of ony member of ane mannis bodie: Or the breaking of ane bane; or quhen ane mannis harn-pan, or ony part thereof, is cut­ted away, or dung in. Li. 4. c. 4. Res cum mahamio dicitur res minus sana. Lib. 3. c. ex causa. 8. Be the auld Law of this realme, he quha is mainȝied, hes ane just cause to excuse himselfe fra singular battell, and ȝit he will bee compelled to purge, clenge, and defend himselfe, Per ignem & aquam. li. 4. c. 4. cap. Si quis pro latrocinio 15. Quoniam: attach. c. Si quis 58. Lib. 4. c. assisa 20. Stat. Alex. c. quicunque 31. Quhairof the power perteinis not to ony Barronne; For na subject may compell ane uther to purge himselfe be fire or water. Stat. Alex. c. praeterea 32. This kinde of purgation was ane maist scharp and extream kind of purgation and tryall: Like as we dai­lie use in commoun proverb; quhen we say be way of menacing, & boa­sting, that we sall gar ony person pas per ignem & aquam; That is, to suf­fer and underly that kinde of tryall that is maist severe and extreame. It is called, judicium Dei, the judgement of God, as knawin to him allanerly. Iter. Camer. c. cum hoc. 25. And was in great use amangst the Longobardes,

Judicium Dei

as is exponed be Hotomannus de feud. c. 44. In the auld Saxon toung, and ȝit in dutch, it is called Ordeil, ordalium, from, or, quhilk they use as priva­tiva particula, and Del, quhilk signifies ane part or portion:

Ordalium.

quhilk word we use in the same signification: and swa Ordeil signifies innocent, quha hes na part, or is not participant of the crime, quhairof he is accu­sed. Purgation be the fire, is quhen ony man with bair feete, passis throw the fire, without ony harme or hurte, or quhen ony man dois carry and bear in his bare hand hoat burnand iron, without ony hurt of his hand, quhilk is called ferri candentis judicium. In the quhilk case, he was decer­ned to be Ordeil, or na waies participant of the crime. Utherwaies,

Purgatio per ignem.

gif his fute or hand was hurt be the fire, or hoate iron: he was condemned, as participant and fowle of the crime. And siklike, Purgatio per aquam, is quhen ony man suspect or accused of ane crime,

Purgatio per aquam.

was casten in hoate or cauld water. And gif he passed to the bottome, without ony hurt of his bo­die: he was decerned ordeil & innocent. Bot gif he did not fal to the ground, bot did swimme abone; he was condemned as fowle of the crime; as is written in the auld laws of the Brittones. Verb. Ordalium. And be Cuiac. li. 2. de feud. Purgatio vulgaris, is discharged be the Canon Law. c, dilecti. exer. de purgatione vulgari. c. ex tuarum. 8. de purgat. canonica:

Purgatio vulgarū.

And like­waies be the lawes of this realme it is forbidden as unleasū. Ass. Reg. Da. c. Stat. etiam. 30. In fine ubi pro fossam, lege aquam. Stat. Alex. c. Statuit Do­minus 6. And be the law of God it is commanded, that nane sulde suffer their sonne or dauchter to go throw the fire. Deut. 18.10.

MANELETA,

Ane kinde of evil and Pestilent herbe, quhilk growes amangst the cornes, called Guld. de Iudic, c. 7. The law of maneleta, or of the Guld, was first institute be King Kenneth, quha ordained that he quha throw his fault or negligence, sufferis sawen lands to be filed with noysum herbes: For the first fault, sall pay ane Oxe; for the second fault, ten Oxen; and for the third fault, sall be remooved fra the possession and laboring of the land. Hector Boetius. Lib. 10. And gif ane mailer, or tennent, filis the land with guld, & will not clenge the samin, he may be punished as ane seducer, quha bringis, or convoyis ane armie within his maisters land, to wrack and destroy it. Leg. Forest. ca. Si nativis. 28. de Iudic. c. 6. And gif thy awin native man, or bondman (nativus tuus) hes guld within thy lande; For ilk stock or plant thereof, he suld pay ane Mutton, as ane unlaw. Leg. Forest. d. c. 28. de Iudic. c. 27. The quhilk lawe, and constitution is keiped and observed, within certaine partes of this Realme; quhere the tennent sufferand the guld to grow amangst his corns, payis ane wedder or scheipe, to his maister.

MANERIUM,

landes laboured with hand warke, quasi manurium, à manu. Ane mainnes, or domaine landes; Or terrae dominicales:

Terrae domi­nicales.

Because they are laboured and inhabited be the Lord, and proprietar of the samin, gif there be twa mainnes, perteining to ony man that is deceased, the principal maines suld not be divided; bot suld remaine with his aire and successour, without division; togidder with the principall messuage. And full satisfaction suld be maid to his wife, or relict therefore, furth of the second mainnes, or utherwise. Lib. 2: cap. Dos autem. 19. de Iudic. cap. 112.

MANSUS,

A manendo, ane habitation or dwelling place, speciallie quhair husband-men, labourers of the ground dwellis a-landwart; to the effect they may labour their land mair commodiouslie. L. Si. plures. Nu. 9. C. de. condit. insertis. Molinaeus in Still. cur. part. 3. c 85. Bot Bartol. in l. Si ita. Nu. 10. de Aur. & argent. legat. affirmis, ane Manse to be als mei­kle lande, as may be gudlie tilled be twa oxen in the ȝeir. Cuiac. lib. 1. de feud. writtis, that mansus, is sa-meikle lande, quhairby ane man may sust­eine honestlie himselfe, and his familie, and pay the dewtie to his Mai­ster, quhilkis called Haeredium. Bot in the practicque of this realme, it is rather called Gleba; That is, ane certaine portion of arable lande.

Haeredium. Gleba.

In La­tine Terra culta: Or terra veluti nativi venditi cum gleba h. e. terra, Qui na­tivi ascriptitij vocantur. Lib: 2. c. Pluribus. 14. And the four aickers of land, quhilk is graunted to the Ministers of the Evangell, within this Lande, is called ane gleebe, the quhilk suld be free fra payment of ony teindes. I. 6. p. 5. c. 62. And Carolus Magnus, to the effect, that the Ministers of the word of God, suld not perish be hunger or povertie, gave to ilk Kirk ane manse. For the quhilk they suld paye na dewtie or service. Cuiac. Lib, 1. de Feud.

MANUS Mortua,

dimittere terras ad manum mortuam, hoc est, ad multitudinem sive universitatem, quae nunquam moritur. Quhilk utherwaies is called Mortificare terras: That is, to give and dispone landes, [Page] to the hand or power of the Kirk, College, Communitie, or ony Univer­sitie, capable to posseede, bruik, or joyis gudes or landes; The quhilk is saide per Antiphrasin, seu à contraio sensu, Because sik Kirks, Colleges, Communities, or universities, dois nocht die; albeit the particular mem­bers thereof ar mortall, alters, and deceasis. Ius Normand. Lib. 5, c. 7. Quhilk is conforme to. L. Proponebatur. 76. ff. de judiciis. Swa Manus may signifie power, as in the Latine toung. Or Manus mortua, may bee conforme to the Scottish word, borrowed fra the Dutch worde Meinȝie, quhilk sig­nifies ane multitude; Meinȝie. and speciallie of folke and people. And swa dimittere terras ad manum mortuam, it is to give landes to ony Universitie, and mul­titude of people. Alwaies it is not leasum to ony man to mortifie ony part of his landes to the Kirk, without consent of the King. Lib. 2. c. Notandum. 26. Because the King may be thereby prejudged in his tennendrie, dewtie & service fra the quhilk the Kirk-men in auld time were exeemed.

MARK,

In tractatu de ponderibus & mensuris, signifies ane ounce weicht,

Dram.

or halfe ane pound, quhairof the dram is the aucht part. Like as the ounce is the aucht parte of ane mark. Chessa. in Censuetud. Burgund-Rubric. 1. §. 7. Verb. 65. solꝪ Turnoys:

Solidus. Libra.

solidus. (inquit) in jure capitur pro aureo, quorum. 72. faciunt libram auri. Et duodecim vnciae faciunt Libram, & octo vnciae marcam. Gl. & Ia. Fabr. in. §. nos autem. verb. solidos. instit. de attil. tutor.

MARCHETA,

King Evenus did wickedlie ordaine, that the Lord or maister of the ground, or Land, suld have the first nicht of ilk maried wo­man within the samin. The quhilk ordinance, was after abrogate be King Malcolme the Third; quha ordained, that the Bride-groome sulde have the use of his awin wife. And therefore suld pay ane peece of money, cal­led Marca. Hector Boetius. lib. 3. c. 12. For the quhilk, certaine Kye, was used to be payed. Lib. 4. cap. Sciendum. 63. Bot utherwaies in my opinion, Mark, or March, signifieth ane horse: In the auld French, Irish, and Dutch tounges. For in the French toung, Marcher, is to ride, or gang; as Marcher devant, to ride or gang before. And Paulus diaconus. Histor. Longobard. writtis that Mar is called in Latine,

Mar.

Equa, quhilk wee call ane Meare. Al­ciatus de singulari certamine. c. 32. Marcam (inquit) Germani equam di­cunt. unde Marcomanni (qui hodie dicuntur Moravi) equitatu pollentes po­puli. Et Maroboduus Rex Mar comannorum, cui corpus instar equi erat. Mair­over, I finde ane auld constitution, written be Lotharius Imperator, & Carolus Rex, in this manner: Vt missi nostri, in illorum missatijs (h. e. com­missarij nostri in iis locis ad quos mittuntur) curam habeant, ne homines nost­ri, aut alij quilibet, vicinos suos majores, vel minores, tempore aestatis, quan­do ad herbam suos caballos mittunt: vel tempore Hyemis, quando Marescalli illos ad fodrum dirigunt depraedentur aut opprimāt. Be the quhilk it is mani­fest, that fodrum, is a dutch word, pro paubulo equorū, quhilk we call fodder, & marchalcus or mariscallus,

Fodrum. Marschallus. Marche. Schalk. Trimarchisia. Hors-mars­ceall. Downe.

is a master of stable, or a servand that hes cure of the horse for March signifies ane horse, and Schalk in Dutch, is ane ser­vand, as Godschalk, the servand of God. And Alciatus. d. c. 32. Affirmis that the troupes of horse-men, in the armie of Brennus, was called Trimarchisia, because ilk man had three horse. And in the samin signification, we use the word, Hors-marschel: Quhair horse is adjoyned, for interpretation of the word Marche. As likewaies in Silverdown hill: This word hill, is the interpretation of the uther word Downe, quhairof the ane, and the uther signifies anething. In Latine, Mons. Swa horse-marschel, is ane servand that keipis or curis horse, as is commonlie used within this Realme; Quhilk oppinion sindrie Germane writters confirmes, and speciallie the Scholiastes of Guntherus. lib. 8 Austriados. Swa leavand to ilk man his awin oppinion and judgement, free to himselfe: I think that Marcheta mulieris, is the raide of the woman, or the first carnall copulation and conjunction with her; quhilk in respect of her virginitie, is maist esteemed be men. Quhilk interpretation is confirmed alswa bee Cuiac. Lib. 1. de feudi.

MARITAGIUM Haeredis,

The marriage of ane aire maill or fe­maill,

Maritagium legale.

quhilk is modified and liquidat be the Lords of the Session, to ane certaine summe of money, after consideration of the rentall, and valure of the lands perteining to the aire; quhilk is either legall, or conventionall. The mariage Legall, is that quhilk be disposition of the Law, perteinis to the superiour, and Over-lord. For the mariage of ane aire maill, or femail of landes halden be service of warde and relieve, be­ing within lesse age, or being of perfite age, and not maried the time of the decease of his father, or uther predecessour, to quhom he is aire, per­teinis to his immediat superiour; be the commoun disposition of the law of this realme.

The mariage perteinis to the King.

And gif there be maa superioures, the marriage per­teinis to the first, and eldest superiour, to quhom the predecessoures of the said aire, maid first leageance and homage: Or of quhom they have the first infestment of their landes. Leg. Forest. c. si alicui. 75. Mair-over, gif an air haldis certain lands be service of ward of the King immedi­atlie: And certaine uther landes be the like maner of halding immedi­atlie of ane uther superiour, Spirituall or Temporall: The Marriage of the aire, suld perteine to the King allanerlie, without ony respect of the quantitie of the landes, or of the prioritie, or posterioritie of the hading: Because the King hes not ane peere or companion, far les ane superiour within his realme. Lib. 2. c. Restituere. 44. c. 45 Maritagium conventionale, is that quhilk cummis not be disposition of the law,

Maritagium conventionale

bot be the conventi­on and consent of parties: As quhen ony man haldis his landes in blench, or in few-ferme: His awin, or his aires mariage, na-waies thereby per­teinis to his superiour: Bot ȝit gif hee payis ony dewtie for his landes no­mine albae firmae, or nomine feudi-firmae, vna cum maritagio haeredis cum contigerit: Gif he happenis to decease, the mariage of his aire, nocht be­ing maried, perteinis to his superiour, not be the nature of the halding of his landes, bot be the convention and provision conteined in his in­festment.

Single and double availe of mariage.

The availe of ane aires mariage, is either single or double. For gif the superiour requires not ane aire, to marie, and the aire marie with out his consent: The superiour suld obtaine allanerlie for his mariage, be the estimation of the ordinar judge, sa-meikle as may be ane compe­tent summe, or tocher to the said aire, conforme to his ȝeirlie rente: Or gif the aire refusis to marie, hee cannot be compelled to doe the samin; Quia matrimonia debent esse libera. Bot quhen he cummis to perfite age, he sall give to his superiour, als meikle as he micht have fra ony uther per­son for the samin marriage, before he receive his landes out of the hands of his superiour quia maritagium eius qui infra aetatem est, de mero jure per­tinet ad dominum feudi. leg Forest. c. Siquis. 66. The double availe of the ma­riage of ane aire, perteinis to the superiour, quha makis ane lauchfull offer of ane partie, to the aire in mariage: Providing that the partie offered, be of equal parage. For gif the superiour dois marie the aire, with ony per­sone in disparage, as with ane burgesse man, or with ane villaine. Gif the aire, bee of the age of fourteene ȝeires, or mair, and givis his consent to the saide mariage; the samin is gude and valiable of the law. Bot gif the aire be within the age of fourteene ȝeires, quhair-throw he may nocht give ane lauchfull consent to his marriage. In that case, gif his kinsman compleinis, the Over-lord sall tine and omit the warde; and all commo­ditie that he may have thereby, untill the aire be of lauchfull age of twen­tie ane ȝeires; Quhilk salbe converted and employed, be the sight of his friendes, to his use and commoditie. be reason of the schame and disho­nour done to him. Leg. Forest. c. Si qui domini 65 Quhilk is conforme to the Lawes of England. Hen. 3. stat. Merton. c. 6. c. 7. Swa gif the Mariage of ony aire, or heretrix, be fallen in the superiours handes; and the aire beand lauchfullie required be the superiour, or his donatar, or be ony cled with their richt, to marie ony agreeable partie without disparage offered to him, refusis to do the same, and maries ony uther person, with­out the licence and consent of the superiour, or his donatar; He aucht, and suld be reason of his contempt and dissobedience, pay not only the single availe of his mariage; bot also the double thereof: That is, als mei­kle againe, as the single, be the modification of the judge, after the ȝeir­lie rental, availe, and quantitie of the landes and living, perteining to the aire. And mair-over, in this case, be the auld law of this Realme, it is lea­sum to the superiour, to hald and reteine the landes, albeit the aire be of twentie ane ȝeires of age, untill he be compleitlie satisfied of the saide dowble availe. Leg. Forest. c. de haeredibus. 64. And it is to wit that the saide requisition, suld be maid in this manner. The superiour, his donatar,

The forme how ane aire suld be requi­red to marie.

or the assignay maid and constitute be the Donatar, or ony uther person, hav­and richt thereto; aucht, and suld be himself, or be his lauchful procura­tour, havand speciall power in writ, to that effect; offer to the aire, perso­nallie apprehended, then being of lauchfull age for mariage, ane agree­able partie, expreemand the said personis name, and sur-name, without disparage to him: Sick-like beand of lauchfull age, and convenient for mariage, and require the said aire to solemnizat, & compleit the band of matrimonie, in face of halie Kirk, with the person that is offerred; And for compleiting thereof, assigne and affixe ane lauchfull daye; To wit, the space of threttie daies at the least to him to compleit the samin; within ony Kirk, appoynted be the maker of the offer, to that effect. And in the meane time of the said requisition, or before, or after the samin, the donatar, or ony uther assignay, havand richt and title of him, or of the superiour (for the superiour himselfe, needis nocht to mak ony inti­mation of his richt & title, he beand notourlie knawin to be superiour) suld make be himselfe, or be his procuratour, intimation of the richt, and disposition maid to him; and schaw the same, and mak the samin patent, in presence of the said aire; and cause the samin to be read before him, or give or offer him ane copie thereof: To the effect, that he thereafter may not pretend nor alleage ignorance there-anent. And thereafter the said person, viꝪ. The superiour, or ony uther cled with his richt, bee quhom, or in quhais name the said requisition and intimation was maid; aucht and suld personallie, or be his procuratour, compeir at the day, and kirk appoynted of before: Bringand with him the said partie offered, in proper person, reddie and willing to marie, quha was offered in mari­age; And there in lauchfull time, before twelve houres of the day, offer him reddie to accomplish and fulfill that quhilk he offered, and requi­red to be done of before. And to that effect, there remaine quhill the Sermone, or divine service be done, or quhill ane houre after noone. And gif the aire compeiris nocht, or compeiris and refusis to marie; he suld take instrumentes thereupon, in the hands of ane sufficient Notar, of the refuse maid be the aire, or of his none-compearance; and the of­fer of the agreeable partie; togidder with the intimation foresaid; quhilk cannot be proven be witnesse, bot be writ. Pen. Feb. 1567. The Laird of Drumlangrig, contrair Marion Carrutheris. 21. Iunij. 1575. The Laird of Glenberuie, contrair the Laird of Vdny.

MARITAGIUM Tocher gude.

Lib. 2. c. dos autem 19. in fine. c. potest: 21. cum seqq. Vid. Dos.

MARUS,

ane officiar, or executour of summondes. I. 1. p. 9. c. 111. p. 13. c. 140 Vide Recordum. He is utherwaies called,

Praeco Regis.

Praeco regis. Lib. 1. cap. cum autem. 8. Quhair it is said, Quod die dominico vox praeconis cessare debet becauss na summonds suld be execute upon ane Sunday. The Kings Maire is of ane greater power and authoritie, nor the messengers or officiares of armes, and speciallie in justice aires, and punishing of espassoures. Bot now the said office is given in fee and heritage to Maires of fee, quha knawis nocht their office: Bot are idle persones, and onely dois diligence in taking up of their fees, from them, to quhome they doe na gude, nor service to the King.

MATERTERA,

properlie is the Mother sister, Quasi Mater altera. Bot sum-times improperlie it is taken for the Father sister, in Latine Amita. For Lib. 2. c. Deficientibus 34. Post Avunculum. h. e. patr­uum eiusque liberos, Matertera eiusque liberi habent jus successionis. [Page] And be the Law of this Realme, the bairnes descendand of the mother si­ster, hes na richt of succession: Quhilk in the awin place and degree, is competent to the bairnes borne of the Father sister; quhilk is manifest. De judicib. c. haeredum. 113. c. Item Nota. 115. Vbi expresse, Matertera di­citur esse Amita. vid. Avunculus.

MELLETUM, Medletum.

lib. 1. c. 2. Ane French word, Melle, dissenti­on, strife, debate, as we saye, that ane hes melled or tuilȝied wth ane uther. And in the actes of Parliament, and practicque of this realme, Chaud­mella is ane faulte or trespasse, quhilk is committed be ane hoate suddain­tie, and nocht of set purpose, or praecogitata malitia. Iam. 1.11. Mar. c. 51. And in Libro M. Willielmi Skene fratris mei, Commissarii Sancti An­dreae. Fol. 121. It is written, that Flycht-vvt is libertie to hald courts, and take up the un-lawe pro melletis. Because Flycht, is called flyting; In French, melle, quhilk some times is conjoyned with hand-straikes. And in summe buikes Placitum de melletis, is called the Mute, or pley of beat­ing or stricking. Lib. 1. c. 2.

MENETUM,

Leg. Forest. c. 2. Ane stock horne. In the quhilk place, it is wrangeouslie written Cornare minutim, pro Cornare menetum, to blaw ane stock horne, quhilk commounlie is made of Timmer, wood, or tree, with circles and girds of the same, quhilk is ȝet used in the Hie-landes and Iles of this realme: quhairof I have seene the like in the Cuntrie of Helvetia, in the ȝeir of God, ane thousand, five hundreth, sextie aucht, amangst the Zuitzers

MEREMIUM, muremium,

The timmer of ane house. Lib. 4. c. Si quis 55. In the English Lawes, Carla de Foresta. It is called maremium. And ane charter given be Jacobus Senescallus Scotiae (king Iames the first, before his Fathers decease) To Thomas Browster, of the landes of Sacer­land, beside Paslay; now perteining heretablie to Matthew Steward of Barscube, conteinis potestatem incidendi merentium; That is, licence and power to cutte sa meikle greene woodde in the Kingis Forest of Raise, as suld be necessar to the said Thomas, to big houses to his awne use.

MESE Of Herring,

conteinis five hundreth, for the commoun use of numeration, and telling of Herring, be reason of their greate multitude, is used be thousandes; And therefore ane Mese, comprehendis five hun­dreth, quhilk is the halfe of ane thousand. From the Greek word Meson, In Latine medium.

MESSUAGIUM,

Lib. 2. c. Dos autem 19. c. Si quis plures 30. cum seqq. Ane principall dwelling place, or house within ane Barronnie, quhilk in the laws of England,

Manour.

is called Manour, ane hall, place, or court, ludge, or Manour house. Albeit Valentine Leigh, in his buik of surveying of lands affirmis messuagium to be the tenement or lands arable, And the dwelling house or place, or Courte hall thereof, to be called Sit, from the Latine Situs: quhilk wee call the seate, or on-sette. And it is not leasum to give the principall messuage, to the wife within burgh, in life rent. Leg. Burg. c. Nullus. 107.

MILITES,

Leg. Malc. Mak. c. 2. And generallie in the auld lawes of this realm, ar called free-halders, haldand their lands of barons in chief; quha hes na power to hald courts of life and lim: bot onely of injuries, wrang,

Servitium militare.

and unlaw. Bot militare servitium. Knichtes service, is that man­ner of halding of lands, quhilk is called, service of ward and relieve. Et miles opponitur Soccomanno, and he quha haldis his landes, Per militate servitium, lib. 2. c. Si quis 30.

MISERICORDIA

, Ane merciment, amerciament or unlaw. Leg. Forest. c. 5. de judic. c. 40. Misericordia domini regis, or the Kingis merci­ment in purpresture. Lib. 2. cap. dicitur. 75. vid. Forisfactum. vide A­merciamentum.

MOTE,

Mute, pley, action, quarrell. Quhen King Malcolme the Second, gave all his landes to the Barrones of this realme; he reteined to himselfe montem placiti de Scona, The mute hill of Scone: quhair he micht hald his courtes, and do justice to his subjects, in deciding their pleyes, and controversies. Leg. Mal. Mak in prin. Mute in the Lawes of this realme is called placitum. And like as in the civil law, actiones ar di­vided in civill and criminall: Swa platitorum, aliud est civile, aliud crimi­nale. Pleyes ar civill or criminall: Civill ar called actiones of injuries, wrang, and unlaw. Leg. Malc. Mak. c. 2. And concernis pecuniall paines, or lands and heretage. Criminall pleyes, touchis life or lim, or capitall paines, called poena sanguinis. Lib. 1. c. 2. c. 3.

MORT-GAGE

, mortuum vadium, dicitur pignus, cujus fructus, vel redi­tus percepti, in nullo se acquietant. It is ane French word, signifies ane deede wed, sik as ane certane summe of silver, given upon landes in wed-set, and under reversion; quhilk is called ane deede wed; Because be the auld law of this realm, the profit thereof: that is, the annual of the silver, is reckoned as ane part of the stock and principall summe. And therefore the said stock is dead, without ony profite, as ane barren and dead tree, quhilk producis na fruit. Lib. 3. c. 4. c. 6. Contrair the commoun forme of alie­nation of landes under reversion, dailie used within this realme, called pa­ctum de retro vendendo, quhair be the annuell, is ȝeirlie payed, untill the redemption of the landes. At the quhilk time, the principall summe suld be likewaies compleitlie payed. And swa baith the annuell, and the stock being payed, the profites are nocht reckoned in the stock, bot ilk ane of them ar severallie reckoned, and severallie payed, sa-meikle for the pro­fite, and sa-meikle for the principall summe Vide Vadium.

MULIERATUS Filius,

is ane lauchfull sonne, gotten with ane lauch­full wife. Lib. 2. c. Si autem 22. Ex legitima muliere seu uxore, quia mulie­ris appellatione uxor continetur. L. Mulieris. 13. & ibi Gl. de verb. signif

MURTHURUM,

Lib. 1. c. 2. lib. 4. c. 7. Quhairof sum is called, privat, that is mannis slauchter, quhairof the author is unknawin: Quhairof the inquisition perteinis to the crowner; As quhen ane person is found slaine, or drowned, in ony place or water. Uther is publick committed be fore­thocht-fellonie, Quia non debet murthrum adjudicari ubi infortuni­tum intervenit: sed locum habeat murthrum, in interfectis per feloniam: And swa murther is committed be fore-thocht-felonie, and not be suddaintie, Chaud-mella, or infortunium: That is, be chaunce or for­tune. Leg. Malc. Mak. cap. 2. And in the lawes of England. Anno 13. Edward. 2. cap. 1. Murther is quhen ony man be ane propensed malice, lyis in waite to slay ane uther man. And according to his malicious in­tent, slayis him. Molinaeus in stil. Cur. Parl. part. 1. cap. 13. Conforme to the law of Normandie Lib. 12. cap. 1. Affirmis, that murther is different from simple slaughter. Because murther is committed wittinglie, and wil­linglie, be ane quha of set purpose lyis quietly in awaite for that effect. And slaughter is committed without ony fore-thoucht-fellonie, upon ane haistie suddaintie, quhilk in Latine is Rixa; And in French,

Rixa.

Chaud-mel­la, In the quhilk place he writtis, that three crimes perteinis to the high justice; wilfull fire, ravishing of weemen, & murther.

Pleyes of the crown.

Bot be the law of this Realme, foure crimes ar called the foure pointes of the Crowne; wil­full-fire, ravishing of weemen, murther, and robberie or riefe: Because the jurisdiction, or cognition thereof, perteinis allanerlie to the King, and to na subject Spirituall, nor Temporall, except the samin be speciallie granted to him be the King. Lib. 1. c. 2. leg. Malc. Mak. c. 4. lib. 4. cap. Die lunae. 13. ass. rest. Da. c. 1.

N

NAMARE,

Namos capere, to take ane poynd, or ane distresse. It is ane auld Saxon word: For Naman, in Latine Pignorari sive pignus auferre. And Namatio, signifies the taking of ane poynd.

Nami.

Leg. Britonum. verb. Pignorari. In the law of Normandie, Nami commounlie signifies ony gudes or geare moveable, or un-moveable, taken for execution of ane decreet. Pignora capta, & bona capta pignori. ut in L. a Divo Pio. 15. ff. de re judicat. Be the laws of this realm, na poynd suld be taken, bot for ane confessed or proven debt. And the samin suld be publicklie schawin, and maid manifest to all passengers be the way, and to all parties following the samin. Lib. 4. cap. Si quis namos 30. cum seqq. Na man may poynde within ane uther mannis boundes or jurisdiction, bot for debt auchtand to him, except the Kingis Baillie be present. The poynd or distresse, suld be conforme to the quantitie and valure of the debt. Na person may be poynded, bot the debtour, or his sovertie or pledge. The poynd suld remaine within the samin Barronnie, quhair it is taken, in ane place per­teining to him, quha takis the samin, or at the least, in the nixt adjacent barronnie, within the samin Schireffdome, and not in Fortalices or Ca­stelles. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. cap. Item ordinatum 8. Curia de namo vetito; that is, of deforcement, be the auld Law, perteinis to the king allanerlie. De Maritag. cap. Sciendum 17.

NATIVE,

Borne slaves or servandes, vide Pondagium.

NONE-ENTRES,

Is quhen ane vassall, vest and saifed in the fee and propertie of the landes deceasis, leavand behinde him ane aire, quha be­and of lauchfull age, may enter to the landes, be taking of saising there­of, and ȝit enters nocht. In the quhilk case, the landes ar in the handes and power of the immediate superiour, be reason of none-entresse,

Twa kinds of none-en­tresse.

Prop­ter negligentiam haeredis, jus suum non prosequentis. Stat. Rob. 3. Cap. No­ta. 21. Mair-over, there is twa kinds of None-entres: The ane simple, nocht follow and after ane warde, in the quhilk, the superiour of the Landes, untill they be declared be decreete of ane ordinar judge, to be in None-entresse, suld have allanerlie the retoured maill thereof, conforme to the new extent. And after the declaratour, the superiour may re­move the tennentes, or occupie the landes, as he pleasis, induring the time of the None-entresse. The uther kinde of None-entresse, is that quhilk followis after ane wairde: As quhen landes are halden be service of warde and relieve; and the aire is Minor, and may nocht enter: The samin landes perteinis to the superiour, be reason of warde, and nocht of None-entresse. For quhair there is warde, there is na None-entresse, be reason the warde, sa long as it indures, stops the none-entresse. Bot quhen the warde expyris, togidder with the twa termes of the relieve; The None-entresse beginnis, gif the aire beand of perfite age, enteris nocht to the landes, and obteinis saising thereof. The quhilk None-entresse, requiris na declaratour, bot is of the like nature, with the warde preceidand. And induring the time thereof, the ȝeirly mailles and dew­ties of the landes, as they give be tack and assedation, perteinis to the su­periour; or he may remove the tennentes and possessoures therefra, and occupie the samin as he please, like as he micht do, in the time of the warde. Mair-over, this kinde of None-entresse, beand given and dispon­ed be the King, or uther superiour, to the appearand aire himselfe, or to ony uther person, is sufficient and valiable to the donatar, for all ȝeires and termes preceiding the gift and disposition, and three termes after the perfite age of the aire allanerlie. And endis and ceasis after the ischue & out-running of the said three termes. And gif the aire enters nocht with­in the said space: It is leasum to the King, or uther superiour, to dispone of new, the said none-entresse, to quhom he pleasis, to be used be him, unto the entrie of the lauchfull aire; as was decerned and ordained, be the Lordes, and Auditoures of the Checker, in the Moneth of Julij. 1596. And conforme thereto decided be the Lordes of the Session 9. Julij. 1597. The Laird of Capringtoun, contrair the Laird of Hessilhead, quhilk is not disconforme to the Laws of the fewes, quhair be the aire of the vas­sal, not desirand investiture, or possession fra his superiour, within ȝeir and daye, after the decease of the vassal his predecessour, tines and fore­faltis his few, and the samin perteinis to his superiour. §. 1. Et ibi. Gl. quo temp. miles investitur, petere debent. lib. 1. de feud.

NOVA Dissasina,

recent spuilȝie or ejection. vid. Dissasina.

O

OCHIERN, Ogetharint,

is and name of dignitie, and of ane free­halder. Stat. Alex. c. recordatio. 26. and appeiris to be of equal honor, [Page] and preheminence with the son or daughter of ane Thane, quha baith hes the like Marcheta, viꝪ. twa Kids, or twelve pennies. lib. 4. c. sciendum 63. And likewise the Cro of ane Oye of ane Thane, & of an Ochiern is four Kye. lib. 4. c. statuit. 64. And the un-lawe quhilk the King may take fra ane Thane, is sex Kye, and from ane Ochiern, fifteene scheip, or sex schillings. Ass. reg. Da. c. recordatio. 17.

ORA,

ane auld Saxon worde and signifies mettall, sik as brasse or goldes. And mairover, in auld times it was ane piece of cunȝied silver or golde.

Ʋre.

For tres orae aureae, are the price of ane Cowe. lib. 4. c. sciendum 63. From this comes the worde ȝit commonly used, Vre, as leid Ure: and in the Garviach within the Schireff-dome of Aberdene, there is ane hill cal­led Dounyndure,, monticullus metalli: and the scheep there pastured, hes their teeth colloured with ȝellowe coulour, quhilk is ane taken of abun­dance of mettall.

ORIGELLUM,

quasi aurigellum, ane Habergion, maid of mailȝies quhairof the edges are of mailȝies of ȝellow coulor, resembland the coulour of golde or brasse. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. ordinatum 27. quhair it is cal­ed Habergellum. vid. Hawbert.

OUT-FANG-THIEF,

vid. Infang-thief.

P

PANNAGIUM Porcorum,

ane French worde, signifies the deutie quhilk is given to the King, for the pastorage of Swine in his For­restes, Leg. forest. c. 5. 6. 8. As it is maniefest in the lawes of England, in the chartour of Forrestes, quhair Pannage, is called ane certaine summe of silver, quhilk the awner of ane Parke, or of some great wood, quhair-in there is great store and abundance of Maste, Aik, Betche, or uther trees, usis to take of his tennents or uthers, for their swine, that sall feed there, betuixt Michael-mes and Martine-mes. Item Pannagium, signifies ane pairt of the Kingis demaine, or propertie, given to his second, or uther ȝoun­ger sonne, or cousing, quhairof Chopinus writes, de domanio regis Franciae But hereof no mention is maid in the lawes of this Realme.

PARTICATA, vel perticata terrae.

From the French word perche, mei­kle used in the English lawes, ane ruid of land. leg. burg. c. 1. c. particata. 140. stat. Wilh. c. particata. 13. quon. attach. c. de brevibus 31. It is of verity, that three beare cornes without tailes, set togidder in length, makis ane inche Of the quhilk cornes, Inche. Fute. Eln. Fall. an sulde be taken off the mid rig, an off the side of the rig, and an off the furrow. Twelve inches makis ane fute of mea­sure: Three fute and ane inche, makis ane Elne: Sex elnes lang, makis ane Fall: quhilk is the common lineall measure and mette. And sexe elnes lang, and sex elnes broad, maks an squair & superficiall fall, of mea­sured land. Rod. Raip. Fall lineall and superfi­ciall. And it is to be understand, that ane rod, ane raip, ane lineal fall of measure, are all ane, and signifies ane thing, for ilk ane of them conteinis sex elnes in length, albeit ane rod is ane staffe, or gade of tym­mer, quhairwith land is measured, in latine pertica. Ane raip is maid of towe, sik as hempt, or uther stuffe, and sa meikle lande, as in measuring falles under the rod, or raip, in length is called ane fall of measure, or ane lineall fall, because it is the measure of the line, and length allanerly. Likeas the superficial fal is the measure, baith of the lengh, & the bredth quia linea est mensura solius longitudinis, superficies verò est mensura longi­tudinis, Ruid. Aiker. & latitudinis. Item, ten salles in length, and foure in bredth, makis ane ruid: four ruid makis ane aiker. And swa ane discreet and true man, may measure ilk aiker of land, lang or schort, with rod or raip, be the measure of the fall. Swa that he keepe just count, and gud remembr­ance, Landimers. Agrimenso­res. that the endes of the rod, or raip, be richtly and eaven laide, without fraude or guyle. But it is necessare, that the measurers of land, called landimers, in latin, agrimensores, observe and keep, ane just relation, be­twixt the length & the breadth of the measures, quhilk they use in measur­ing of lands, quhairanent I finde na mention in the lawes & register of this realme, albeit ane ordinance thereanent be maid be King Edward the first, King of England, the 33. ȝeir of his reigne: and because the knawledge of this mater is very necessare, in measuring of lands, dayly used in this re­alme. I thought gud to propone certaine questions, to Iohn Naper, fear of Merchifloun, ane gentleman of singular judgement and learning, specially in Mathematicque sciences, The tenour quhairof, and his answeres maide thereto followis. Length and breid of ane fall.

First, be quhat rule sall we understande the length and bredth of the fall? It is answered: There is twa sortes of falles, the ane lineall, the u­ther superficiall: the lineall fall, is ane met-wand, rod, or raip, of sex elnes lang, quhairbe, length and bredth, are severally met. Ane superficiall fall of lande, is sa meikle boundis of landes, as squairly conteinis ane lineall fall of bredth, and ane lineall fall of length, quhairof followis, that be the lineall fall, lande is measured, and be the superficiall fall, lande is rekned. Nowe quhair itis inquired be quhat rule the length and bredth of ane fall sall be understand. I answer: That quhen-soever the elnes of bredth being multiplied be the elnes of length, do produce 36. elnes: the num­ber product, is ane superficiall fall: and the saide bredth and length, are the just bredth and length that makis ane fall. Swa 36. elnes lang, of ane elne broad, are ane fall of land. Item, auchteene elns lang, twa elnes broad, are the like: alswa, twelve elnes lang, of three elnes broad. Or nine elnes lang of foure elnes broad, are ane fall. Lastly, sex elnes alwayis, that is to say, sex elnes lang, and sex elnes broad, makis ane fall. To this sall the lit­tle ruid, or ruid of warke, or of buirdes, or of maison, or sklait warke, is equal, quhilk is maist properly the ruid, as after followis.

Twa kinds of ruid. Secondly, how mony kindes of ruids are in use? Answer. Twa, quhair­of the ane is proper, the uther improper. The ruid properly is ane superficiall fall, and conteinis threttie sex squair elnes: Ane squair elne being the boundes of ane elne in breadth, and ane elne in length, squarely in­clused. The uther vulgare and improper ruid of land, conteinis fourtie of thir former ruides, or superficial fallis, and is the quarter of ane aiker of lande, because foure of thir ruides makis ane aiker as saide is.

Thirdly, be quhat rule may the just measure of ane aiker in length and breadth be understand? It is answered, Multiply be Arthmeticall multiplication, the number of the falles that are in the length of the land, Length and bredth of ane aiker. be the number of fallis that are in the bredth thereof: Everie aucht-score fallis of the number produced, and resulting of the said multiplication, is ane aiker: and therefore aucht-score fallis of length, and ane fall of bredth, makis ane aiker: and foure-score fallis of length, and twa fallis of bredth, makis ane aiker. Item fourtie fallis of length, and foure fallis in bredth makis ane aiker. Alswa twentie fallis in length, and aucht fallis in bredth, makis ane aiker. Lastly, ten fallis in bredth, and sextene fallis in length makis ane aiker.

Fourthly, seing there is ane kinde, of measuring of land be Rod, and raip: quhat is the forme thereof? And gif there be ony maa forms, how are they called? and quhat is the forme and manner of the samin? The maner of measuring of lands, be rod or raip. It is an­swered. There be knawin to expert Mathematiciens, mony and divers wayes to mette land, all agreand togidder in ane, bot of the vulgar peo­ple there is bot ane forme of metting used and understand, to wit, be rod and raip, that is to say, be ane rod or gade of sex elnes lang: Or be ane string or coard, of sex elnes lang, stented betwixt twa staves. The coarde being ane schaft length abone the pykes, or nether endes of the staves. The said rod or raip, or either of them, is called ane fall: to wit, the lineall fall foresaid. With these fallis, ilke square piece of lande, is met over the middis, quhat falles and elnes it hes of length and thereafter is met croce­over the middis, quhat fallis and elnes it hes of bredth. Thereafter the fallis and elnes of the length on the ane pairt, and the fallis and elnes of the breadth, on the uther pairt, are multiplied togidder, and the producte schawis the number of the aikers, ruides, elnes, quhilk the said piece of land conteinis. As for example, gif the piece of land be 51. fal, three elnis of length, and 10. fallis 2. elnis of bredth: multiply 51. fallis 3. elnis. or 51 1/2 fallis to be 10. fallis 2. elnis: Or be 10 1/3 fallis; The product will amount to 532 1/6 fallis: Or 532. fallis, 6. elnis: quhairof every aucht-score fallis, ar ane aiker. Swa 532. fallis 6. elnis, are three aikers and ane quarter, 12. fallis, & 6. elnis of met land.

PATRIA,

Assisa, vel recognitio per assisam, Ane Assise or inquest of cuntrie men, quhilk is called recognitio patriae, lib. 3. c. cum autem. 6. vid Bona patriae.

PEDELLUS,

Leg. burg. c. citatio. 109. The serjand or beddle of the burgh, quha suld execute summondes: make attachementes, or take poindes. quon. attach. c. nullus 57. quhairof they have na power, without their awin jurisdiction. Ass. reg. Da. c. nullus 13. Dicitur autem pedellus a pedo hoc est haculo, because all sik serjandes suld use ane wand, staff, halbert. Ia. 1. p. 6. c. 99.

PEDE. pulverosus,

ane French word. pied puldreux, dustie-fute, or an vagabound, speciallie ane merchand, or cremar,

Pedder.

quha hes na certaine dwel­ling place, quhair the dust may be dicht fra his feet, or schone, de Maritag. c. si quis. 9, leg. burg. c si burgensis. 141, de judic. c. 47. To quhom Justice suld be summarlie ministred, within three flowinges, and ebbings of the sea. Ane pedder, is called ane merchand, or cremar, quha beirs ane pack, or creame upon his bak, quha are called beirares of the puddill be the Scottes­men in the realme of Polonia, quhairof I saw ane great multitude in the town of Cracovia. anno Dom. 1569.

PENSION,

ane dewtie, sik as ane annuel-rent, for that quhilk in the act of Parliament. Ia. 2. p. 11. c. 41. Is called the pension of Cadȝow: In the Checker rolles is called the annuel-rent of Cadȝow.

Pension of Cadȝow. Pension of Kirk patrik.

And siklik in the samin place mention is mad of the pensiō of the ferme meil of Kirk patrik, quhilk conteinis five chalder of air-meill, quhilk the Abbot, and con­vent of Pajslay payis ȝeirlie furth of the kirk of Kirk-patrik to the K. as an pairt of his annexed propertie, as is manifest in the Schireffe rolles of the Checker of K. Ia. 3. 1487. In libris seudorum, Soldata is an ȝeirly frie gift & donation, induring the lifetime of the giver, & is swa called, a solido,

Soldata.

quia plaerumque in solidorum donatione consistit. §. 1. quis dicatur marchio. lib. 1. de feud.

PLACITUM,

From the French word, Plaider, pley, contention, strife, or debate. Placitare, significat litigare & causas agere.

Pleyes of the Crown.

Molinaeus in stil. su­prem. cur. par. Part. 1. c. 6. part. 2. c. 3. Et D. Smith. lib. 2. c. 10. Of the com­moun weil of England. Vid, Mote. Placita coronae, pleyes, or criminall acti­ones perteining to the Kingis Crowne and jurisdiction allanerlie, or to his justice generall, quhilkis ar foure in number, robberie, or riefe: ravishing or deforcing of weemen: murther, and wilfull fire, sik as burning of houses wilfullie, and maliciouslie, vid. Murthrum. Quhairof, or of ony ane of them, gif ony happenis to bee convict, all his gudes perteinis to the King allanerly, in the samin manner, as is statute of the gudes of traitoures. Leg. Mal, Mak. cap. 3.

PLEGIUS,

ane pledge, borgh, or cautioner, dimittere terras ad ple­gium, To let landes to borgh, is quhen ony controversie, being for the pos­session of landes; the samin after inquisition, and tryall taken there anent given and committed to the last lauchfull possessour of the samin lands, under borgh and caution, that he sall restore the samin to him, quha sall be found to have richt thereto. Ia. 2. p. 14 c. 26. Or quhen twa persones contendis be way of deede and [...], for the possession of ony landes. The superiour thereof may recognosce, or take to himselfe, the possession of the lands, until it be tryed, quha was last lauchfull possessour thereof; And then let the lands to him to borgh, and under caution, as said is. Stat. Rob. 3. c. Nota. 21, Item, the 12. No. 1500. Certaine corns grow and upon debatable lands, betuixt the L. Ruthven, and the Laird of Copemalindie, be decreit of the lordes, are lett in to borgh to the said laird, he findand cauti­on that the samin salbe furth cummand to them, quha recoveris the sa­min be law, without prejudice of the richt of onie of the parties theira­nent in time cumming. And likeas the over-lord, or judge for the causes [Page] foresaid, Ietere terras ad plegium. lettis landes to borgh, to the possessour thereof, the tennent or possessour, petit terras demitti ad plegium, desires the lands to be letten to him to borgh, or under caution. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 4.

PORTEOUS, portuis.

Ia. 1. p. 13. c. 139. Ia. 3. p. 14. c. 99. Ia. 5. p. 3. c. 5. a portando, quhilk signifies to carie, or beire: in French portes vous, and signifies ane catalogue, contenand the names of the persones indited to the justice air, quhilk is given and delivered be the justice Clerk, to the Crow­ner, to be attached, and arreisted be him, to compeire, and answere, to sik accusationes and crimes, as salbe impute unto them, and the porteous conteins the names of them quha ar of new indited, and the names of them quha were indited of auld and of before, and compeired not: And quhen onie justice aire is cried, or proclaimed, command is given be the justice to warne all persones, alsweill indited of auld, as of new, to compeire in the said aire, to underlie the law. The Crowner receivis the porteous as said is, and caries the samin with him, untill the attachements and ar­reistments be maid, conforme thereto, and reportes the samin againe to the Justice court: That theirby he may be controlled in execution of his office, sa far as concernes the making of attachements and arreistments or probation thireof.

POST-NATUS filius,

ane second sonne, narrest to the first begotten, conforme to the French word, lepuis aisné lib. 2. c. si ergo. 23. c. praeterea. 25. c. maritus 32. l'aisné, is the first borne sonne, and therefore le puis aisné is post primo-genitum, the second sonne.

PRISAE,

ane French word prinses, in latine captiones, sik as ane poynd, distres, or moveable gudes, taken for execution of ane decreit: for be the lawes of France, prisae sunt rerum mobilium: sasina verò immobilium, quia bona immobilia non capiuntur, sed saisiuntur. Rebuffus in constitut. Reg. in tract. de liter. obli. art. 5. gl. 2. & de praeconum licitationibus. ar. 1. gl. 2. Quhairanent I find ane ordinance maid de modo capiendi prisas, be King David 2. 18. Februar 1369. the 40. ȝeire of his reigne. Prisae seu captiones domini regis, persolventur & capientur, secundum consuetudines antiquitus approbatas, & de terris illis de quibus prisae regis, & servitia debent sumi, & quod in iis faciendis non fiet taxatio juxta numerum dava­tarum, sed secendùm verum valorem bonorum.

PROPORCITAS,

proportatio assisae, the proport, report, declarati­on, or deliverance of ane assise. Stat. Alexand. c. statuit dominus, 5. quon. attach. c. si quis appellet. 53. assisa. reg. D. c. 9. c. statuit 30. c. statuit do­minus 38.

Veredictum.

Utherwise, it is called, veredictum assisae, the verdict or suith­saying of ane assise. Because the assisours are sworne to declare the trueth and veritie,

Juratores. Jurata. Jurie.

and therefore are called Juratores. Like as the assise is cal­led Jurata, or Jurata patriae, sive vicineti, lib. 2. c. dicitur. 74. And in the English lawes, ane Jurie.

PURPRESTURE, Purprision,

ane French word, for ane wrangeous usurpation, taking, or occupation of ane uther mans landes, quhairof there is three kindes,

Three kinds of purprision.

Lib. 2, c. dicitur. 74. de judicib. c. purprestura, c. 138. The first is, quhen any man occupies unjustly ony pairt of the Kingis do­maine, and proper landes. Or quhen ony stoppis, or closis up the Kingis common way, passage or streete: Or returnis or divertis rinnand waters fra their richt course: Or within the Kingis towne and burgh, occupies the Kingis calsay, or commoun gaite, biggand upon onie pairt thereof: Or removeand onie thing there-fra: Or converting onie pairt thereof to his awin use. And generally, quhen onie wrangeous occupation is maid to the hurt and skaith of the Kingis tenement, the Kingis street, or common way: Or of the Kingis Burgh. The quhilk kinde of Purpresture suld be decided before the Kings justice and his deputes, be ane condigne assise. And he quha is convict thereof, salbe in the kingis mercie, and punished conform to his will in his bodie, and in all his lands quhilk he halds of him: and mair-over sall restore that quhilk he injustly bigged and occupied. The second kinde is, quhen onie vassall occupies, and usurps any lands against his over-lord, uther then the King. Quhilk controversie may be de­cided be the over lord in his awin court, and gif the vassall is convict to have done wrang, he tynis perpetuallie all the landes quhilk he haldis of that superiour. The quhilk jurisdiction and power of halding of courtes of Purprision, perteinis to ane Barron, and to uthers, quha are abone him in power and dignity, sik as Earls and Lords. For na vassall, sub­ject, nor uther tennent under ane Barron, hes power to hald sik courts. Ia. 3. p. 30. c. 79. The third kind of purprestura, is against ony uther except the King and the superiour: As betuixt nichtbor and nicht­bor, subject and subject: quhen ane wrangeouslie occupies the lande perteining to ane uther, or troublis him in his meithis, and marches: quhilk molestation perteins to the Schireff, to be tried before him, be ane brieve, de nova dissasina, or de rationabilibus divisis. Be the law of Eng­land. an. 4. Edward. 1. de bigamis c. 4. gif onie usurpis, and occupies within the Kingis liber [...] or ony uther place, contrair the King: Incon­tinent [...] proces or ordour of law, the King tuik the land in his awin hand, and thereafter it was leisum to ony person, havand entres to compleine thereanent, The like sonne is permitted be the lawes of this realme, anent the Kingis customes. Ja. 1. p. 1. c. 8. And his annexed pro­pertie. Ja. 2. p. 11. c. 41.

PUTAGIUM,

ane French word, huiredome or fornication, lib. [...] in custodiis. 50. c. ult. 53. Quhair it is manifest, that ane [...] femaill, being within warde, and of les aige, and committand fornication, tynis and fore­faults her pairt of the heritage, and the samin accrescis, and perteinis to the rest of the co-heirs, or comportioners gif onie be. And gif their be an here­trix allanerly, quha commitis the said fault, all and haill her heritage, per­teinis to the superiour: But gif an heretrix of lands, hes bairnes lauchfully gotten in marriage: and after the decease of her husband, in the time of her viduitie, committis fornication: neither sche nor her bairnes, tynis the heretage. Quia putagium matris non adimit haereditatem; The huire­dome committed be the mother, dois nocht disherish the lauchfull bairnes.

Q

QUARENTENA viduarum,

in the statutes Rob. 3. c. deviduis. 22. from the French la quaresme des vefues, signifies the priviledge of fourtie daies, granted to widdowes, after the decease of their husbandes, conforme to the Lawes of England, anno. 20. Henr. 3. c. 1. Quhair it a sta­tute anent widdowes, quha after the death of their husbands may nocht have the dowrie, without pley: That quha-soever deforcis them of their said dowries, of the landes quhairin their husbandes died vest and saised, and it sall happen the said widdowes to recover the samin their­after be pley or proces: They quha troubled and molested them, being convict of sik wrangeous deforcement, sall ȝeild and pay the damnages and skaith, to the samin widdowes. That is to say, the valour of the haill dowrie belanging to them, from the time of the death of their hus­bandes, unto the day that the saides widdowes, obteinis decreit in judg­mente. And the said deforceres nevertheles salbe amerciat, at the Kingis pleasure. In the quhilk place it is plaine, that Quarentena viduarum, con­teines the space of fourtie daies: during the quhilk space, ane widdowe may tarie and remaine in the chiefe dwelling place of her husband, un­till her dowrie be assigned to her, and in the meane time suld be susteined upon the proffites of the heritage. As it is likewaies written in magna car­ta, anno. 9. Henr. 3 c. 7. quhilk is conform to the laws of France, as writis Ioan. Papon in his arreistes. lib. 15, Tit. des dots. c. 7. & lib. 10. tit. substitu­tiones. c. 30. per authenticam praeterea, C. unde vir & uxor, and in the Burrow lawes of this Realme, the second, or third wife of ony Burges, after the decease of hir husband, may nocht remaine in the hous pertein­ing to his aire gotten of ane uther wife, bot onelie fourtie dayes. leg. burg. c. si burgensis duas. 25.

QUHATECUS,

ane kinde or forme of bread, quhilk wee call ane fage, or phage, from the greeke word phago, comedo to eate.

R

RACHETUM

ane French word, Rachapt, ane ranson; in sum buikes it is called Rechatum, transpositis literis. Stat. 1. Rob. Br. c. 1. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. 7. quhair it is called thieft-bote: and in sum auld buikes Ra­chatum is called thieft-bote or redemtion taken for thievis, robbers, or uther malefactours.

RAPTUS,

rape, ravishing or deforceing of weemen, quhilk is ane of the four points or pleyes perteining to the Kings Crown, & to nane uthers. vid. placitum. vid. murthrum. Ravishing is an crime, quhairof ane woman accusis ane man alledgand she is oppressed, or defiled be him, against the Kinges peace. lib. 4. c. raptus 9. The quhilk complaint sulde be maid the same day, and night, in the quhilk the crime is committed, quia lapsu diei hoc crimen praescribitur. Quo. attach. Cap. De caetero. 48. Statut. Wilh. c. Item. Statuit. 9. In the lawes of England Westm. 11. c. 34. Rape is quhair ane man ravishis, or takis ane uther mans wife, widdow, or maiden, vio­lentlie, and hes a doe with her against her will. And albeit she afterward consent, ȝit it is fellonie, quhilk is confirmed be Chess. in consuetud. Bur­gund Rubric. 1. verb. Es droicts d'icellis. Nu. 43.

REIF,

or robberie, is likewaies ane of the foure pointes of the Crown. lib. 4. c. die lunae. 13. leg. Malc. Mack. c. 4. ass. reg. Da. c. 1. Robberie is quhen an man lyis by the Kings hie way, passing to mercat Townes, in woodes, ditches, or onie uther secreit place, quhair people cummis furth by, and robbis, & spuilȝies them, albeit he take away bot the valour of ane pennie, or lesse, it is felonie: for the mala-pertnes of the deed, breaking of the Kings peace, and the danger in the quhilk ane man is of his life, causis the offence to be the greater, then gif the gear swa robbed or spuilȝied had bin thiefteouslie stollen, as it is written in the lawes of England. an. 23. Hen. 8. c. 1. In the law of Normandie. li. 3. c. 1. Robbery is the taking of uther mens gear be force and violence: And the committers theirof in latine are cal­led raptores, in French voleurs, or Robeures,

Difference be­twixt riefe and thieft.

& is different from theft quhilk is committed quietlie, and privilie, without violence. Mair-over reife is ane greater crime then thieft, because reife is committed baith in the gudes, and in the person of the possessour theirof, and thieft is of the gudes and gear allanerlie, Ches. in consuet. Burgund. rab. 1. §. 5. Be the law of this Realme, the complaint of reife or robberie suld be maid be him quha is robbed, and damnified within the like time, as is foresaid, of the ravish­ing of weemen. quo. attach. c. de caetero. 48. lib. 4. c. raptus. 9.

RECOGNITION of landes

is commonly used in the law, and prac­ticque of this realme. Sicut feudum dicitur aperiri domino: ita terrae di­cuntur cadere in commissum: sicuti fit in hoc casu ob culpam vassalli, & in Emphyteusi. or fewe landes, ob non solutum canonem seu pensionem. lib. 3. c. ex locato. 11. For the vassall tynes landes halden be him be service of warde, be reason of his awin fault, as salbe hereafter exponed: and the pro­prietar of few-landes, may tyne and for-fault the samin, for non-payment of the ȝeirly dutie. Cognoscere is to knaw and understand, recognoscere is to knaw again or at the 2. time to understand. For generally, all superi­ors of quhom lands ar halden in chief, first hes bin proprietars of the sa­min lands: quhilk lands being annalied, and sauld be them heritably; to be halden of themselves and their aires, ceasis to be propertie to them: and becomes tennendrie immediatly halding of them and their aires. And gif it happens the vassall, or possessour, to quhom the landes are sauld, to commit ane fault or crime, quhairby he tynis and fore-faultis the landes: the superiour hes entresse and regresse to the propertie of the landes, and may recognosce the samin, and as it were the second time vindicate to himselfe the propertie thereof. Swa the samin landes, quhilk were first propertie to him, and thereafter tennendrie, be reason of the alie­nation, nowe becomes againe propertie, and returnis to their first na­ture and condition, Iure acerescendi, seu potius consolidatione proprieta­tis cum superioritate, ob culpam vassali. Recognition properly in the [Page] practicque of this realme, is quhen ony vassall, or free tennent, hald­and his lanies be service of warde and relieve, sellis and annalies all and haill his landes with their pertinents, or the maist pairt thereof, without licnce, consent, or confirmation of his over-lorde. In the quhilk caise, all and haill his landes, alsweill nocht annalied, as annalied, and halden as said is, may be recognosced and resaised in the superioures hand [...]s, and baith the propertie and possession theirof perteinis to to him to be bruiked, or disponed be him, at his pleasure; quhairof divers and sindrie practicques are extant in the Register in the daies o King Iames the Fourt, of gud memorie. The superiour understanding the landes to be wrangouslie annalied, as said is: incontinent theiraf­ter may use the recognition theirof, & without proces, or ordour of law, may take saising of the samin, conforme to the auld practik of this realme: Because the samin alienation is done to his dishonour and con­tempt be his vassal, quha suld do reverence, and service to him, & there­fore without his consent suld nocht do onie thing to dissolve the league and band, The causes of recognition. quhilk is betuixt them. Mairover the vassall, may nocht make the said alienation, because theirby, he may becum puir, annd unable to do to his superiour sik service, as he suld do of the law. Cuiac lib. 1. De feud. And nocht withstanding that the saising is taken be the superiour; ȝit the vassall or possessour tinis nor forfaultis na waies the propertie of the saides landes, untill ȝeire and daie be out-run: Swa that he doe diligence within fourtie daies after the said recognition, and taking of the saising, to crave and aske fra his superiour the saides landes to him to borgh, that is to repledge them, findand pledge and caution, that he sall be reddie to do to his superiour anent the saides landes, all that equitie and lawe re­quiris. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 2. This kinde of recognition is conforme to the laws of the fewes, Libellarius contractus. quia feudum amittitur. si fidelis libellario nomine, amplius medietate in feudum dederit, aut pro pignore plus medietate obligaverit. §. 1. quib. mod. feudum amittatur, &. §. 1. de alienatione feudi. Et in jure Canonico. c. 2. & ibi. gl. extr. de feud. Porro libellarius contractus dicitur, venditio, quae fit scriptura interveniente, certo pretio, & certa pensione con­stituta, in annos singulos, ut post Feudistas scribit Cuiac in d, §. 1. Recogni­tion of landes is sum times generallie taken monie waies. Stat. Rob. 3. c. nota quod iste. 21. Sindrie formes of recognition. First gif the vassall deceasis the superiour may re­cognosce, and reteine all the landes halden of him untill they be re­covered fra him be the entresse of the righteous aire, and that be rea­son of none-entres.

2 After that the aire hes recovered the landes, furth of the handes of his superiour: Nevertheles the superiour may recognosce, and reteine the samin, until securitie be maid to him for payment of the relieve.

3 Gif the vassall is fugitive for slauchter, and nocht law bidand, the superiour may recognosce the land halden of himselfe, sa lang as the fe­lon or manslayer happenis to live. Conforme to the quhilk be the actes of Parliament, the liferent of the vassal, being ȝeir & daie at the horn perteins to the immediat superiour, except he be rebell for treason, in the quhilk case; his life-rent, & all his lands, gudes and geare moveable, & immove­able, perteinis to the King allanerlie, Quia poena debet eidem applicari ad­versus quem committitur culpa. 4. Gif the vassall annalies his landes, or the maist pairt thereof, without licence, consente, or confirmation of his Over-lord; The Overlord may recognosce the same, as said is. Bot in this case he is oblished to let the landes to borgh, to his vassall; askand, and cravand the samin within the lauchfull space of fourtie daies, after the recognition; and saising taken untill it be tryed be the judge Ordinar, quhidder the cause of recognition be lauchfull or nocht, quhilk being founde lauchfull, the judge suld counsell the King, and decern ony u­ther superiour, to hald his handes fra the landes, and let them to borgh to his vassall. And gif the cause be found just and reasonable; The judge suld decerne the propertie and possession of all and haill the landes, to perteine and remain with the superiour. 5. Quhen twa or mair parties contendis be way of deede and armes, for the possession of landes, the superiour thereof may recognosce and sequestrat the samin, untill it be tryed, quhilk of them is lauchfull possessour; and thereafter let the landes to borgh to him, quha is found to have best richt of the possession.

6 The superiour may recognosce and reteine landes halden of him in chiefe, for service aucht to him, furth of the samin landes. Bot be the practicque of this realme: The service aucht to be proven and liquidat, and thereafter the landes may be lauchfully comprised.

7 Landes halden in fewferm, payand ane certaine ȝeirlie dewtie, No­mine feudi fermae, may be recognosced be the superiour, for none payment of the few dutie, & that twa manner of waies. The first, ex provisione legis, & natura contractus. For the few sermorer not payand his few-ferm, for his ingratitude and un-thankfulnes, tinis and fore-faltis his few-ferm, be the disposition of the Law, quhilk as ȝit was not in practicque and use within this Realme.

The seconde is, ex provisione hominis. et conditionibus contractui in­sertis, Clause irri­tant. quhilk is called ane clause irritant, as quhen ane clause and provi­ssion is conteined in the infeftment, that if twa or maa termes run in ane of non payment of the few-ferm duetie: then and in that case; the infeft­ment of few-ferme to be irritum, null and of nane availl, quhilk, is con­forme to the dayly practicque of this realm, Quia pacta conventa legem con­trahentibus praescribunt. vid. l 1. et Tit. c. de jure emphyten. Alwayes, be the act of Parliament maid be Ia. 6. p. 15. C, 246. Alienations of lands maid in few-ferm, are null for not payment of the fewe-dueties, be the space of twa ȝeires, albeit na paction or provision be maid thereanente in the in­feftment.

RECORDUM, Recordatio

lib. 1. c. contingit. 31. quhair-anent I finde difficultie. Alwayes recorda summonitionis, signifies the rehearse, report, or testification of the execution of the summondes, brieve, or uther precept. Ia. 1. p. 9. c. 112. quhilk execution,

Indorsation.

is now called Indorsation. Because commounly it is written in dorso, and upon the backe of the summondes, leg. Forest. c. 25. and be the practick and daylie consuetude of this Realme ȝit observed, the execution of all brieues before inferiour judges, and of all criminall summondes before the three Estaites in Parliament, are ve­rified in judgement, be the record of the executor theirof, and twa wit­nes at the least. And in auld times the serjandes, or maires, maid the re­cord of the summondes, be word, or be writ, as they pleased: and verifi­ed the samin as said is. And untill the samin were done, the defender could nocht be compelled to make ane answer. lib. 1. c. cum autem. 8. de iudic. c. 50. And King David the second. 18. Febr. 1369. and of his reigne the fourtie ȝeire, statute and ordained annent the record of serjandes, or maires, that the summounds & record theirof, salbe put in wreit gif it please the serjand or mair, and he sal reade the samin gif he can, in plaine court Utherwaies, he may make the record be word: in the best form he may, and gif he failȝies, he may be helped and supplied be interrogatours of the judge, concerning all and sundrie clauses or artickles, necessarlie used in the record of ane summondes, quhilk record the serjand or maire sall prieve sufficientlie be lauchful witnes. And the said record being swa maid, the samin salbe receaved as lauchfull, and the contrair partie sall nocht be heard, to object against the same, or to propone ony exception against the lauchfulnes theirof: And it sall be leisum to the schireffe, his depute, serjand, mair of fie, or onie uther depute serving in the office of ane serjand or mair, be the authoritie of the King, or of onie uther have­ing power to make rehearsall of the summondes of the record or indor­sation theirof, swa that they be qualified, and abill to doe the samin. Ia. 1. p. 9. c. 112.

ITEM, recordum curiae,

signifies the report, rehearsall, or minute of that quhilk is done in court or the interloquutour of the courte. lib. 1. c. contingit. 31. Quo. attach. c. nullus sectator. 20. In the Normand law. li. 9. c. 31. vid. Sectator vid Varda. quhilk in auld times was nocht written in buiks, bot inrolled togidder in paper.

Rollment of Courte.

Like as the Kinges rolles are ȝit written in parchement in the Checker. Therefore they are called the rol­ment of court. As the Kinges rolles or rotuli, and the Clearke of Registar clericus rotulorum, in latine properlie volumina, quia involvuntur, & in se quasi retorquentur. And it is to wit that actiones and pleyes, are aither directlie and from the beginning persewed in ane court: or they cum fra an inferiour court, to ane superiour per translationem. lib. 3. c. praeterea. 16. as quhen ane pley or cause, is advocat from ane inferiour judge, to ane superiour: quhilks advocations ar permitted and leisum to be maid to the Kinges court allanerlie, be the auld law of this Realme, sik as the justice courte, or schiref courte: and nowe be the practik used, and observed, to Lords of Session, and College of Iustice. And swa because he quha alle­ged that wrang was done to him in the inferiour courte, raised the re­cord, or interloquutor pronunced against him, and summound the judge to compeire before the Kingis Justice, or schiref, to heare and see him decerned to have done wrang. Therefore sola curia domini regis, dicitur habere recordum. h. e. Potestatem cognoscendi de recordis & interloquutor­ijs, quae transferuntur ab inferiore curia ad superiorem. Albeit ilk lauchfull court, sik as ane Barrone court, hes their awin recordes, in all sik actiones as are intended and decided before them, and nocht Advocate to ane superiour judge.

REGRATERIS.

leg. burg. cregratarij. 70. Quha byis onie merchan­dice or uther thing,

Dardanarii.

and takis unlesumlie greater price for the samin after­ward, as is exponed be Ia. 2. p. 6. c 23. 24, Ia. 6. p. 12. c. 148. In the civill law, regrateris are called dardanarij qui emunt, vt possint postea pluris vendere. l. annonam. 6. de var. & extraord. crim. A quodam Dardano, qui annonam flagellabat. Alciat. lib. 4. de verborum significatione.

Forestallers.

And swa regrateris are so called be reason of the augmentation and hichting of the prices. Fore­stallares are properlie they quha pre-occupies and byes merchandes be­fore it cume to the mercat, or to the stall, or place quhair it suld be sauld, or the time of day statute and ordained theirto. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 20. And mair­over it is statute that na man dwelland within burgh, or without the sa­min, sall upon the Faire daie, bye onie thing outwith the portes of the burgh leg. burg. c. nullus. 75. And likewaies na person suld bye fish, flesh, victuall, or onie uther thing before mercat day, or the ringing of the bell in the steipell. Stat. gild. c. 29. And mairover forstallers are challenged, and accused because they sell their gudes, and payis nocht the Kinges custome: that they sell their gudes privatlie upon their awin fluire, that they are fore-byars of quheat, beare, aits, cattel, & are coperis and sellers theirof, turnand the samin in merchandice. leg. burg. c. de modo calumni­andi foristallatores. 154.

RELEUIUM

ane French word, from the latine relevare, quhilk is to relieve, or to take up that quhilk is fallen, for it is given be the tennent or vassall being of perfite age, after the expiring of the warde to his over-lord, of quhome he haldes his landes be knicht service that is be warde and relieve, and be payment thereof he relievis, and as it were raisis up againe his landes, after that they were fallen downe in his superiou [...] hands, be reason of waird. lib. 2. c. dicitur autem. 72. leg. Forest. c. si quis Co­mes 73. de judic. 65. And the proffites of the landes of the ȝeire foresaid, af­ter the end of the waird, quhilk suld be given in name of relieve, are understande to be the retoured maill, of the saides landes, conforme to the new extent thereof. And therefore gif there be bot onelie wairde, and the aire enter before ane terme run thereafter, the King or uther superi­our suld have na relieve, quia haerede ad aetatē perveniente, et facta ei haeredi­tatis restitutione, quietus erit a relenia, ratione custodiae. lib. 2. c. tandem 70. Be the auld law and consuetude of this Realme, the superiour micht nocht bee compelled after the waird, to restore the landes to his vassall, untill he had been first satisfied for the relieve: because he had li­bertie to reteine the landes, untill the said satisfaction were maid. Stat. Rob. 3. c. nota quod iste 21. Or else it was lesum to him as he pleased, to poynd the ground therefore quia dominus potest distringere tenentes suos [Page] pro suo relevio, & servitio de feudo suo, sibi debito, li. 2. c. Sunt quidam. 73. But now be the common practicque, the non-payment of the relieve, is na lauchful excusation to the superiour, anent the receiving of his vassall. But he will be compelled be precepts of the Chancellarie, to receive his tennente, or else he tynis the superioritie, induring his life-time. And it is leasum to him to poynde the ground for payment of the relieve. Quia relevium est debitum reale, & adhaerei fundo. The beginning, and the first institution of the warde and relieve, was in the time of Malcolme the seconde, called Malcolme-Mac-Kenneth, quha gave all and haill the landes of this realme to the inhabitantes thereof, and reserved nathing to him­selfe in propertie; bot onlie his royal power and the Mute hill of Scone, quhair he suld hald Court, and receive homage, and fealtie of his vas­salles: In recompensation quhairof, all the Barronnes gave unto him, the warde, and relieve of the aire of ilk barronne, for his princelie sus­tentation. In the English Lawes, read in Magna Carta. Anno. 9. Hen. 3. cap. 2. And the statute of wards and relieves, maid be King Edward the first. 18. ȝeir of his reigne.

REPLEGIARE,

To replege, thatis, quhen ony man, be vertue of his awin jurisdiction, bringis back againe, or reducis to his awin court his awin man, fra ony uther mannis court, and leavis ane plege, or cautio­ner behinde him, for administration of justice. vid. Culrach. It is not lea­sum to ony man to replege fra ony uther court ony person, bot his awin liege man, or halding land of him, or remainand in his service, as ane of his familie or consanguinitie. Stat. Alex. c. Anno 4. Statut. 2. Rob. Br. cap. 11. Ass. reg. Da. c. Statuit. 37.

RESEANTISA,

Lib. 1. c. Essoniorum. 10. Ane seiknesse and infirmitie, quhairby onie man is heavilie vexed. Essonium de Reseantisa, idem valet quod excusatio,

Essonium de Rescantisa.

de malo lecti, Bedde evill. Cum quis morbo ita affligitur, ut sit lecto affixus. In French, Mal. de Lit. stat. 1. Rob. Br. c. 5. In the Law of Normandie. Lib. 9. c. 10. Essoinȝie, or excusation of Mal reseant, is quhen ony person lyand bed-fast in his awin house, or ony uther place, is heavilie vexed with seiknesse, that he may not travell without danger of his life. In jure civili morbus Sonticus dicitur, qui eujusque rei agendae, impedimento est,

Morbus Sonticus.

veluti febris: Et legitimam excusationem ac dilationem praebet. L. Quaesitum 60. ff. de re Iudic. Aulus Gellius. Lib. 20. cap. 1. Appellat Mor­bum Sonticum, quemlibet morbum vehementiorem, vim graviter nocendi ha­bentem.

RESPONDE,

Or the buike of Responde. Ia. 6. par. 11. c. 73. It is maid and written be the directour of the Chancellarie. For quhen hee directis preceptes to the Schireffe, to give saising of ony landes retoured before him to the Chancellarie: He makis ane memoriall of the dait of ilk pre­cept, and dewtie of the lands; and commandis the Schireffe, to take se­curitie for the samin, during the time of the warde, and non-entres, and of the relieve auchtand to the King, gif the lands be halden be service of ward and relieve. Or of the doubling of the few-ferme, or of the blench ferme, according to the halding of the landes. Quhilk buike ȝeirlie is presented to the Checker: And ilke Schireffe, and uther judges, gi­vers of saisinges upon preceptes, direct furth of the Kingis Chancellarie, are charged there-with in their comptes, compelled to make aunswere thereto, and payment of all summes conteined therein: for the quhilk cause, it is called Responde, quhilke is the first worde of ilke artickle of the said buik. Further in the end of the saidis preceptes, it is said, praesenti­bus post proximum terminum minimè valituris. And therefore, gif the obteiner of the precept furth of the Chancellarie, lye out and take nocht saising upon the samin, quhill ane terme and maa be by-run after the dait thereof, he sulde come againe to the Chancellarie, and raise ane new precept, quhairin is augmented the by-run mailles of the lands, sen the dait of the first precept, and ane newe memoriall or Responde, is maide thereof.

RETOUR,

quhom be it is maid, and quhy it is sa called. vid. breve de morte antecessoris.

REGRES,

from Regrediendo, likeas

REVERSION,

a revertendo: For like as the buyar of landes, lettis them returne to the seller thereof, be the reversion given unto him. E­ven swa be the regresse of the superiour of landes wed-set, be his vassall, after the redemption thereof, suffers the first seller of the samin to come back again to his awin place, anent the halding of them as he did before the said alienation. Swa reversion and regresse are different, for reversion is given be him quha buyis the lande, Reachept. Cum pacto de retro-vendendo, to the annalier thereof. In French it is called, Jus reacheptus or reachept. And ane regresse is given be the superiour of landes, to the annalier thereof, quhair­by he promisis to receive againe him, or his aires to be his vassalles, as they were of before, quhen it sall happen ony of them to redeem the saids landes. 27. November 1567. George Halyburnton, contrare the Laird of Haltoun. Landes an­nalied to be halden of the annalier and his aires. And gif ony man annalies landes under reversion, to be halden of him and his aires, ane regresse is not necessar: For they being afterward redeemed, he quha first annalied them, recovers the property theirof, without ony new saising, and the same returnis to him, & is consolidat, with the superioritie quhilk he reserved to him and his aires, the time of the alienation. Landes anna­lied to be hal­den of the su­periour. But gif ane man annalies landes to ane u­ther, under reversion to be halden of the superiour, and the byar there­of obteine infestmente, and saising halden of him: The annalier there­by is denuded of the propertie, and alswa is na langer vassall to his for­mer superioure, and can na wayes recover his former estait, but be re­demption of the landes, conforme to the reversion granted be him quha boucht them. And alswa bee ane regresse, given to him be the superiour: In the quhilk caise it is necessare to him, quha firste anna­lied the landes, and there-after redeemed them to take newe sai­singe, To the effecte, the propertie quhilke was firste annalied, may returne to the seller. And that he may halde the samin landes in chiefe of his superiour, and his aires, as he did before the alienation. And it is generally to be observed, that quhaire ane regresse is required, ane new saising is necessare. In aulde times, the reversion was conteined in the chartour, as is manifest be divers chartours, ȝit extant in the register, given in the time of King David the second: conteinand the tenour of the reversion after the clause, Tenent. & habent. and uthers aulde char­tours in the forme after following. Ane forme of chartour contenand ane Reversion.

OMNIBUS hoc scriptum visuris vel audituris.

I. dominus de A.

Salutem in domino.

Noveritis me concessisse, impignorasse, & ad immobile vadium dimisisse, & hoc praesenti scripto meo confirmasse, nobili viro. V. de F. Om­nes terras meas de A. cum pertinentiis, in baronia de C. infra vicecomita­tum de B. proviginti Marcis usualis monetae Scoticae, mihi per praedictum V. tempore confectionis praesentium, ad opus meum valde necessarium, gra­tanter mutuatis, & in usus meos conversis. tenent. & habent. praefato V. haeredibus suis & assignatis à me haeredibus meis & assignatis in feodo & haereditate, cum omnibus commoditatibus, libertatibus, & asiamentis ac ju­stis pertinentiis quibuscun (que) adeo liberè, & quietè, plenariè, & honorificè, benè, & in pace: sicut ego vel praedicessores mei, praefatas terras cum pertinen­tiis, liberius aut quietius tenui, aut possedi, tenuerunt, aut possederunt, aliquo tempore praeterito. Et semper quous (que) ego praedictus I. haeredes mei, vel mei assignati viginti marcas praefatae monetae, praedicto V. haeredibus suis, vel suis assignatis, in uno die inter solis ortum & occasum ejusdem, apud Abirdene in Ecclesia parochiali ejusdem; super magnum altare, simul & semel, persolvero, vel persolverint sine fraude. Fructibus, firmis, vel quibuscun (que) aliis commodi­tatibus seu emolumentis medio tempore per praedictum V. haeredes suos vel as­signatos, perceptis vel percipiendis, levatis vel levandis, indicta summa vi­ginti marcarum, aut ejus solutione, nullatenus computandis. Quia dedi, con­tessi, & assignavi praefato V. haeredibus suis, & assignatis, omnes praefatas firmas, fructus, & alias commoditates quascunque, & emolumenta de dictis terris cum pertinentiis, provenient. toto tempore, quo praedictae viginti Mar­cae (ut praemittitur) non fuerint persolutae: ex mea libera donatione, & pura voluntate, pro suis consiliis, auxiliis, & gratitudinibus, multipliciter mihi factis & impensis. In quibus-quidem terris cum pertinent. praefato V. tradidi saisinam, & possessionem corporalem sibi, haeredibus suis, & assigna­tis, juxta tenorem praesentis scripti remansuram. Ego verò praedictus. I. hae­redes mei & assignati, totas terras praedictas de A. cum pertinent. praefato V. haeredibus suis & assignatis, juxta vim, tenorem & effectum, praesentis scripti; In omnibus & per omnia, contrae omnes mortales varran­tizabimus, acquietabimus, & defendemus. In cujus rei testimonium huic praesenti scripto meo, sigillum meum opposui, & propter majorem rei evi­dentiam, sigillam Andreae Giffard, tunc aldermanni de Abirdene, praesenti­bus apponi procuravi.

Apud Abirdene. 23. Augusti Anno Domini 1419. Testibus Laurentio de Abernethie, Domino de Rothemay, Domino Wilhel­mo de Lundoris vicario de Abirkerdour, cum multis aliis ad praemissa spe­cialiter vocatis.

But now the Chartour is given be the sellar of the lands, and the reversion be the buyar thereof, severally, sealed and subscrived be them, and the buyar keepis the chartour, and the annalier keeps the reversion. Quhilk forme appeares to have the beginning in the dayes of King Iames the third, quha in his actes of parliament. p. 5. 20. November, cap. 27. callis the buying and selling of landes, be chartour and saising, and taking again of reversions, ane new invention, and for the mair se­curitie, ordainis all reversions to be registrate, vid. Sterlingus. vid. Va­dium.

S

SCACCARIUM,

the Checker, in French Eschequier, the place quhair the Kingis rentes and patrimonie, alsweill propertie, as casualities, is in­brocht, compted and received, and the profites of all landes fallen in the Kingis handes be reason of warde. Lib. 2. cap. Si verò dominus. 46. Some callis it the soveraigne and supreame court, in the quhilk all causis & acti­ones are decided in the second instance, speciallie in the cuntrie of Nor­mandie: For it is written in the lawe of Normandie. Lib. 15. c. 1. in fine. That Philippus pulcher, did institute twa parliamentes in Paris, and twa Checkers in Roan. Paulus Aemilius writes, Scaccarium to be as it were, Sta­tarium, quód homines ibi in Jure sistantur, vel quód fit Stataria & perennis curia, cum caeterae curiae essent indictivae, nec loco, nec tempore statae. As writes Budaeus in Annotationibus in Pandectas. Be reason as said is the Checker was ane certaine stable courte, and nocht deambulatoure, or runnand fra time to time, or fra ane place to ane uther: As the Session of this Realme was before King James the Fifth. Qui instituit Statariam curiam, cum anteò esset indictiva: Be reason it did sit thrise in the ȝeire, quhair and quhen it pleased the King. Uthers thinkis that Scaccarium is so called, à similitudine ludi Scacchorum: that is, the playe of the Chesse: because mony persones conveenis in the Checker to pleye their causes, contrare uthers, as gif they were fechtand in ane arrayed battell, Scata. quhilk is the forme and ordour of the said playe. Jus Normand. Lib. 15. cap. 1. in fine. Uthers alleadgis, that it cummis fra ane aulde Saxon worde, Scata, as writis D. Thomas Smith: quhilk signifies treasure, taxation, or imposte, quhairof, and of uther casualities, compt, and reckoning is maid in the Checker. Quhilke compte (like as all uther comptes) is maide in sik sorte and forme, that tabulae accepti, that is, the charge, and tabulae expensi, that is the discharge, ar equall, and sic aequè, because the compter hes given furth na mair, nor he hes received: and alswa hes gi­ven als meikle furth as he hes received. Quhilk is called pariare rationes; and this compter is called Pariator, Pariare ra­tiones. Pariator. l. ult: §. idem quesiit de condict. indeb. l. penult. §. conductore de jure immunitat. Or els the charge and discharge are inequall, in sik maner, that the compter hes received mair nor he hes expended, and sa at the fute of the compt, he is found restand awand certain sums up-taken be him, and not given furth, quhilk is reliquare rationes, and this compter is called reliquator, Reliquare rationes. and is oblished reliqua in­ferre to pay the rest auchtand be him, l. creditor 102. §. Valerius de [Page] solutionibus. Or thirdly, tabulae expensi superant tabulas accepti, quhen the compter hes given furth nor he hes received, and swa is superexpend­ed, Superare ra­tiones. quhilk is called Prosdapanan, h. e. supererogare, vel superare rationes seu tabulas accepti. And the compter quha makis sik ane compt, is called Prosdapanetes, supererogator. Quhilk word is used in the Evangell of S. Luk. c. 10. 35. quhair the Samaritane haveand pittie and compassion u­pon the man, quha betwixt Ierusalem and Jericho was spuilȝied, and wounded be thieves and robbers, did commit him to be cured be the hoste of his ludging, and gave him twa pennies, and promised to recom­pense, quhatsumever he spended mair. vid. Ballivus.

SACREBORGH, or rather Sickerborgh,

securus plegius, ane sicker, sure, sufficient cautioner. quo. attach. in prin. Ia. 2. p. 14. c. 75. Is ane maner of borgh, or caution, quhilk ane findis to ane uther, and speciallie in actions, or pleyes; for quhen onie man hes action to an uther for thieft or slaugh­ter, quhairof he offers to accuse him judicially, it behuiffes the persewar, to knit and oblish him, in the hands of ane officiar, or before ane judge competent: and find sure caution, and sicker borgh, that he sall persew in forme of Law. Mod. ten. cur. c. 44. lib. 4. c. 1. Stat. Alex. c. 9. c. si quis con­questus. 10. In the civill law, the accuser in criminall causes cogitur inscribe­re nomen. l. 3. ff. de accusat. And conforme to the practick and law of this Realme, the persewer quhan he raisis the letters, findes caution, to report the samin againe, dewlie execute and indorsat. And also to persew at ane certaine daie, conforme to the tenour of the letters. And moreover quhen he accuses ane uther criminallie, before the justice and his deputes, he suld sweare the dittay to be trew, quhairupon he accusis the defender, bot the Kings advocat, accusand criminally, ony of the Kings lieges, is na waies oblished to swear in this case.

SAK.

lib. 1. c. 3. In sum auld buikes it is called placitum & emenda de transgressione hominum in curia nostra. In the Britton lawes of King Ed­ward it is written Sacha,

Sacha.

est si quilibet aeliquem nominatim de aliquo calum­niatus fuerit, & ille nagaverit, forisfactura probationis vel negationis (si evenerit) sua erit.

Garba.

Quhilk may be called the unlaw or amerciament paied be him quha denies that thing, quhilk is proven against him to be trew, or affirmis that thing quhairof the contrar is of veritie.

SAISINA,

ane French word saising or possession, vid. Dissasina.

SCHAFFA sagittarum,

ane schiefe of arrowes, conteining twentie foure. Utherwais called garba. Ane scheife of Irone, containes sexteene gades, ane scheife of steile conteines fourteene gades. leg. navium, or schip lawes. c. 2.

SCHIREFF,

ane principall ruler, or judge of ane certaine part of the Realme. In latine praeses provinciae. Aluredus in the confederation maid with Guntherus king of Denmark, divided England in Satrapias, centurias, & decurias, and called Satrapiam ane schire, That is ane cutting or secti­on, Schira. as is written in the auld Britton lawes verb. centurìa: like as we say as ȝit, scheire cornes, or scheire grasse, or an pair of scheirs, quhairwith claith is cutted. And swa ane schire, or schiref-dome, is an part of land, cutted and separate be certaine meithes and marches from the rest, within the quhilk the schireffe, as judge, dois justice, and pronuncis decreites and doomes, to all the inhabitantes theirof. Quhilk is called comitatus, provincia, vel vice­comitatus. lib. 3. c. tali autem. 18. lib. 4. c. si quis 28. c. si quis in manibus. 42, schireffs in this realme hes their offices given to them be the King in heri­tage, contrair to the act of Parliament. Jam. 2. par. 11. Cap. 44. Quhilk is the cause of great enormities and wranges, be reason the Schireffes being in­fest heretablie, thinkis themselves sure of their office, and regairdis nocht the execution theirof. And to the effect that gude men may make con­science of their calling, (quhairof they sall make compt and reckoning to God, of all evill committed, and of all gude omitted) And that uthers may be instructed of their dewtie, and ather mooved to doe the samin, or els be punished for neglecting theirof: I have collected and gathered furth of the lawes of this Realme, ane schort rehearsall, and summe, of all thinges perteining to the office of ane Schireffe: And first of persones, sik as Schireffes, deputes, Clerks, and serjands. Secondlie, of Schireffe courtes. Thirdlie, of his office, and jurisdiction, quhilk generallie consists, in obser­vation and execution of all the Kinges lawes. And particularlie, in par­ticular actiones and pleyes, perteining to his jurisdiction and court. Quhair­of sum ar civill, uthers are criminall, and last of the paines and punishment of malitious, or negligent Schireffes.

Deputes and Clarkes.First, Schireffs suld be in all and sindrie partes throwout the haill realme, and speciallie in the North partes, and West partes of the samin, sik as the North Iles, and South Iles, for the acquieting of the peopill be justice: and in Rosse and Caithnes. Ia. 4. par. 6. Cap. 59. Cap. 61. And to the effect they may the better exerce their office, and do justice to every person, as effeiris, they suld be gud, sufficient, and qualified men, as is statute be King David 2, 6. Novemb. 1357. In ilk schireffdome they suld do justice to the Kinges lieges, hauld courtes in lauchfull time, and continew the samin accor­ding to law, swa as that Actiones and proces, begun and intented before them, sall na waies be delayed throw their negligence, fraud, or malice. Stat. Rob. 3. ex libro Sconensi, and suld doe justice and full law, alsweill to puire as to rich, under all paine and charge that may follow. Ia. 1. p. 2. c. 45. and brieflie all Schireffes and uther ordinar Iudges, their deputes and Clerkes, suld knaw and understand the lawes of this Realme, and acts of Parliament, quhairof the execution is committed to their charge, quhilk they suld cause be execute without delay. Ia. 6. p. 12. c. 124. and suld not onelie be qualified in judgement and knawledge, to minister justice, bot also suld have sufficientlie of their awin, in lands, gudes and gear, quhairin they may be punished, being found culpable in execution of their office. Ia. 1. p. 1. c. 6.

The Schi­reffes fee.The schireff suld have for his fee of the escheittes, ten pundes. Leg. Mal. Mak. c. 1. Quhilk fee suld be payed to him of the extractes and escheittes of his awin courte, and na utherwise: but na fee suld be allowed to him untill first he make compt to the Checker of his intromission. Ass. reg. Da. ex libro Sconensi. And under pretence of his fee, he sulde take nathing, nor use onie extorsion upon them, quha cummis to faires, parliament, or generall councelles. Iam. 3. par. 5. c. 33. Nor sulde take na distresse of gudes and geare of little price and quantitie, cummand to the faires or mercattes. Alwayes he sulde have the best Oxe, or Cowe, or unrid­den horse, quhilkis are stalled, or brought to be saulde. Iames 2. parlia. 13. cap. 60.

All Schireffs sall have gud and sufficient deputes, or baillies, Schireff de­putes and their quali­tie. for quhom they sall answere. And gif ony persone be infeste with sik office in aulde time, and is un-able, or un-apt to use and exerce the samin in his awin proper persone: he sall present to the King, ane sufficient depute, to ex­erce the said office in his place, for quhom he salbe answerable, as is sta­tute be King Da. 2. 6. Novemb. 1357. quhilk is confirmed be Iam. 1. p. 1. c. 6. And generallie it is trew, that ilk Scheriff, and uther ordinar judge, salbe halden to answer for their deputes, as themselves. Iam. 3. p. 5. c. 26. And therefore all Schireffes, and judges, for their awin better securitie, sulde make their deputes ane or maa, gude and wise substantious men, of best fame, knawledge, understanding, and experience, and least suspect within the Schiref-dome, and suld cause them be sworne the time of their ad­mission, that they sall leilly and truely use their office: and gif they con­tinue them fra an ȝeir to ane uther: they sall cause them be ȝeirly sworn, for administration of justice, at the head court after Michaelmes. I. 5. p. 6. c. 73.

Schireff-Clerkes suld be honest famous men, quha be themselves and their sufficient deputes, salbe alwaies resident, within the head burgh of the schire, for registration of letters of horning, and better execution of their office. I. 6. p. 6. c. 75. Be the auld law of this realm, the Schireff Clerk was in-put, and out-put be the King: and had na league nor bande with the Schireff, but was bound and oblished to the King allanerlie, and was susteined in his hienes house, as occasion and time required, Schireffes Clerkes. and did all things concerning his office, with the counsell and advice of the King. Ass. reg. Da. in libr. Sconensi.

The Schireff Clerk receivis for his fee of ilk amerciament or unlaw, twa shillings. leg. Mal. Mak. c. 1. gif he sall happen to be found culpable in execu­tion of his office, and specially anent the registration of letters of horning: he suld be punisched of all his gudes moveable, to be applied to the Kings use, and the Schireff sall pay for the fault of his Clerk, ane hundreth poundes to the King, and all damnage and interesse of the partie grieved. Jam. 6. p. 11. c. 71.

Schireffes suld send their deputes and Clerkes, ane or maa ȝeirlie, Deputes and Clerkes. at the first day of November, to the Lordes of the Session, to be examined and admitted be them; under sik paines, as the Lordes sall please to modifie, in-case of failȝie, to be imployed to our Soveraine Lordes use. Ja. 6. p. 11. c. 80. Ja. 6, p. 12. c. 124.

The Schireffs serjand, or officiar, suld have ane horne, Serjand. and ane reide wand of three quarters of ane yairde lang at the least, and gif hee have nocht the samin, he suld be challenged therefore, be the Schireffe in head courtes, Ja. 1. p. 6. c. 99. Quhairof the ane and the uther is necessar to him in the execution of his office, for with the sound or blast of the horne, he denuncis the disobedient rebelles: And also persewis malefa­ctoures, quha are fugitive fra the Law, and raises the inhabitantes of the cuntrie, to concur and assist in taking and apprehending of them. And with the wand, he relaxes them quha returnis to the Kingis obedience fra the horne, and receivis them to the Kingis peace, As I have said already in an uther place. Likewaies all schireffs, stewarts, and baillies sall cause the maires, serjands and officiars, have ane signet conteinand the 1. letter of their name, quhairwith all letters, and precepts extant be them, and in­dorsations thereof, salbe marked and stamped. Ja. 5. p. 6. c. 74. The Schi­refs serjand suld have for his fee of ilk amerciament or unlaw of court, an colpindach, or threttie pennies. leg. Malc. Mack. c. 1. Schireffs courte.

It is lesum and necessar to the Schireff and his deputes, to halde schi­reffe courtes, for execution of his office. Quhilks courts ilk Schireffe be the auld law of this realme, is oblished to halde after the space of ilk four­tie daies. lib. 4. cap. Statutum. 19. ass. reg. Da. c. ad summonitiones. 19. And now all Schireffes, Stewartes, and Baillies suld hald three head courtes in the ȝeire, be themselves in proper persone. Except they have just and lauchfull excuses of seiknes, or of the Kingis service. And all barrones and free halders, quha aw suit and presence in the saides courtes, sall com­peire personallie. And the absentes suld be amerciat, and all they quha aw bot suit allanerlie, sall send their suittoures, honest and qualified men, Sute and presence. able to decide onie actioun or cause. And all they quha cummis to the Courte, sall remaine untill the samin be ended. And sall passe upon in­questes and assises, and assist the Schireffe doing their office, and service, conforme to their infestmentes. Ja. 5. p. 6. c. 71. The Schireffe in his courte sall keipe and observe sik forme and ordour of proces, as is used before the Lordes of Councell, and Session. And he suld set his Court peremp­tourlie upon fifteen dayes, and all precepts direct be him to summond & warne the parties, suld be execute upon fifteene dayes. Iam. 1. par. 9. cap. 130. Iam. 5. par. 6. cap. 72. And gif the indwellers within the Schi­reff-dom and royaltie thereof, compeiris nocht in sufficient number, or sendis nocht their attournayes, to passe upon serving of in-queists or re­toures, swa that thereby the Schireff-court is weake, and nocht weill stuffed. The Schireffe may warn the gentlemen of the regalitie, to com­peire and enforce his Court, but prejudice of their regalitie. Iam. 1. par. 9. cap. 130. Item, all Barrones, Knightes, free-halders, and stewardes of Bi­schoppes, of Abbotes, and of Earles, suld be present at the Schireff-court, under the paine of the Kingis un-lawe. Lib. 4. c. statutum 19. Ass. reg. Da. c. ad summonitiones 19. All the saidis persones and uthers, quha comes to the courte, sulde come in sober and quiet maner, with als monie per­sones, as they daylye susteine in house-halde and familie: and beand come to their ludgeing, they sulde weare na weapones, but their knife, [Page] and gif ony of them dreadis bodily harme of ane uther: the schireffe suld grant him law-burrowes. Ia, 2. p. 14. c. 83, and it is leasum to the schiref to charge all persones to cum to his court in sober maner, and gif they re­fuse to skaill their gadderinges, and convocation, he may stay or conti­nue the court: and the persones disobedient, sal be punished be warding of their persones be the space of ane ȝeire: and be payment of the expen­sis and damnage susteined be the partie, throw delaie of justice. Ia. 3. p. 14: c. 104, And albeit all friehalders and uthers persones suld cum to court in quiet maner,, as said is. Nevertheles it is leasum to the schireffe, stewart bailly, and uthers the kinges officiars, to ride with greater number, for ex­ecution of justice, The unlaw of courte. and furth setting of the Kingis authoritie. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 27. The unlaw of the Schireffe in his court, suld not exceede the summe of 16, schillinges, and to his clerk 2. schillinges, and to his serjand an colpin­dach, or 30. pennies, leg. Malc. Mack. c. 2.

Jurisdiction. The Schireff hes na juris­diction out­with his awin territorie.The jurisdiction of the Schireffe consistis and standis generallie in di­verse and sindrie pointes. Bot first of all it is to wit, that the schireffe his depute, and serjand, hes na jurisdiction or power outwith the boundes of his awin schireffdome, to sumund or attache ony person, or to poynd or take ane destres of onie mans gudes and geare: for they suld make faith that they sall faithfullie serve the King, within their awin Schireffedom, and sal nocht trouble or molest onie person within the samin, against law and reason. Ass. reg. Da. c. nullus. 13. quo attach. c. nullus. 57. Swa it is manifest, that the Schireff hes onlie jurisdiction, within his awin Schireffe­dome. The Schireff suld cause the lawes be pro­claimed and observed. Within the quhilk, he and his deputes suld cause the lawes & acts of Parliament to be published, red, and proclaimed in his courtes, and to be keiped and observed be all our Soveraine Lordes lieges, alsweil in the courtes of all Prelates, Erles, Barrones, and uthers haveand power to hald court, as in his awin schireffe court, and suld give to them the copie of the lawes, that na man pretend justlie ignorance thereof. Stat. 2. Rob. c. Rober­tus 28. And siklike in all burrowes of this realm, the schireff sall cause 12. leil and honest men of the burgh, sweare and make faith, that they sall cause the Kingis lawes be keiped and observed. Stat. Alex. c. Item in omni. 25. & to the effect the samin may be the better done be him, the acts of Parlia­ment being registrat, suld be delivered be the Clerk of the Register to him: quhilk he sall cause be proclaimed oppenlie, in chiefe place of the schireffdome, and suld give copies of them to prelates, barrones, & bur­rows within his schireffdome upon the expenses of the asker, & suld cause all indwellers within his schireffdome baith to land and to burgh, to keipe and observe the said lawes and statutes, under the paine of deprivation of his office Ia, 1. p. 3. c. 67. Ia. 2. pr 14. c. 90. The Schireff suld be pre­sent in all courtes. And likewaies to the effect the schireff suld see justice lauchfullie done and ministred: he suld be present in al courts of Bishoppes, Abbots, Earls, Barrones, and friehalders to quhō it is not leasum to hald their courtes, except the schireff or his deputes be present, or summoned to that effect, li. 4. c. die lunae. 14. Stat. Alex. assisa. 10. Ass. reg. Da, c. 1. And siklike na barrone may hald court of battell, wa­ter, or jron, except the schiref or his deputes be present to see justice done. Stat. Alex. c. praeterea. 28. vid. duellum. vid, mahamium, And mairover the schireff and all uther judges within the schireffedome, The Schireff suld repair to the King. suld repaire and cum to the King, the first night he cummis within the schireffdome, to answer to all complaintes maid against him, anent the nocht keiping and obser­vation of the lawes: and sal nocht departe, nor passe away without licence asked and obteined, under the paine and unlaw of aucht kye, Ass. reg. Da. c. statutum. 20, quo attach. c. Statutum. 80. And also sall nocht passe awaie fra the King, except he have with him the Actes of Parliament, and his in­structiones given to him in writ Ass. reg. Da. ex libro Sconensi. He suld not execute or o­bey unlauch­full com­mandes. Last concer­ning the execution and observation of the lawes, the schireffe, nor na u­ther officiar of the law, sall onie waies obey, or execute onie command direct to them be the King, under the great seale, privie seale, or signet, repugnant or contrarious to law or reasson. Bot gif onie sik precept be presented to them, they sall receive the samin reverentlie, write upon the back thereof, and remit the samin againe. Rob. 2. 1372. And of his reigne, the first ȝeire,

The schireffe suld nocht onlie make the publication of the laws, and cause the samin to be keeped and observed: Bot also suld concur and assist with uthers to do the samin, sik as the justice generale, chalmerlane, & au­ditours of our Soveraine Lordes Checker.

The Schireffe at command of the justice generall, suld summound cer­taine persones to burgh and to land, to give up dittay, to the justice Clearkes, The Schireffs office in the justice aire. and suld be present in proper person at the justice aire with the verification of the saides summonds. He suld susteine and pay the ex­penses of the justice clearkes, in the time of the taking up of the dittay. Quhilk suld be allowed to him in his comptes, he suld (conforme to the justice precept direct to him) summond all Bishops, Abbotes, Erles, Bar­rones, Freehalders, and al uthers quha aucht presence in the justice aire, & are immediate vassals to the K. to compeir in the justice court, to fortifie and assist the justice. Likewaies he suld summound all persones indyted of new, and of aulde, al pledges oblished for the entrie of onie man in the air, all persones quha will persew, or defende, in the said court, to com­peir, doe, and fulfill that quhilk accordis of the Lawe. Hee sulde be presente in the courte, with sufficient testimonie of the execution of of the said summondes. And sulde make provisione for the justice and his Clerkes, quhilk sulde be allowed to him in his first compt in the Checker. He suld take up sik summes of money and gif neede beis poynd therefore as the justice modifies to be payed be them quha are a­merciat, or cummis in will. vid. Iter,

Mairover gif there be onie persones, quhom the Crowner may nocht, nor dare nocht arreist: He sall deliver their names to the schireffe, quha salbe becum borgh and cautioner to enter and present them in the justice aire. Or sall passe, or send sufficient number of men, to forti­fie the Crowner, making the arriestmente, and bringing the persoun arriested to the Schireffe to be keeped be him. Quhilk gif the Schireffe failȝies to doe, he sal pay ten pound to the King. Iames. 3. par. 14. Cap. 99. Because the schireffe suld keip the persones arristed be the Crowner, & enter them to the iustice aire, gif there be na Castell perteining to the King within the schireffdome, quhairin they may be keeped Iames. 5. p. 3. Cap. 5.

Mairover, the schireffe or his deputes suld passe, or send with the Crowner, and visie the gudes, perteining to all persones convict in the justice aire, and deliver to the Crowner sa meikle thereof, as he suld have be the law, and inbring the remnant to the Thesaurar. Iames. 3. par. 14. Cap. [...]02. And the last day of the aire, the schireff suld thoill ane assise anent the using and execution of his office. Iames. 3. par. 14, Cap. 102. Finallie the schireffe or his deputes be their Clerke, suld inbring to the thesaurar, all extractes of the justice aire, and summes of money contei­ned thereintill: quhilk gif hee failȝies to do, na allowance salbe granted to him in the Checker of his comptes, albeit hee have the Kingis letter in the contrare, granted to him in [...] favours. Ass. reg. Da. ex libro Sconensi.

Quhen the chalmerlaine is to hald his aire, within [...] burgh, the schireffe be vertew of the Chalmerlaines precept direct to him; [...] [...]ch and arreist without delaie, under sure pledges and cautioners, Chalmer­laine aire. al [...] quhais names the Provest and Baillies of the burgh sall give to him in writ; To compeire before the chalmerlaine, or his deputes, day, place & time of the air, to answer to sik things as sall be laid to their charge. At the quhilk court, and aire, the schireff and his deputes suld be present, bring­and with them the said precept and verification, or testimonie of the ex­ecution thereof. Iter. camer. c. 2.

All schireffs suld be examined ȝeirelie in ilk checker, how they have kieped the acts of Parliament, and how they have punished the transgres­soures thereof. For in the Checker, the schiref, Checker. or ane sufficient depute for him, haveand sufficient power, suld compeire and sweare thereanent, in animam eius: Under the paine of ten pound, and tinsall of his office at the Kingis will. Ass. reg. Da. ex libro Sconensi. In the quhilk Checker, the schireffe suld make compt, and full paymente, ae (que) with the Rolles, sa far as he hes intrometted, or micht intromet with the Kingis propertie or casualities, sik as escheits and wardes, under the paine of warding of his persone. Iames. 5. par. 7. Cap. 96. Iames. 6. par. 11, Cap. 74. And suld bring with him, his court buikes, with the compt of escheits, and un­lawes, intrometted with be him, togidder with the registers of hornings registrate be him in his buikes, and of all saisinges. Iames. 6. par. 12. Cap. 124. And suld find cautioners, burges men within Edinburgh, acted in the buikes of Councell, that he sall ȝeirlie make compt in the Chec­quer, and payment of all thinges intrometted with be him. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 80. Iames. 6 par. 14. Cap. 230. And gif he be found restand at the fute of his compt onie summes of silver, to the King or his Thesaurar: it is lea­sum to the Thesaurar, as he pleasis, to poynd the Schireffe and his deputes, or the partie to quhome saising is given, for the saides summes, conforme to the buike of responde. Ia 6. p. 11. c. 73.

The jurisdiction and office of the schireff, The Schireffs jurisdiction in civil ma­ters. consists alswa in particu­lar civill actions and pleyes, and decision theirof in his Courte, and like­waies in execution of decreitis given be civill judges, sik as the Lords of Councell, and session. The schireff and his deputes is judge competente to their pleyes and actiones after following. That is, the pley or mute of barrones betuixt baron and barron. The mute of ane reasonable Terce perteining to wemen as lauchfull wives, be reason of the decease of their husbandes, complaintes tuiching the breaking of appoyntments, aggre ances, and end of pleyes made in court, and not keiped. lib. 1. c. 4. c. con­tingit. 31. lib. 2. c, dos. 19. Mutes and pleyes of natives, that is of bondes, & servandes fugitive fra their awin maisters: making of Homage: Recea­ving of relives: alswa actiones and pleyes of debt auchtand be an to ane uther, may be followed before the schireff, with uther actiones of wrang & unlaw. lib. 1. c. 4, lib. 2. c. consequenter. 13. The brieve of richt, & free tenements, suld be determined before the schireff, in the second instance, quhair as complaint is maid, that the court of barrones hes done wrang thereanent, be reason wranges done in the barron court, war remeded in the schiref court, be the auld law of this Realme. lib. 1. c. placita. 6. lib. 3. c. solent. 17, c. ad vicecomites. 17. Bot be the law and practick now used & observed, the Lordes of Councell and session are onelie judges competent baith in the first instance, and second, to all actiones and matters tuiching fee and heritage. Siklike all pleyes tuiching Meithes and Marches of lands, betuixt nightbour and nightbour, suld be decided and declared be ane as­sise before the schireff, lib. 2. c. vlt. Molestations and cognitions Conform to the quhilk all actiones of molestation, in trowblance of the possession of propertie, and commontie suld be decided be the schiref of the schire, or uther ordinar judg, quhair the landes lyes, be the determination of an assise, of the best and wor­thiest of the cuntrie, least suspect, and that best knawis the veritie. Ia. 6. p 11 c. 42. The schireff is judge competent to the remooving of tennents fra lands, conforme to the warning maid against them to that effect, Removing. Mar. p. 6. c. 39. The schireff is judge to the brieve of inquest, quhair be ane de­siris to be served, and retoured narrest and lauchfull aire to his predicessour. lib. 3. c. Generalia. 25. quo. attach. c. De brevibus. 31. Ia. 1. p. 9. c. 127. Brieve of in­queist. Quhilk brieve suld be served in plaine court, be the maist worthie of the schireff­dome, summound and called upon the premonition of 15. dayes. Stat. Rob. 3. c. 1. Vid. breve de morte antecessoris. And na commission for serving of the said brieve, or uthers suld be granted to onie person, Commissions. in prejudice of the schireff, Stewart, or baillie, untill he be first warned to hear and see the samin given, or else to alleadge ane reasonable cause, quhy the samin suld nocht be granted. Iames. 5. par. 6. Cap. 82. And incase ony sik brieve sal happen to be served and retoured before onie judge, commis­sionar; the precept of saising suld be direct furth of the Chancellarie, to the Schireffe, as is before said, verbo. breve de morte antecessoris. For ge­nerallie all preceptes of saising furth of the Chancellarie upon retoures [Page] suld be direct to the Schireffe, Saisinges upon precepts of the Chancellarie. and uther judges ordinar, with the clause, Capiendo securitatem. Iam. 6. p. 12. c. 124. And all saisings passing upon sik precepts suld be given be them, their deputes and Clerkes. Mar. p. 6. c. 34. Quhairof they suld write the day and ȝeir of the giving of ilk saising; and bring the samin, togidder with all uther saisinges, given be private Noatars ȝeirly, to the checker. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 89. Ma. p. 6. c. 47. I. 6. p. 11. c. 65.

Ejectiones and spuilȝie.Sik-like actiones of ejection and spuilȝe, perteinis to the Schireffe, and his jurisdiction. And therefore, gif ony man is wrangouslie ejected furth of his land, or violentlie spuilȝied of his guds and geare: The Schi­reffe suld take cognition there-anent. And the ejection or spuiliȝie beand proven, sall cause him quha is ejected or spuilȝied, to bee restored to his awin landes, gudes and geare, with the profites thereof, and damnage and skaith susteined be the partie. Ass. Reg. Da. c. stat. 31 Speciallie gif the per­sones quha ar ejected and spuilȝied be religious men, clerks, widdowes, aged persones, or sik uthers quha be the law, ar excused fra singular bat­tell. Ass. Reg. Da. c. Stat. Alex. c. 5. stat. Ro. Br. 3. c. 6.

[...]

Ejectiones.And in ejecti [...] [...]en ony man is ejected furth of his landes, fee, or hereta [...] [...] Schireffe at command of the Lordes of Session, sall f [...] [...] gar restore the ground, without prejudice of ony partie, and [...]ognosce the landes in the Kings handes, untill they be lowsed be the King. And in the mean time, inquisition is taken be the Schireffe, quha was lauchfull possessour of the landes: And the samin beand retoured to the King, the landes ar letten to borghe to the said person. I. 2. p. 14. c. 62 And generallie, the Schireffe suld arreist, and put in the Kingis ward, all maisterfull and wrangeous occupiers or uther mennis landes, and sall cause the ground to be maid voyde of them and their gudes Ia. 2. p. 14. c. 78.

Spuilȝie.Concerning spuilȝie, the Schireffe suld compell spuilȝiers, and their receipters (the spuilȝie being proven) to restore their gudes spuilȝied, and charge them to answer therefore, as law will. And in-case they dis­obey, he suld denunce them rebelles, and put them to the Kingis horne. Quhairin, gif he be negligent or partiall, he salbe punished as the prin­cipall spuilȝier. Iam. 2. parlia. 5. cap. 10. The like restitution suld be maid be the Lordes of regalities, quhilk gif they doe not; the Schireffe suld cause the samin be done within the regalitie. Jam. 2. p. 5. c. 11. Last of all, actiones of recent spuilȝie, may be persewed before the Lordes, or the Schireffe, within xv. daies nixt after the committing of the spuilȝie. Iam. 4. p. 6. c. 65.

Execution of decreetes.Execution not onely of decreetes of ejection and spuilȝie, as said is, bot also of all uther decreetes perteinis to the Schireffe, be reason of his office and jurisdiction. For ane decreet beand given against ony man; let­ters are direct to the Schireff of the Schire, steward, or Baillies to burgh, or to land, chargeing them to put the said decreete to execution: quhilk suld be done be ilk ane of them, within their awin jurisdiction, and suld receive for their office and fee xij. d. for ilk li. recovered or conteined in the decreet, to be taken of him, against quhom the decreit is given. And gif the Schireffe or uther officiar failȝies to do the same, he sal tine his office for iij. ȝeirs, gif it be heretable: and perpetually, gif he hes it in life-rent, or for ane certaine time; & sal pay the principal sume recovered, to the partie, with the coasts and expenses sustained be him. I. 4, p. 3. c. 30. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 67. Likewaies, all sentences and decreetes given be the Lords of the session suld be execute be the Schireffe of the Schire, or his deputes, quhair the party dwellis, against quhom the decreete is given, Or els be Herauldes, purse­vantes, or Maisers: And for execution thereof, nane sall take mair nor is prescribed be the act of Parliament foresaid; except be liberalitie of the partie, under the paine of deprivation of their office. Ia. 5. p. 5. c. 58.

For the better and mair reddie execution of decreetes: It is leasum to the schireff, Foynding. to poynd the gudes and geare perteining to the debtour, be the brieve of distres: quhilk brieve perteinis to the Schireffs jurisdiction. lib. 1. c. Placitum. 7. Quha suld cause execute the forme of poynding, & taking of distres. Quoniam attach. c. de brevibus, 31. Bot the Schireff or uther judge may not poynd ony man, or take ane distres, bot within his awin jurisdi­ction allanerly; And gif he dois in the contrair, it is plaine riefe or spuil­ȝie. stat. Rob. 3. c. Item stat. 13. And it is not leasum to the Schireffe, or ony uther judge, within his awin jurisdiction, to poynd oxen, horse, or uther guds perteining to the pleuch, or that labouris the ground, the time of the labouring thereof; gif there be uther streinȝieable gudes, quhilk may be poynded. And gif ony man wil take ane poynd within the Schireffdom, he sall cum to the Schireffe or his deputes, and desire him to concurr and assist with him thereintill. And thereafter the Schireffe, or his de­putes, sall passe with him to the house of the debtour, fra quhome the poynd suld be taken. And gif the debtour confessis the debt, and prievis payment thereof to bee maid be him, or be uthers in his name: Na poynd suld be taken. And gif ony is taken, the samin suld be delivered againe; utherwaies, gif he grantis the debt, and proovis it not payed: The Schireff suld take the poynd, and cause the creditor be payed. And gif the debtor denyis the debt, the poynd sall not be taken fra him, except it be manifest, that the debt is auchtand to the creditor; because na distres or poynd suld be taken bot for debt confessed or proven. li. 4. c. Si quis names. 30. And gif the debtor hes na moveable gudes, or hes not sameikle within the Schire, as is equivalent to the debt recovered against him. And gif it happenis that he have some moveable gudes within ane uther Schireff­dome; The Schireff of the uther Schire, within the quhilk the saids mo­vable guds lyis, sall cause the same to be poynded & comprised, & the cre­ditor to be payed. And failȝieng of moveable guds, the schireff sal cause the lands & immoveable guds perteining to the debtour, to be comprised conforme to the act of Parliament, and cause the samin to he sauld and annalied, to the availe of the debt, and the creditour. Ia. 2. p. 5. c. 36.

Diverse and sindrie criminal actiones perteinis and belangis to the Schireffe, and his jurisdiction, quhairofsome ar capitall; Criminal causes per­teining to the Schireff. uthers ar pecu­niall, as after followis. And first generallie the Schireffe may follow and persew al trespassoures, in the Kings name, and cause his Maires and ser­jandes arriest them; albeit na partie persewer compeir, or assist. Ia. 1. p. 13. c. 139. Like as the Thesaurar, and advocat, may persew slauchter, and uther crimes, albeit the parties keipe silence, or uther-waies privatlie a­gree. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 76. And swa quhen ony complaint is maid, be ony per­son to the justice Generall, or to the Schireffe, or to ony uther officiar of law within burgh, or without the samin. The Schireffe, or uther judge, sall summond baith the parties. And gif the deede be done be Chaud­melle, the partie sall persew, as effeiris of the law. Bot gif it be done be fore-thoucht-fellonie, the committer thereof, salbe accused of the brea­king of the Kings peace: He sall satisfie the partie, and be imprisoned in the kingis prison. Because his life and gudes ar in the Kingis will. I. 1. p. 3. c, 51. And gif ony trespassor be fugitive for ony crime, the schireff suld persew and follow him: And ilk Gentle-man, not followand the schowte, or out-horne, sal pay xl. s. And ilk ȝeaman xx. s. to the king. I. 1. p. 6. c. 9. 8.

The Schireffe, Crowner, or Provest within Burgh, suld cause burie him quha is murthered. Leg. Mal. Mak. c. 1. Murther. Witchcraft.

The Scheriffe suld punish Witches, Sorcerers, Necromancers, and them quha seekis helpe, response, or consultation of them, unto the death, alsweill the abuser, as the seeker of the response, or consultation. Mar. p. 8. c. 78.

The Schireffe, and uther ordinar judges, suld search, take, and appre­hend, all them quha not being lauchfullie admitted, Messe. dois minister the Sacramentes, sayis Messe, or hearis the samin, to be brocht to the King to be punished conforme to the Law. Ia. 6. p. 1. c. 5.

The Schireffe suld take strait inquisition, of them quha strikis false, False cuinȝie or forbidden cuinȝie, and suld cause them to be broucht to the King, to be punished to the death. Ia. 3. p. 3. c. 18.

The Schireff beand certified of slauchter, Slauchter. committed within his Schi­reffedome, and royaltie thereof, he sall incontinent raise and follow the slayer, with sound of horne, and convocation of the Kingis lieges. And gif he beis apprehended with reid hand, justice sall be done within that Sunne. And gif he be taken and apprehended without reid hand, Hee salbe put in prison, and law salbe done upon him, within 40. daies. And gif he escaipis, or flyes furth of the Schireffedome, the Schireffe sall certifie the nixt Schireffe thereof; quha sall persew and follow the slayer in ma­ner foresaid. And consequentlie, ilk Schireffe sall certifie uther, until the trespassour be put furth of the Realme, or els brocht to justice: The like certification suld be maid be the Schireffe, to the Lord of regalitie, quha suld persew the malefactoures, as the Schireffe suld do. Iam. 1. p. 6. ca. 89. Iam. 3. par. 5. c. 35. Iam. 4. par. 3. c. 28. Quhen the committer of slauchter, cummis to the Girth: The Schireffe suld advertise the Maister of the Girthe, and cause the slayer bee put to the knawledge of ane Assise, quhidder the slauchter committed be him, was done upon suddaintie, or be fore-thoucht-fellonie. And gif it be found suddaintie, he salbe re­stored to the libertie of the Girth, and Sanctuarie. And gif it be founde fore-thoucht-fellonie, he salbe punished to the death. Ia. 3. p. 5. c. 35. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 22.

The Schireffe suld not only punish commiters of slauchter, as said is; Law-bor­rowes. bot also suld after his power, stay, and stop the committing thereof: And therefore, quhen ony man her doubt of his life, either be ony deede, menacing, or violent presumption; and verifies the samin be his aith, or u­ther probation, And for that cause, askis law-sovertie to be given to him be the Schireffe, that he salbe harmeles and skaithles of him, of quhom he dreadis the bodielie harme. The schireffe suld grant his petition; & gif he refusis the same, he sal pay 40. pound to the King, & assyith the partie. I. 1. p. 9. c. 129. Ia. 2. p. 6. c. 13. Ia. 2. p. 14. c. 83. And gif the law-borrowes happenis to be broken, the paine thereof, suld be payed to the Schireffe, for the quhilk he salbe comptable in the Checker. Ia. 3. p. 1. c. 5.

It is leasum to the Schireffe and his deputes, Thieft. to persew ony persone for theift; Albeit na partie concur and informe him there-anent. Quoniam attach. c. vbi aliquis. 25. As likewaies, he is judge competent to thieft and slauchter, quhen ony person compeiris and insistis with him, in the per­sute. Bot gif the saids crimes be followed be way of dittay: the justice ge­nerall is judge thereto. lib. 1. c. 2. And quhen ony thief is condemned before the Schireffe, and execute for thieft: Al the moveable guds, quhilk per­teine to him, suld justlie perteine to the Schireffe. lib. 2. c. Forisfactum. 55. de Iudic. c. Praeterea. 148. Bot gif ony man findis in ony town, his awin silver stollen fra him; It is not leasum to him to intromet-there-with: Bot he suld put and leave the samin, in the keiping and custodie of honest men of the towne, and sall declare the samin to the Schireffe, quha sall com­pell the Provest or ruler of the town, and three men with him, to mak faith, that he knawis na-thing of that thieft; And thereafter the complei­ner proovand the silver to be his awin, suld receive the samin to be used be him, as his awin proper geare. Lib. 4. c. Si quis. 21. stat. Alex. c. Assisa. 20 All thieves suld be punished to the death. And it is not leasum to the Schi­reffe, to sell ony thiefe, or to fine with him for thieft done, or to be done, under the paine of life and gudes. Ia. 1. p. 13. c. 135.

All Sorners, taken and apprehended, suld be delivered to the Schireff, Sorners. that justice micht be done upon them, as thieves and rievers Ia: 2. p. 11. cap. 45. Ia. 3. p. 10. ca. 77. The Schireffe suld arriest and challenge, all sor­ners, quha lyis and sojournis upon the Kings lieges, and compel them to assyith the King, and the partie compleinande. And gif na partie compleinis, he sall inquire at the head courte, anent sik trespassoures. And as he ony findis, suld punish them. I. 1. p. 1. c. 7. And mairover, the Schireffe and all uther officiares, alsweill to Burgh, as to land, sall punish sorners, over-lyars, maisterfull Beggars, fuilles, bairdes, vagaboundes, put them in warde, and banish them the Cuntrie. Jam. 2. Parli. 6. Cap. 22. [Page] And all oppressoures, strang vagaboundes, beggars wandring athort the realme, upon pretence that they are Schipbroken, or banished for slauch­ter, or uther odious crimes; And dissimulat thieves, and abusers, cal­ed Aegyptians. Ia. 6. p. 12. c. 124.

Sick-like the Schireffe suld arreist all idle-men, and put them in sure firmance, Idle-men untill it be knawin, quhairon they live, and take caution of them: that the inhabitantes of the cuntrie, sal be harmelesse and skaith­lesse of them: And that they sall get maisters, or past to craftes within fourtie daies; quhairin gif they failȝie; the Schireffe suld inprison them, untill they be punished at the Kingis will. Ia. 1. p. 3. c. 66. Mair-over, the Schireffe suld compell idle-men, to passe and labour for wages within Schippes, maid and prepared for fishing, of great and small fish, under the paine of banishment furth of the Schireffedome; quhairin gif the Schireffe failȝies, he sall pay twentie pound to the King, in the Checker ȝeirlie. Ia. 4. p. 4. c. 49.

BeggarsAll they quha ar suffered to beg a landwart, suld have ane certaine ta­kin given to them be the Schireffe. Ia. 1, p. 1. c. 25. Under the paine of burning on the checke, and banishment off the cuntrie of the beggars: and of ane unlaw of fiftie shillinges to the King, to be payed be the Schi­reffe, in-case he failȝie in keiping of the premisses. Ia. 1. p. 2. c, 42. And mair-over, the Schireffe, Provest, and Baillies within Burrowes of roy­altie and regalitie, sall pay ane mark for ilk beggar that beis found begg­and except he be cruiked, seek, or weake. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 70.

And mair-over, the Schireffe suld suffer na beggar to beg within ony Parochin, bot onlie them quha ar borne within the samin. For ilk beggar suld be susteined within his awin Parochin, and suld have the marke thereof. Iam. 5. parlia. 4. cap. 21. And for punishment of strange idle beggars; all Schireffes and uther judges suld make prisones, stockes, and irons within Burghes, throw-faire-townes, and at all Paroch Kirkes. Ia. 6 p. 12. c. 147. And suld punish beggars, conforme to the act maid be King Iames the Sext. Ia. 6. p. 6. c. 74.

Tuilȝies and breakers of the Kingis peace.To the jurisdiction of the Schireffe, perteinis to cognosce and decide anent strife, spulȝies, straikes, wounds, and breaking of the Kings peace. Lib. 1. c. 2. And the Schireffe suld take inquisition anent the breaking of the Kings protection, and compel the breakers thereof to pay ten punds to the King, and and assyith the partie. Ia. 1. p. 11. c. 134

The Schireffe suld destroy veschelles, creilles, and uther ingines, quhilk stoppis Smoltes to pas to the sea I. 2. p. 14. c. 87. I. 3. p. 5. c. 37. Cruves and fishing. He suld cause the measure and quantitie of the cruves and ȝaires to be keiped in waters, quhair the sea flowis and ebbis: To the effect the frie of the fish, may as­cend and descend; and suld likewaies give up dittay to the justice, in his aire, upon slayers of Salmond in forbidden time. stat. Alex. cap. haec est Assisa. 27. Leg. Burg. c. haec est Assisa 113 Stat. Rob. 2. Br. cap. Item ordi­natum. 12. The Schireff suld destroy, cast downe, and hald down, all cruves within his bounds, under the paine of xx. pund to be payed to the King. Ia. 4. pa. 2. c. 15. Mar. p. 8. c. 68. For the quhilk cause, speciall commission is granted to him. Ia. 6. p. 6. c. 89. Ia. 6. p. 7. c. 111. He suld execute the actes maid anent herring and quhite-fish, and uptake the escheit of the con­traveeners thereof, and make compt in the Checker, Ia. 6. p. 6. c. 86.

Hunting of the Wolfe.The Schireffes suld hunte and slay the Woolfe, and her Quhelpes, three times in the ȝeir; and all the indwellers of the Schire, suld rise with him, under the paine of ane Wedder. Ia. 2. p. 14. c. 88.

ArcherieThe Schireffe suld cause bow-markes to be maid for Archerie, in ilk paroch, under the paine of fourtie shillinges, to be uptaken be him to the Kingis use. Ia. 4. p. 3. c. 32.

Schutting with fire­warke.The Schireffe suld punish all them quha shuttis at Deare, Rae, or uther wilde beastes, or wilde fowles, with Culveringes, Pistolettes, or Gunnes. Ma. p, 4. c. 9. Nocht onely the Schireffe, bot all judges Ordinar suld accuse at particular dietes, all them quha schuttis with Culvering, Croce-bow, at Dae, Rae, Hart, Hinde, Cunning, Dowe, Herron, or fowle of riefe. Ia. 6. p. 1. c. 16. p. 7. c. 123.

The Schireffe, and all uther officiares, baith to burgh and to land, at ilk Courte, Forestallers sall inquire quhat persones byis victuall, and haldis it to ane dearth; And declare their names to the King, that they may be pu­nished as ockerers, and the victuall escheit. Iam. 2. p. 6, c. 23.

Mair-over, the Schireffe suld escheit all gudes quhilkis ar forstalled, coft, or arled be forstallers, and in-bring the twa parte thereof to the Kingis use; And the thrid part to himself. Ia. 5. p. c. 4. 20.

And sik-like the Schireffe suld punish, bee confiscation of all their moveable gudes, Cattell. all them quha transportis Nolt, Scheipe, or uther Cat­tel furth of the realme. Ia. 6. p. 7. c. 124. Ia. 6. p. 12. c. 149.

Policie.The Schireffe suld punish destroyers of planting of woodes, Forrestes, orchardes, broome, breakers of Dow-cattes, cunningaires, parkes, stankes, ȝairdes, slayers of Haires, makers of Mure-burne in for-bidden time, and uther destroyers of haning and policie. Ia. 6. p. 6. c. 84. And likewaies, suld in-bring to the Kingis use, the paines of them quha plantis nocht wooddes, makis not hedges and hainings. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 9.

The unlaw of fourtie shilling, suld be taken up be the Schireffe, fra players at the fute-ball, Fute-ball In-case the Lord of the land, pretermit to do the samin. Ia. 1 p. 1. c. 17.

Caution found be the warda­tar and uthersQuhen ony landes fallis, be reson of warde in the Kingis handes, or of ony uther superiour; Or quhen to Burgh or to lands, lands ar given in con-junctsee, or life-rent: The Schireffe or the Baillies, sal cause the wardatar finde caution not to destroy the bigginges, or uther policie: And that he sall leave the samin, als gud as hee fand them; And that he sall susteine the aire, not haveand sufficient blench, or few-ferme landes. Ia. 4. p. 3. c. 25. And gif the Schireffe, or uther judge be negligent, in requiring caution, being required thereto, be the heretoure, or his friendes: He sal refound and pay to the heretour of the landes, at his perfite age, all damnage and skaith susteined throw his negligence. Ia. 5. p. 4. c. 14.

ClaithingThe Schireffe suld take inquisition of them quha wearis Claith of gold, silver, velvet, or silkes, contrair the actes of parliament, and send them to the King, to be punished. Ia. 3. p. 6. c. 45. Ia. 6. p. 7. c. 113.

All they quha usis excesse or superfluitie in banquettes, Banquets. contair the tenour of the acte of Parliament, suld be punished be the Schireffe, and uther judges, within the Royalitie and regalitie. Ia. 6. p. 7. c. 118. And siklike, the Schireffe suld send to the Thesaurar, the names of all persones quha breakis and contraveenis the act of Parliament, maid anent the or­dering of ilk mannis house, and quantitie of meat and dishes, prescrived to ilk man of all estaites, that they may be accused and punished there­fore. Mar. par. 5. c. 26. The Provest and Baillies within Burgh, suld cause Hostellares take reasonable price for ane mannis dinner and supper, ef­feirand to the prices of victualles. And suld also set downe reasonable prices upon ilk mannis wark, and suld deliver the samin to the Schireffe, Craftesmen. that he may cause the samin price be keiped to Landwart. Mar. p. 5. c. 22. Mair-over, the Schireffe suld punish the Barronne, quha examinis, nor prices nocht the wark-man-ship of ilk craft, within his Barronnie, with the paine and unlaw of ten poundes. Ia. 1. p. 7. c. 102.

The Schireffe suld send or bring all Notars, quha ar Temporall men, within the boundes of his office, and present them to the Lordes of Councell, to be examined be them, quhidder or nocht they be worthie or qualified for the office of the Notarie. Mar. p. 5. c. 24. And the Schi­reffe with sik persones, as the King pleasis to adjoyne to him, suld call all Notars before him and examine them. Ia. 5. p. 6. c. 76.

The Schireffe suld up-take and inbring all taxationes, Taxation. and mak compt and payment thereof. Ia. 4. p. 2. c. 9.

The Schireffe, with the Barronne, or Lord of the lande. Weaponshawing. suld see and provide, that ilk man be armed according to his estaite and rente: And sall cause weapon-shawinges to bee maid ȝeirlie, after the Octaves of Pasche. Stat. Ro. 2. Br. c. Ordinatum. 27. Or at the least four times in the ȝeir. Ia. 1. p. 2. c. 44. I. 4. p. 3. c. 31. Or upon Thursday in the Whitsunday oulk Ia 4. p. 6 c. 75. Or twise in the ȝeir throw all the Realme, in the Moneths of Junij and October, or ony uther day, as sall please the Schireffe, stew­ard, or Baillie. Ia 5. p. 6. c. 85.

The Schireff suld execut the act of Parliament, Victuall anent the keiping or threshing out of victualles, and cause the samin to bee keiped and obeyed under the paine of tinsell of his office, in-during the Kingis will. Iam. 2. par, 9. cap. 37.

The Schireffe and Chalmerlaine, sall cause all mettes and measures to be keiped, used and observed, Mettes and measures. conforme to the tenour of the actes of Parliament, as they will answere to our Soveraine Lord. Ia. 3. p. 4. c. 22.

The Schireffe and his deputes suld escheitte and intromet with all horse perteining to Earles, Lordes, Barronnes, and utheris, Horse halden at harde meate, langer nor the time prescrived in the act of Parliament. Of the quhilk escheit, the ane halfe perteinis to the King, and the uther halfe to the Schireffe. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. 56.

The Schireffe at command and direction of the Thesaurar, suld take up, Escheites and intromet with the escheit guds and geare perteining to rebelles Ia. 6. p. 6. c. 75.

Divers and sindrie persones are disobedient to the Kingis Lawes, baith civill and criminal, Excommuni­cate persones. and also refusis to obey and fullfill lauchful decreites given and pronunced against them, be judges Ecclesiasticall, civill and criminall: For the quhilk cause, some ar excomunicat and cursed, u­thers ar denunced rebelles, and put to the horne. And therefore the Schi­reffe (to quhome perteinis the execution of the Kingis Lawes and de­creetes) suld take and apprehend all cursed and excommunicate persones, at the desire of the Bishope, or his Official, and put them in prison, until they satisfie God, and the Kirk. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. cap. Rex tali. 31. Speciallie them quha hes remained under the censure of Excomunication, be the space of fourtie daies. Quoniam attach. c. Rex tali. 76 stat Rob. 3. c. Item 7. To the quhilk effect, letters of caption being direct to the Schireffe, he suld execute the samin against all cursed persones. And gif they be fugi­tive, their gudes and landes (gif they ony have) salbe comprised, for sa­tisfaction of the partie. And gif they have nane, they salbe denunced rebel­les. Ia. 2. p. 5. c. 12.

All Schireffes, Stewardes, Baillies, and uther officiares, Rebelles. baith to Burgh and to lande, suld search, seeke, and apprehend all rebelles beand at the horne, and bring them to our Soveraine Lordis justice, to be justified, conforme to their demerites; Under the paine of tinsell of their office, for three ȝeires, gif it be heretable; And in all time cumming, gif it be Temporall. And mair-over, to be accused for their negligence in the ju­stice aires, or at particular diettes, as it sall please the King. Ia. 5. p. 7. c. 97. Mair-over, the Schireffe, and all the saidis judges, alsweill within regali­tie, as royaltie, suld search, seeke, follow, persew, apprehend, and commit to warde, and present to justice, all declaired traitures and rebelles, con­temnandlie remainand at the horne un-relaxed; and suld do justice up­on them, gif they have commission to that effect. And gif the saidis rebelles be fugitive, the Schireffe and uther judges foresaidis, suld make denunciation thereof to the Schireffes, and judges Ordinar, of the foure halfes about; and require them to use the like diligence, under the paine to the quhilk the traitoures and rebelles ar subjects, or hes incurred. Iam. 6, p. 12 c. 124. And furder, the Schireffe suld incurreand fortifie uther officiares, to take up the escheite of rebelles, and suld make convocation of the Kingis lieges to that effect Ia, 6. p. 6. c. 74.

Mair-over, all letters of horning, with the indorsation thereof, suld bee registrat be the Schireffes Clerke, within fifteene daies, Ratification of letters of horning. after the de­nuntiation; And being marked and subscrived be him, suld be delivered to the partie. And sik-like, all relaxationes suld be registrat in the Schi­reffis buikes, within fifteene daies afer the publication thereof. Iam. 6. pa. 6. cap. 75 Iam. 6. par. 8. cap. 142. And ilk Schireffe suld cause proclaime the names of the rebelles, at the mercat croce of the head burgh, upon mercat daies, preceeding the three head courtes, and affix ane Catalogue [Page] conteinand their names upon the mercat croce, and in the Tolbuith: And send ane uther rol thereof to the Thesaurar, conteinand the names and causes, for the quhilk they were denunced. Ia. 6. p. 6 c. 74.

Of inhibitions and interdic­tiones.Last of all, to the effect, that they quha are in Bona fide, be nocht decei­ved in bying of landes or gudes, fra them quha ar interdited or inhibit, For eschewing of sik fraud, the Schireff, Tanquam bonus Praetor, suld cause all inhibitiones and interdictiones, with the executiones thereof, to be registrate in his buikes, be his Clerke, within fourtie daies, after the pub­lication of the samin. Ia. 6. p. 7. c, 118.

QUHAT Is the jurisdiction and office of ane Schireff, may be easelie knawin be the lawes and constitutiones abone written; Of the paines and punish­ment of Schi­reffs. quhairof sindrie conteinis certaine speciall paines to be enjoyned to him, for his malice or negligence. And now, I thoucht gud to declare, certaine generall pe­nalties, prescribed be the lawes of this realme. And first, the Chancellar, Justice, Chalmerlaine, Schireffe, nor nane of their deputes or substitutes, sall susteine or maintaine pleyes, quarrells, or actiones; nor sall not take landes, or uther budde or rewarde, from the partie, for hinderance or delay of Justice. And gif ony sall happen to be convict thereof; he sall be punished at the Kingis will, and sall tine and forefalt his office, induring his life-time. Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. Dominus Rex. 22.

Secondlie, in the time of King David the Second: Because the haill cummunitie and inhabitantes of the Realme, Schireffs may be punished at the Kings will, and de­prived. compleined heavelie up­on Schireffes, Maires, Serjandes, and utheris the Kingis ministers of the Law: It is statute and ordained, that incontinent before the end of the Parliament: The justice Generall, with the Chalmerlane, suld call, and conveene before them, and the inhabitantes of ilk Schireffedome, all and sindrie the Schireffes, and uther Officiares, alsweill heretable, as Temporall, and deputes: And taxe and modifie the damnage and skaith done be them to the King and his lieges, to ane certaine summe: Quhilk taxation being maid, the Schireffe and uther Officiares, suld bee put to the knawledge of ane gude and sufficient assise; And being found culpa­ble, and convict, they suld incontinent be put in the Kingis prison, untill he, with advise of his Councell, declare his will. And mair-over, all the saidis Schireffs and uther Officiares, either heretable, or temporal, be­ing filed and convict, suld forefalt, and tine their office, induring their life­time. Da. 2. In his Parliament halden at Perth, 18. Feb. 1369. And of his reigne. The Schireff may be remo­ved be the justice, and pu­nished be the three estaites. 40. ȝeire.

Thirdlie, the justice Generall, in his justice aire. sall challenge and ac­cuse, the Schireffes, and uther the Kingis officiares; and take cognition how they have used and exerced their offices. And gif ony of them be founde culpable or faultie: The justice sall remoove him fra his office, untill the nixt Parliament; And sall put ane uther in his place, to use the office in the meane time. And mair-over, the justice sall take sufficiente sovertie of him, under certaine paines, that he sall compeir in the nixt Parliament to underly the determination and punishment to be enjoyned to him be the Parliament, for his fault; And he sall no waies be restored to his office; bot gif the three estaites think the samin expedient. Stat. Rob. Br. 3. Ex libro Sconensi.

Schireffs he­retable and Temporall.Fourthlie, gif the Schireffe, or ony uther officiar of law, be lauchful­ly proven, or notourlie knawin faultise, or negligent in the execution of his office perteining to him in fee and heretage: He sall tine the samin, and all the profites thereof, for ane ȝeir and daye, and salbe punished in his persone and gudes at the Kingis will, after the qualitie of the trespas. And gif his office is Temporall, he sall tine the samin, for all the times he hes it: And uther-waies salbe punished, as said is. Ia. 2. p. 14. c. 77.

Fiftlie, gif the Schireffe, or ony judge Ordinar, will not execute his office, and minister justice; he salbe punished, and put fra his office, for ane certaine time, after the discretion of the King, and the Councell, and punished at the Kingis will, and pay the expenses to the partie complein­and. And gif he be found partiall or culpable, in the administration of justice; And is Schireffe in fee and heritage, he sall tine his office for three ȝeires. And gif he be Temporall, havand his office for ane certaine time, he sall be put fra the samin perpetuallie: Pay the expenses to the partie offended, and punished in his person, at the Kingis will. Iam. 3 p. 5. c. 26. Tinsell of ho­nour & fame

Sextlie, all Schireffes, and uther judges, alswell Spirituall as Tempo­rall, within regalitie and royaltie, sall do trew and equall justice to al the Kingis lieges, without ony partiall counsell, or taking of buddes, under the paine of tinsell of their honour, fame, and dignitie. Iam. 5. par. 7. cap. 104.

Extract of process.Gif ony partie compleinis upon the Schireffe, that he hes done to him wrang, in giving or pronouncing ony sentence or decreete against him; And desiris the samin to be extracted and delivered to him, upon his expenses: The Schireffe suld give and deliver the processe, led and deduced before him, to the partie, upon his expences: And suld take foure pennies for ilk acte allanerlie. Ia. 4. p. 6. c. 67. At the least, he suld extract proces, decreetes, give saisinges and retoures, at reasonable pri­ces. Ia. 6. p, 12. c. 124.

PARAINESIS AD IUDICES.

OMnis qui judicare debet, Stateram in manu teneat: Nam aequalia & sine per­sonarum exceptione esse de­bent judicia. Nihil iniqui­us quam munera capere in judiciis: Quia munera ex­caecant corda prudentium, & subvertunt verba justorum. Qua enim Bilance judicabitis, eadem judicabimini. Quapropter, tu judex, timeas Deum judicem; ne forte eo judicante, damne­ris. Stat. Wilhel Cap. 27. Proinde sis De­um honorans & timens: Sapiens & in scien­tia potens: Veritatem sequens & amans: A­varitias odiens & detestans. de Maritag. c. 2. Cave justitiam subvertas odio, per quod in­venta aliqua malitiosa cautela, contra partem tibi exosam, reddis judicium indirectum: Vel cupiditate, dum corruptus muneribus, malitio­se judicabis: Vel timore, dum metu potentio­ris, vere judicare non audes: Vel amore, dum causa amicitiae defendis amicum, & supprimis inimicum. de Maritag. c. 4. Facias igitur ju­stitiam aequaliter, tam pauperibus, quam divi­tibus. Stot. 2. Rob. Br. Cap. 2. Quia omnes judices & magnates, qui plus favent his, quam illis in judicio, aut malefactores ullo modo ma­nu-tenent, sunt falsi, & perjurati contra Deum, Regem & populum regni. leg. Mal. Mak. c. ult. in fine.

[Page]

SCOTIA, Sume-time signifies that part of Scotland, quhilk is on the North part of the water of Forth. Ass. reg. David. c. statuit. 21. And is opponed to Lodoneium; quhilk now we call Loudiane. For King David the First, in the third ȝeir of his reigne, Anno Domini 1126. Be his Charter maid, Omnibus Scottis & Anglis, tam in Scotiae quam in Lodoneio consti­tutis, gave and disponed to S. Cuthbert and his Monkes in Durham (Du­nelmensi Ecclesiae) The landes of Collinghame, Lummesden, Reningtoun, Eiton, Fissewik, Auld-Cambus, SWintoun, Prendre-geist, and uthers lyand in Lodoneio, quhilk now lyis in the Mers, and Schireffdome of Berwick. And in the actes of Parliament, justices generall ar ordained to be, ane, or twa, on the South side of the water of Forth: And ane or twa, on the North side thereof. Ia. 2, p. 14. ca. 97. Quhilk agries with the act maid be King Iames the Second par. 3. c. 5. Quhair It is statute, that the justice on the South side of the Scottish sea, set their justice aires, and halde them twise in the ȝeir. And also on the North side of the Scotish sea, as auld use and custome is. And in the laws of Malcome Mac-kenneth. ca. 4. Mare Scotiae, is taken for the water of Forth.

SECTATOR,

Ane soytor in court, quhais qualities and office. vid. verb. Sok.

SEK

Of wool, and fuiring of gudes be the sek, serplath, and tunne. vid. Serplath.

SERIANTERIAE, Sergenteriae.

Lib. 2. c. Dicitur autem. 72. In the quhilk place, pro Serianterijs, mendotè legitur, Suggestoribus. Serianteria á seriando, as ministerium à ministro, or servitium á servo; Signifies an manner of halding of landes, speciallie in the lawes of England, quhair Grande seriantye, is quhen an man haldis his lands of the King: For the quhilk he suld passe with him in his hoist, or to beare his banner with him in his warres; Or to lead his hoist or armie. And hereto belangis warde, mariage, and relieve, quhilk is ane maist speciall Knichts service. petitser­iantye, is quhen ane haldis his landes of the King; yeelding to him ane knife or buckler, ane scheife of arrowes, ane bow, or uther sik service conforme to his infestment: Quhair-unto na-waies belangis warde, mari­age, or relieve; quhilk we may call, blench-ferme, or alba firma. Read the statute, maid be King Edward the First, King of England. 18. ȝeire of his reigne, anent wardes and relieves.

SERIANT, Sergeant,

ane French worde. For like as messengers, cummis fra the French worde Messiers Swa Sergeant likewaies cummis fra Sergent, Quae est vox composita, de Serrer, quod est includere, & gent, quod pro gente, plebe, vel populo usurpatur. Itaque Seriandus dicitur qui jussu magistratus, quemlibet de populoreum criminis, in carcerem conjicit, seu includit: That is, he quha at command of the Magistrate, inclusis, or lockis in prison, guiltie persones delated, or suspect of ony crime. Seriandus curiae or serviens curiae, the Seriante of the courte, officiar, executor of let­ters or summondes, quha be the interpretoures of the civill law, is called, Nuntius. vid. Recordum.

SERPLATH.

Jam. 1. p. 2. c. 38. Iam. 2. p. 14. c. 68.. Conteinis foure­score stanes. For the Lordes of Councel, in Anno, 1527. decerned four serplaithes of packed wooll, to conteine sexteene scors stanes of wooll. Be the trafficque of merchandes now used. Three maners of furing of gudes The merchandes usis to pay frauchte for their gudes to Flanders, be the Sek: To France, Spayne, and England, be the Tunne: And to Danskine, and the Easter Seas, be the serplath.

As I understande, ane Serplaith of gudes, is onelie counted betuixt merchand and skippers, for furing of gudes to the Easter Seas, and frathine hame to this realme. 1 Serplaith. Swa that for everie Serplaith of gudes, fured, or promised to be fured Eastward; the skipper is oblished to fuir hame to this realme, twa last of gudes: And this Serplaith of gudes is of na greater quantitie, nor the sek of gudes to Flanders.

And ilk Sek, be the act of Parliament, Ia. 6. p. 7. cap. 108 Suld conteine twentie foure stane of wol: And be the dailie calculation of merchands, fourtie Trois stane. 2 The Sek. Troisstane Ilk Trois stane, conteinis sexteene pound Trois. And ilk pound weicht thereof, conteines sexteene ounce Trois.

The sek of wooll, is commounlie set be the Skippers, to ane Tune: Ilk Tun conteinis, Sek of wool Sex hundreth pound Trois weicht. Ilk hundreth weicht conteines five score pounde weicht; Tunne. Hundreth weicht. quhilk is sex stane, and ane quarter Trois.

The wooll, quhen it is bocht be merchandes, is bocht be the Trone stone, Trone stane quhilk conteinis commounlie, xix. pound and ane halfe Trois: Alwaies concerning the sek of wool; I finde na solid or constant weicht thereof: For some seckes will be mair, and some will be lesse nor fourtie Trois stane; Bot communlie the sek of wooll, conteinis fourtie Trois stane, as said is.

Ane Last of guds fured hame, conteinis commonlie twelve Barrelles. And the auld forme of furing of gudes, fra Danskene to this Realme, was for every serplaith, 3 Furing of gu­des be the Last Barrell as it is ȝit, twa Last. Bot for this Last, the Skip­pers fuiris hame, fourteene barrelles, Ilk Barrell being of weicht, ane schip pound. And of licht gudes, sik as lint and hempt, there is fured for the serplath, twa last.

Ilk Last is twa packs: And ilk pakis als great als halfe ane sek of wooll Skinnes, Pack. and conteinis in weicht threttie sex Sprusse stanes.

Ilk Sprusse stane, conteinis twentie aucht pound Trois weicht.

Sprusse stane.Swa the last exactlie weyed, will conteine of our Trois weicht, sex score sex stanes. And for ane last of walx, that is fured hame be strangers, fourteen schip pounde. Laste of walx And be Scotish skippers, twelve schip pound. Also, of Tar, pick, and siklike wares, twelve great barrelles for the last, and fourteene small Barelles. Of tarre Pick. Great and lit­tle barrelles. Thir great barrelles, ar called Hamburgh trees, and ar in greatnesse, nocht unlike to our Salmond trees, and sulde conteine fourteine Gallounes: and the small barrelles, ar some what greater, nor our herring trees.

Ry meill.Likewaies of Rye meill, some times twentie foure barrelles ar fured for the Last, speciallie be strangers: and be our awin Skippers, auchteene barrelles for the Last thereof. And ane Last of Rye, Rye. is some-time auchtene Bolles, and sometimes nine-teene bolles in measure.

Item, ten seckes of wooll, makis ane Last of wooll.

Likewaies, ten hides makis ane daiker, and twentie daiker, Daiker. makis an last: Twelve dowzane of gloves, or Ledder poyntes, makis ane grosse: And ane great grosse, conteines twelve single grosse. Grosse.

Ten stane of brasse, makis ane Barrell.

Sex Barrelles of English drinking Beare, makis ane Tun. Barrell of Brasse. Last of Sal­mond.

Twelve Barrelles of Salmonde, are bocht be the merchandes, for the Last: Bot in furing of them over the Sea, the skippers countis onely nine barrelles for the Last.

And likewaies the Sek, albeit it be counted in Flanders to twelve Bar­relles; ȝit twelve of their barrelles, Flanders Barrell. conteinis sexteene commoun Bar­relles.

The Fidder of lead, conteinis neere by sexscore and aucht stane.

Ane schip pound, conteinis sexteene stanes and ane halfe, Fidder of load Schippe pound of Scottish Trois weicht.

Sexscore of skinnes, is reckoned to the hundreth.

As likewaies, sex-score elnes of woollen claith is counted for ane hun­dreth Ia. 6. p. 7. c. 108. Quhilk is conforme to the auld use, observed in the daies of King David the Seconde; as is manifest be the custome compt, maid be the Customer of the Burgh of Striviling, the ȝeir of God, ane thousand, three hundreth, sextie aucht ȝeires.

Weichtes and measures in Orknay.

THe malt, meill, & beare, are delivered in Orknay, be wecht in this ma­ner. Imprimis 24. marks makis an setting. Item 6. settings makis an meall. Item 24. meales makis ane Last. Item of meille and malt called Coist ane last makis an Scottish chalder: Item ane Last and ane halfe of beare conteinis 36. meales: 36. meales makis ane chalder. Item the butter is delivered in barrelles, quhair the quantitie is great, bot quhair the quantity is small, it is delivered in markes, and lesh poundes. That is to say, xxiiij. marks, makis ane setting, as said is, and 6. settings makes ane lesh pound, Item, ane stane and twa pound Scottish, makis ane lesh pound. Item 15. lesh poundes makis ane barrel. Item, 12. barrells makis an Last. Item the flesh is delivered be apprising. viꝪ. 10. meales makis ane sufficient Cow, and an sufficient Oxe. Also ane gild Oxe is apprised to 15. meales, and ane wedder is four meales. Item an Gouse is twa meales. Item an Capon, is half ane Gouse, viꝪ. ane meale.

SERVICIVM Militare,

Knichtes service, and speciallie concernis warde and relieve. Vide Serianteria. Vide Hawbert. Vide warde.

SERVIENS Curiae, seriandus curiae.

Leg. Malc. Mak. cap. 3. Ane scri­and, or officiar of Courte, the executour of summoundes, quha sum­mondis and attachis ony persone to compeare in ane court, to answere to ane uther, conforme to law and reason. Molinaeus in stilo supr. cur. par. 1. c. 20. Quha is called serviens, because he suld sweare to serve leallelie and trewlie the King, in execution of his office. Quon. attach. c. Nullus 57.

SETTER-DAYIS slop.

stat. Alex. cap. haec Assisa. 27. Leg. Burg. cap. haec est Assisa. 113. Jam. 1. Parlia. 1. 26. Maij. cap. 11. Iam. 4. Parlia 2. cap. 15. quhilk statute maid, as is alleaged be King Alexander, is ascrived to King David, be King Iames the Fourth, in the place foresaide: The Setterdayis slop, is ane space of time, within the quhilk it is nocht leasum to take Salmonde fish; that is, fra the time of Even-sang after noone on Setterday, untill the rising of the Sunne on Mononday. stat. 2. Rob. cap. Item ordinatum. 12. stat. 1. Rob. Br. cap. 8. Leg. Forest. cap. Om­nes aquae, 85. Iter. Camer. c. calumniabuntur. 16.

SIMINELLUS,

Leg. Burg. c. 122. From the Latine Worde, Similia, quhilk signifies the beste and smallest parte of the Quheate, or flowre, quhite bread, or maine bread: In the quhilk signification in the Dutche toungue, it is commounlie called Semmell.

SOK,

Lib. 1, c. 3. Ane auld worde used in Chartoures and infest­mentes, quhilk in sindrie auld buikes conteinand the municipall lawes of this realme, is called secta de hominibus suis, in curia, secundum consue­tudinem Regni. Swa after my opinion, he quha is infest with Sok (quhilk now we call Soyt, from the French worde Suite. h. e. sequela) hes power and libertie to hald courtes within his awin Barronie or landes: In the quhilks courtes, homines sui, or his vassalles suld give foyt, and send for them, ane quha is called Soytor, or Sectator, a seqùendo; Because he suld follow the courte, in the quhilk he suld compeare. Sectator. This office was verie profitable, for furthering of justice. And first, hee quha is oblished to give Soyte in the Courte of his Over-lorde, suld do the samin, conforme to the tenour of his infestment, and na utherwaies. Leg. Forest. c. nullus 68. ca. Si haereditas. 69. And gif he aucht three Soytes be his infestment: he sall compeare bot at three head Courtes in the ȝeire, iij. Soytes. without Sum­mondes or warning. Mod. ten. cur. c. 1. c. 31. Na judge aucht of law, or of reason, to accept ony man in court as Soytour. Soytore suld be qualified Bot gif he can make suf­ficient and lauchfull reporte, of processe, doomes, judgemente, and in lauchfull forme, give and pronunce doome of Mutes, and pleyes in Court, followed and defended before him in court. Mod ten. cur. cap. 38. Quon. attach. c. Nullus sectator. 20. And ilk Soytour before he be admitted be the Baillie, or judge, suld be examined in three courtes gif hee can make recordes of the courts, and give sufficientlie ane warde, or ane doome of wardes or doomes; asked in the court or not. And then quhen he is be his fellowes admitted, he may may not afterward for weaknesse of knaw­ledge be rejected. Quoniam. attach. nullus. 20.

Ane Soytour, is oblished to make faith, that hee sall leallelie, and trewlie make recorde of Courte (that is of the claime, The aith of an Soyture libell and proces) and sal pronounce lauchful and trew sentence, according to the knawledge given to him be God: And sall after his understanding, leallelie and trew­lie serve, induring the time of his office. Stat. Gild. c. 50. The court beand [Page] fensed, The Soytour unlawis the absentis. the Serjand thereof sall call the soytes, and defalt the absentes, that ar nocht lauchfullie essoinȝied: And gar ane Soytour of the courte, deeme them in ane un-law, with the consent of his fellowes and Collie­ges. Mod. ten. cur. c. 1. Be the auld law of this Realme, and actes of Parlia­ment. Iam. 4. p. 6. c. 95. Doomes and decreetes given and pronunced be Soytoures, in ane inferiour court, was falsified and reduced in ane supe­riour court; as the processe of brieves wrangeouslie deduced in barron courte, was falsified in ane Schireffe courte, and doomes given in the Schireff court; Falsing of doomes. was falsified in the justice court. Lib. 2. c. Dos duobus. 19. And last of all, doomes pronunced in the justice Court, was falsified in Par­liament, before the Lordes, called Auditores querelarum, in this maner con­teined in the register. 7. October. 1476. Datum fuit judicium infra-scrip­tum, per os Alexandri Dempster judiciarij Parliamenti, in praesentia Sere­nissimi Principis Iacobi tertii. S. D. N. Regis, cum corona in capite suo & sceptro in manu, sedent. in Cathedra Iusticiae Parliamenti, sub hac forma: The Lords chosen be the three Estaites of this present Parliament, upon discus­sing of the doomes, deliveris and declaris, that the doome given in the ju­stice aire of Edinburgh, the xij. of Iulij last by-past, be the mouth of Andrew Blackfurd soytour, for the Lands of N. for Iohn N. and Ionet N. his spouse, and againe called be David Balfoure of Caraldstoun, fore-spea­ker for Archebald N. was evill given, and weill againe said: For diverse reasones schawen and understand to the saidis Lordes: And therefore ilk soytour of the saide doome, and their lordes, ilk man be him-selfe, is in ane ammerciament of the courte of Parliamente, sik as effeiris to be ta­ken in the justice aire; and in ane unlaw of the said justice aire for them; And in ane unlaw of Parliament amangst them all, sik as effeiris of Lawe; and this I give for doome. Swa it is manifest, that in all courtes inferi­our to the Parliament, the soytoures pronunced the doome. And gif the doome given be them in ane Barronne courte, was falsified in the Schireffe courte: All the soytoures payed bot ane unlaw. Bot gif the doome given be them in the Schireffe courte, was falsified in the justice courte, ilk soytour payed ane unlaw of ten poundes, of the quhilk diversitie, the reason is conteined in. Quoniam attach. c. quilibet. 7.

SOKMANRIA, Or Socage,

Is ane kind of halding of Landes, quhen ony man is infest freelie, without ony service, warde, relieve, or marriage, and payis to his Maister sik dewtie, as is called, petit seriantie: Or quhen ane haldis his Landes in name of Burgage, or in Libera Elee­mosyna. de Maritag. Cap. 1. Soccomannus, is called ane vassall, or Free­halder,

Soccomannus

quha haldis his Landes in maner fore-saide: or in blench-ferme, sive nomine albae firmae: Et opponitur militi, qui tenet per servitium militare: That is, be service of warde and relieve. Lib. 2. Cap. Si quis plures. 30. Cap. Et haeredes. 41. And in Magna Carta of England. Anno. 51. Henr. 3. cap. 27. Mention is maid of sindrie formes of halding.

Soccage.

ViꝪ. Free-ferme, burgage, soccage, and Knicht-service. Read the statute maid be Edward the First, King of England, the xviij. ȝeire of his reigne. Utheris alleagis that Soca­gium, cummis fra Socco, sive Aratro, affirming that Socage, is properlie, quhen the tennent is bound and oblished, to cum with his pleuch to teill and labour ane part of the Lordis landes. Concerning tenures, and divers halding of lands, reade the treatise written be Littleton.

STALLANGIATORES,

A stallo, Creamers, or Forraine mer­chandes, quha within Burgh, in the time of Faire or mercat, payis cer­taine dewtie for their stall or stande, in the quhilk place they sell their merchandice: For it is ordained, that ilk stranger sall either agree with the Provest of the Burgh, in the best form as he may: or else ilk mercat daye, sall paye to him ane halfe-pennie. Leg. Burg. cap. Quilibet. 39. And in the auld forme of customes, It is called the stallange of the mercate. And Leg. Burg. Mercenarius. 40. It is called Stallum, or Botha in Foro.

STINGISDINT,

Leg. Burg. c. Sciendum est. 9. Ane dint or straike with ane sting or Batton: In Latine, Fustigatio.

STERLINGUS,

Est genus ponderis, ane kinde of weicht conteining threttie twa cornes, or graines of Quheate, Vt in Assisa Reg. Da. de ponderibus & mensuris. And in the Cannon law, mention is maid of five shillinges sterling, and of ane marke sterling. c. 3. de Arbitris. c. Constituit. 12 de procuratoribus. And the sterling pennie is swa called; because it weyis sa mony graines, as I have sindrie times proven be experience. And be the Law of England, the pennie, quhilk is called the sterling, round, and without clipping, weyis threttie twa graines of Quheat, without tailles, quhairof twentie makis ane ounce; and twelve ounces makis ane pund; and aucht pound, makis ane galloune of wine; and aucht gallounes, makis ane buschell of London. quhilk is the aucht part of ane quarter. Anno 17. Edward. 2. c. 10. The quhilk cunȝie, was meikle used within this realme; as is maniefest be auld Charters and evidentes. For the sex­teenth daye of August, Ane charter conteining an reversion, and sterling mo­ney. the ȝeire of God, 1395. Walterus Senesculli, Do­minus de Ralston, Vicecomes de Perth, impignoravit, Necnon nomine pig­noris dedit, & concessit Nobili & potenti Du. Dom. Roberto, Comiti de Fife & Menteith, totam et integram Baroniam suam de N. próducentis marcis sterlingorum monete Scotiae, ipsi pereundem Comitem mutuatis, & prae mani­bus plenariè persolutis. Tenent. & habent. ipsi Comiti, & haeredibus suis, de Domino Rege &c. Quousq. dictus Walterus Senescalli, aut haeredes sui, praefa­to Domino Comiti, vel suis haeredibus, ducentas mercas sterlingorum monetae Scotiae vno die, inter solis ortum & occasum, in Ecclesia Parochiali, de N. persolverit. vel persolverint. Et praeterea dictus Valterus omnes firmas, reditus, cōmoditates, & proficua, de dicta Baronia, medio tempore provenient. dedit & concessit, prose & haeredibus suis, praedicto domino Comiti, & haeredibus suis, prosuo consilio bono, ipsi impenso, & impendendo. Faciendo inde annuatim, praedictus Comes & haeredes sui, Domino Regi servitia debita & consueta.

The quhilk Charter conteinis the reversion, and also ane donation of the profites of the lands, quhilkis were wad-set, conforme to the practic­que used and observed unto the time of King Iames the Third, of gude memorie. vid. Regres.

SUBVASSORES, Subvaluassores,

base halders, or inferioure halders, speciallie, they quha haldis their Landes of Knichtes. leg. Malc. Mak, c. 4. Quoniam attachiamenta cap. Si aliquis 49. As. Reg. David: c. Statuit. 8. Quhair it is ordained, that ilk person, quha is accused cri­minallie, sall bee judged be his Peere, or Superioure in estate and digni­tie.

T.

TAYNT,

vide Attaynt.

TENEMENTUM,

Is commonlie taken for the propertie of onie landes, Or immoveable gudes within Burgh, or without the samin. Lib. 2. cap. Dos duobus 19, capit. Fieri autem. 67. Liberum tenementum. And the superiour sulde not have the Warde of the tenement perteining to his vassal being Minor: Nor can crave na service nor relieve fra him, being Minor or Major, except he first receive his homage. Lib. 2. cap. Praedictis. 60. In the quhilk signification, it is commounlie used in the Lawes of England.

TERRAE Dominicales,

Ane worde commounlie used in Charters & infestments, quhilkis ar called ane Maines, or demaine lands laboured and occupied be the Lord, and proprietar of the samin: from the French worde, Domaine, Domanium, or Demanium: Quhilk worde properlie signifies the Kingis Landes perteining to him in propertie.

Domanium.

Quia domani­um definitur illud quod nominatim consecratum est, unitum et incorporatum Regiae Coronae, ut scribit Chopinus de domanio Franciae. Tit. 2. per l. Si quando 3. C, de bon. vacant. Lib. 10. Et Matthaeus de afflictis in Constitut. Siciliae. Lib. 1. Tit. de locatione demanij 82. quhilk may be called, Bonae incorporatae, et in corpus fisci redacta.

THANUS,

is ane name of dignitie, and appearis to be equall with the Sonne of ane Earle. For the Cro of the ane, and the uther is alike. Lib. 4. c. Si quis calumnietur. 28. statuit. 64. And Thanus was ane Freehalder, halding his landes of the King. Quoniam attach. c Recordatio. 63. Ass. reg. Da. c. Recordatio. 17. stat. Alex. c. Recordatio. 26. And gif ane man not ta­ken with the fange, is accused of thieft, and na sufficient probation is de­duced against him; he suld purge him be the aith of twentie seven men, or of three Thanes. Lib. 4. c. Si quis calumnietur. 28. Thanagi­um Regis, signifies ane certaine part of the Kingis landes or propertie, quhairof the rule and government perteinis to him: quha therefore is cal­led Thanus. For Domania Regis, et Thanagia Regis idem significant. Ass. reg. Da. c. statuit Dominus 38. It is ane Dutch word, for teiner signifies ane servand, and teinen to serve: And Thane is likewise ane servant, and unter Thane ane inferiour servand or subject. Vid. Leg. Britonum ver­bo Thanus.

THEME

lib. 1. c. 3. is power to have servandes and slaves, quhilk are called nativi, bondi, villani, and all Barronnes infest with Theme, hes the same power: For unto them all their bond-men, their bairnes, gudes and geare properlie perteinis, swa that they may dispone there-upon at their pleasure. lib. 2. c. Consequenter 13. cum seqq. And in sum aulde authentick buikes it is written, Theme est potestas habendi nativos, ita quod generationes Villanorum vestrorum, cum eorum catallis, ubicunque inveniantur, ad vos pertineant. Theme cummis fra than, id est, servus, and therefore sum times signifies the bond-men and slaves, conforme to an aulde statute, and law. De curia de Theme. Quod si quis teneat curiam de Theme, et illa querela in illa curia movetur, ad quem theme vocantur;

Curia de Them. id est, de nativis, seu Servis.

non debet illa curia elongari, sed ibidem determinari, et omnes Themi ibi compareant. Quhilk is understand of the questioun of libertie, quhen it is in doubt, quhidder onie person is ane bond-man, or free-man: Quhilk kinde of proces suld not be delaied, bot summarlie decided. Quhairof their is twa kindes: for either ane free man is alleaged to be ane servand and slave, or ane quha is in servitude, desiris to be maid free, and put to libertie. dict. Cap. 13. Cap. 14.

THIFT-BOTE,

vide Bote.

TIMBRELLUM, Tumbrellum,

ane kinde of torment; as stocks, or jogges, quhair-with crafts-men, sik as browsters ar punished. Leg. Burg. cap. Si aliquis 21. Quhair it is called, Castigatorium.

TOLL

Lib. 1. Cap. 3. Custome, from the Greeke worde of the samin signification Telos, He quha is infest with Toll, is custome free, and payis na custome; Quhilk is maniefest be sindrie auld Buikes, quhairin it is writ­ten. Toll. h. e. Quod vos & homines vestri, de toto homagio vestro sint qui­eti de omnibus mercantiis, & de tolneto de omnibus rebus emptis & vendi­tis.

Mair-over, all Earles, Barronnes, Knichts, vassalles, life-renters, Free­halders, and all quha hes landes Nomine eleemosynae, suld be quite and free, fra paymente of Toll and custome within Burgh; in bying meate and Claith, and uther necessair thinges to their awin proper use. Bot gif ony of them be commoun merchandes, they suld paye tholl and custome; Albeit they have als greate libertie, as Barronnes. De Judic. cap. 3. Leg. Forest. cap. cap. Comites. 13. And in the auld Britton Lawes of King Edwarde, It is written. Thoill, quod nos dicimus Tholoneum, est quòd ita infeodatus, habeat libertatem emendi & vendendi in terra sua.

TORRALIUM,

Thoralium, à torrendo, is called ane Kill, quhair cornes ar dryed. Leg. Burg. c. Si quis. 53. De combustione domus aut torralii, of the burning of the house or Kill. Gif ane servand burne rakleslie thy house, Kill; or neichtboures houses adjacent: He suld not bee punished, bot tinis his service: Bot gif ony man hiris ane Kill, and it burne, he sall paye bot the hire. Bot gif he borrowis it, and it burne; he sall paye the valure of it, to the partie skaithed, vide Iam. 1. Parlia. 4. Cap. 71. Cum seqq.

[Page]

TORT,

Et non reason, un-reason, wrang, and unlaw, Stat. 2. Rob. Br. c. Item quod nulla. 17. Tort in the French toung, is wrang or iniurie: Un­law cummis fra on,

Ʋnlaw.

Privativa particula apud nos & Germanos, eodem mo­do quo In, apud Latinos, and law, or lauch, id est lex: Quasi sine lege, vel contra legem, vel quod non jure fit. Ius Normand. Lib. 12. cap. 1. Actiones of wrange and unlaw, appearis to be civill actiones, and ar opponed to Actiones criminall, touching life and lim. Stat. Alex. cap. Si quis 9. Cum seqq. Leg. Mal. Mak. c. 4.

TOSCHEODERACHE,

ane office or jurisdiction, not unlike to an Baillierie, speciallie in the Iles and Hielandes. For 9. Mart. 1554. Neill Mack-neill, disponed and annalied to Iames Mack-Oneill, the Lands of Gya, and utheris with the Toschodairach of Kintyre. Some alleagis to be ane office pertaining to execution of summonds. Lib. 1. cum autem. 8. Quon. attach. c: Si aliquis 49. Sik as ane quha summondis, attachis, or arreistis ane uther, to compeir before ony judge. Stat. Dav: c: 6. Uthers understands the same to be ane Crowner. Lib. 4. c. Raptus 9. Last. summe understandis it to be ane searchour, and taker of thieves, and limmers: For King Evenus did statute, that in sindrie Schireffdoms, there suld be sindrie searchours of thieves, reivers, & of them that lyis in wait in the hie-streetes, and commoun passages. Hector Bcetius, Lib. 2. Lib. 10. Aberrans (inquit) Pecus, aut Domino furum judagatori (Tochederauch vulgus appellat) aut Sacerdoti reddito:

Latruncula­tores.

quod si tridúum apud te retinueris, furti reus esto: In the Civill Law they are called, Latrunculatores. Leg. Solemus. 61: ff: de Iu­dic.

TIMBRIA Pellium,

leg: Burg: cap: Capitulum. 138. Ane Timmer of skinnes: That is, swa mony as is inclused within twa broddes of Tim­mer, quhilk commounlie conteinis fourtie skinnes: In the quhilk maner, merchands usis to bring hame Martrik, Sable, and uther coastlie skinnes and furringes.

TIMBRELLUS,

Dicitur parvis Cetus, ane little Quhaill. Le. Forest. c: Si quis cetum. 17. de Iudic. c: 27.

TINNELLUS,

De Iudic. c: 27: Leg: Forest. c. Si quis Cetum. 17. The sea-marke, uther-waies in English Tyde-mouth. That is, the farrest parte, quhair the sea tyde flowis.

Littus.

Littus quo scilicet fluxus hybernus maris maxi­mus excurrit, hoc est, quantumcunque mare aliquo tempore plus extenditur in hyeme vel aestate, tantum est littus ejus. §. Flumina. Et ibi Gl: Instit. de rer. divis.

TRAISTIS.

Jam. 3: par: 14: c: 99. Signifies ane roll, or Catalogue, conteinand the particular dittay, taken up upon malefactoures, quhilk with the portuous is delivered be the justice Clerke, to the Crowner, to the effect the persones, quhais names are conteined in the portuous, may be attached, conforme to the dittay, conteined in the traistis. For like as the portuous comprehendis the names of the persones indited; swa the traistis conteinis the kindes of dittay, given up upon them, quhilk is swa called, because it is committed to the traist, faith, and credite of the Clerkes and Crowner; quha gif they be trustie, and faithfull, suld nocht reveale, deleete, change, or alter the samin. Jam. 2. p. 6. c. 28.

TRIBULA,

Leb. Burg. cap. Sihomo 16. Ane Flaile quhair-with corn is threshen, A terendo, quod frumentum terat. Like as Tribulus is called ane thrissell, and Tribulum ane Pestell, quhair-with spices, or ony uther thing is brayed in ane morter: Barbarè magis quam Latinè, secundum usitatum versum à pueris in scholis decantatum: Tribulus thressill, la staill, lum quoque pestell.

TUERNAY,

Quid sit, valde ambigo, & hic aliorum avidè expecto ju­dicium. In the Burrow lawes. Cap. Quilibet. 34. Si uxor alicujus fuerit calumniata de aliquo, in placitis Burgorum utitur Tuernay: That is, as in the auld English buik, the husband may do richt for his wife, in courtes of Burgh. Et de judic. cap. cum quando. 28. Si quis fuerit implacitatus coram justitiario domini regis, vel alio ballivo, si dominus ejus, vel ejus Ballivus venerit & allegaverit pro ipso in debita hora, potest recuperare curiam do­mini sui. Et si per negligentiam suam responderit & dixerit tuentynay de omnibus sibi oppositis planè respondebit, & sic amittit curiam Domini sui. In quibusdam libris legitur Twentynay.

Tuentynay.

Itaque conjicio esse antiquum ver­bum forense, quo reus utens, intelligitur approbasse judicem, adeo ut eum postea declinare non possit.

V.

VADIUM, Vadimonium,

from ane auld worde veddum, used in the Britton Lawes: In Latine, Pignus, in French, Gage, quhilk we call ane wedde.

Immobile va­dium.

Immobile vadium, signifies immoveable gudes, sik as landes annalied and wadset under reversion: The profites quhairof, computan­tur in sortem, That is, ar compted and reckoned within the stok. Swa that the samin being payed in sik quantitie as extendis, and is equivalent to the quantitie of the stocke, and principall summe: Thereby the principall summe, is esteemed, as compted and payed, quhilk is called Mortuum vadium. Bot now the contrair is maist commounlie used in the practicque of wadsettes and alienation of landes under reversion. And be the aulde law of this Realme, is called ocker and usurie and ȝit be the samin, was permitted and tolerated. Lib. 3. c. 6. Quhidder the commoun forme of wad-setting of landes now used under reversion, is leasum or unleasum. vid: Ias. in Le cunctos populos. C. de summa Trinitate. Et Ches: in Consue­tud: Burgund: Rub: 5: §. 1. 2. In auld times, I finde that quhen landes war wad-set, nomine pignoris, or ad immobile vadium; The profites and rentes thereof were given and disponed be the annalier, to the buyer, for some certaine reasonable causes; sik as, pro consilio, vel auxilio impenso, vel impendendo; to the effect, that as the buyer bruikis the landes, ex disposi­tione legis, swa he micht have richt to the profites thereof, Ex pacto & conventione hominis. vid. Reversion. vid. Sterlingus. vid. Mort-gage.

VADIARE

duellum: lib: 4: c: 2: A vadii datione, to enact battell, as in the English lawes, be giving of pledges, baith bee the persewer and defendar, before the justice and his deputes. The persewer is said, vadi­are duellum: Quhen after leave asked and obtained from the King; hee offeris to proove in plaine field, al to be trew, quhilk he affirmis, & to that effect, offeris ane wad or pledge: And the defendar is understand to va­diare duellum, quhen he denyis all quhilk is spoken bee the persewer, and affirmis the samin to be false and untrew; and thereto offeris his bo­die to fight with him; and ane wadde or pledge to that effect. de judic. c. 61. c. 86. Molinaeus. stil. cur. Par. part. 1. c. 16. Et author tractatus de Corona, Appellatus (inquit) defendet latrocinium, feloniam, & totum factum per patriam, vel per corpus suum, secundum electionem suam, prout curia consideraverit, aut vardaverit. Si autem elegerit se defendere per cor­pus suum: vadieturinter eos duellum. Et appellatus det Vadium defenden­di, & appellans det vadium disrationandi. Bot Philippus Pulcher, King of France, discharged all singular combattes, and all finding of pledges there-anent. Molinaeus. D. part. 1. c. 10. de duello, in this realme, the ap­pealer and defender castis their glooves till uther; quhilk representis the finding of the pledge.

VAGABUND,

is called properlie, ane quha hes na certaine dwel­ling place. Guido Papae quest. 202. Per Gl. 1. & Bart. l. §. 1. Praetor. ff. de damno infecto. Quhilk is verie speciallie declared in the act of Parliament. Ia. 6 p. 6. 20. Octob. c. 74.

VARDA,

ane French word Garde, custodie or keiping: For we use the letter W. quhair the French men usis the letter G. As wardaine, for Gar­daine, Warderob, for Garderobe: Warrenne for Garrenne. And the warde custodie, and keiping of the aire, haldand his landes be service of warde and relieve, perteinis to his immediate superiour, quhilk is con­forme to the Lawes of Normandie. Lib. 5. c 10. Quhair-anent thir rules after following, suld be observed, and worthie to be noted. The ward perteinis to the superiour. The warde and custodie of lands, halden be service of warde and relieve, perteining to ane aire, being Minor, and of lesse age; aucht, and suld perteine to the Over-lord and superiour of the saidis landes, quha within the time of of the warde, may present Ecclesiastical persones to Kirkes vaikand: suld susteine honestlie the aire: and suld nocht onelie pay the debtes, aucht­and be the defunct: Bot also aske & crave all debts auchtand to the defunct, or to the aire, and persew and defend all actiones competent to him: Bot he may nocht destroy nor annalie ony part of the landes. Lib. 2. cap. Ple­nam 42. c. Restituerit. 44. vid. Relevium. vid. Hawbert. The keiping of the bairnes, perteinis to the mother.

Touching the custodie and keiping of the person of the air ofward lands; or of ony uther landes, or quhatsumever maill or femaill, gotten or borne in lauchfull mariage; the samin perteinis to the mother, after the decease of the father, untill the bairne be of the age of seven ȝeires compleit, con­forme to the commoun practicque of this realme, and the civill law. L. 1. & Tot. Tit. ff. ubi Pupil. educar. debeat.

For be the Law of this realme, grounded upon the Climacterick ȝeires of Septenarius & Ternarius: That is, of seven and three ȝeires; Three kindes of age. there is three kindes of age. The first is of seven ȝeires, during the quhilk time the bairnes ar in custodie of their parentes. The second is, of fourteene ȝeires, within the quhilk it is not leasum to marie. The third is, of twen­tie ane ȝeires; after the quhilk time, ane aire may enter to his landes, annalie and dispone the samin, as he pleasis. And before the quhilk time na person may be indited to the justice aire, or accused of life and lim. Leg. Forest. cap. Nota quod. 15.

The keiping of the aire, being Minor, haldand Landes of the King, The keiping of the aire, per­teinis to the King. per­teinis to him allanerlie, albeit the said aire have uther superioures of uther warde landes, elder and prior in time to the King: Quia rex nullum potest habere parem, multó minus superiorem in suo regno. Bor gif ane aire haldis landes, nomine Burgagij of the King: And uther lands nomine wardae & relevij, of aneuther superiour, prior, or posterior to the King; the custo­die and keiping of the said aire, perteinis not to the King, bot to the said superiour: Quia ratione Burgagii Dominus Rex non praesertur alijs Do­minis capitalibus in custodia. Lib. 2. c. Notandum. 45.

After the outrunning of the seaven ȝeires, The keiping of the aire, per­teinis to his superiour. and the aire beand of that age, haldand landes of warde of ane superiour, and having na landes be reason of warde of the King: The superiour suld be preferred, anent the keeping of the person of the aire, to the mother, gud-schir, tutour, ȝea, to the King himselfe, and all uther persones. The saxteenth of Julij, Ane thowsand, five hundreth, threttie twa. Penult. Julij. ane thowsand five hundreth, threttie twa ȝeirs. The Abbot of Abirbrothok, contrair Mari­oun Forbes. Twentie aucht of Julij, Ane thousand, five hundreth twentie nine ȝeirs. James Sandielandes of Calder, contrair, Edward Sin­elar.

The custodie and keeping of the person of ane aire, The eldest su­periour is pre­ferred to all uthers. haveand landes halden of diverse superioures, bee warde and relieve, perteinis to the eld­est superiour, to quhome the first homage was made: Or of quhome hee hes the eldest and first infestment, or forme of halding. For al-be-it ilke ane of the superioures hes the warde of the Landes halden of him­selfe: Ȝit concerning the keiping of the person of the aire, the principall and eldest superiour, is preferred to all utheris, Lib. 2. c. Re­stituere. 44.

The keiping of the aire havand lands blenche, or in few-ferme, and also ward lands, perteinis to the superiour, be reason of the ward, and not to the tutour, havand intromission with his blenche, or fewlands. The superiour is preferred to the tutor. 28. Ian­uar. Patrick Hepburne, contrair Elizabeth Ker.

Gif the superiour, havand the richt and title to the warde and mari­age of ane aire; disponis the warde to ane donatar, and the marriage to ant uther: The donatar, to the mariage allanerlie, The keiping of the aire, fol­lowis the richt of the mariage. suld be preferred in keiping of the persone of the said Minor, to the uther donatar of the ward, and all uthers: Quia jus maritagij est personale & sequitur personam. The keiping of the air, suld never be committed to him, quha may claime or claimis ony richt of his landes and heretage: Or may immediatly suc­ceede [Page] after him thereto. The keiping of the aire, suld not be given to hi appearand aire. The end of the warde. Lib. 2. c. haeredes. 47. Hac enim ratione illi posset praeberi occasio captandae mortis ipsius haeredis, quod est periculosum & im­pium. Be the Lawes of this realm, the aire mail, and all his lands halden ward, ar within ward and keiping of his superiour, until he be of the age, of xxj. ȝeiris. And the airefemall, untill she be of the age of xiiij. ȝeirs. M. p. 3. c. 5. lib. 2. c. 39. de. iudic. c. 64. c. 121. Because the landes perteining to the aire mail, ar subject to the King, or uther superiour be service; quhilk the Minor, be reason of his les age and ȝouth-head, cannot do. And therefore the King or superiour, wantand the service, hes recours to the land: that he may be served be the profites thereof, takin up to his awin use; or be ony person to quhome he pleasis to dispone the samin, untill his vassall be of perfite age, and able to serve. And the aire femail is in the warde and keiping of hir superiour, untill sche be fourteene ȝeires of age, as said is. for suppose ane woman of twelve ȝeiris of age, be the civill Lawe may marie ane husband; ȝit be the Lawe of this realme, she may nocht marie, until she be fourteene ȝeires compleit. At the quhilk time, sche may lauchfully marie, with consent of her superiour. Lib. 2. cap. Mulier 48. cap. in Custo­diis. 90. And therefore sche being subject to her husband; It is not reason sche suld be also subject to the warde of her superiour; and consequent­lie under twa wardes, and twa sindrie severall powers. Mair-over, sche being maried, with consent of her Over-lord; her husband may doe sik service, as suld be done to him be the possessour of the landes: quhilk is conforme to that quhilk is written be Doct. Thomas Smith, of the com­moun weil of England. Lib. 3. c. 5. c. 8.

VARDA Curiae,

quoniam attach, c. ubi aliqua 10. c. in omni. 18. c. nullus 20. The interloquutor or decreet of the court: Curia dicitur vardare, con­siderare, pronunciare, in this forme. The Court counselled, and advised, And I. N. Soytour of it, be their informationes sayeth, that this Court counselles and I. award, that N. is in ane default for his absence this day. The like form is used in the daily practicque, quhen the judge or clerk, be the mouth of the officiar or dempster decernis and adjudgis onie person to be in ane unlaw, for absence or any uther cause. and. lib. 2. c. that quhilk is called veredictum assisae,

Veredictum.

in the samin place, in libro Carbreith, is called the waird, veredite, or deliverance of the assise.

VARENNA,

ane French word, ane Garene; That is ane place quhilk is dyked and inclosed for beastes, cunnings or uthers, quo. attach. Cap. 29. Mod. Ten. cur. Cap. 21. In latine Paradisus. And the keiper of ane cunningair or cunnings, is called an Garenter. infeodatus in liberam varen­nam, is nocht meikle different from infestment, in liberam forestam. The quhilk kinde of infestment of auld is given to the Laird of Rosling his predi­cessoures,

Paradisus.

of the barronie of Pechtland.

WARE,

wair of the sea, ane word used in sindrie infestmentes, in latine alga maris. As in the latine proverb, abiecta vilior alga. He quha is infest therewith, may stop and make impediment to all uther persones, als-weil within the floud marke, as without the samin, to gather wair, for mucking and guding of their lands. Or to gather wilkes, Cockles, Lempets, Mussels, sandeiles, small fish, or baite, upon the sand or craiges, foreanent his landes. 24. Maij. 1549. The town of Carrail, contrar Grissell Meldrum. Utherwaies gif ony person be nocht infest with sik priviledge, he may na waies forbid, trouble or molest the King, or onie of his lieges to doe the premisses: Or to win staines, quarrell, or to exerce onie uther industrie to their awin profite and commoditie, within the floud marke of the sea, quia usus maris est communis omnium. 29. Iulij. 1500. The King contrar the laird of Seafeild.

Varech.

Ware cummis fra an auld French word vārech used in the lawes of Normandie. lib. c. vlt. Quhilk signifies onie gudes or geare, casten out be the sea to the land, quhilk properlie we call the wrak of the sea.

VASSALLUS

quaesi bassallus, inferior socius. From the French Bas. as plus Bas, in latine inferior. And the Dutch word Gesel, in latine socius. For the vassall is inferiour to his maister, because he suld serve and reve­rence him. And ȝit he is in ane manner companion to him, because ilk ane of them is mutuallie oblished til uthers. vid. affidatio & Cuia. lib. 1. de feud. writes that leudes leodes, fideles, homines nostri, feudatarij, ministeriales, bene­ficiarii, benficiati, vassalli, almost signifies ane thing: And vassallus, in Latine is cliens. Because sik relation is betuixt dominus & vassalus, as is be­tuixt patronus and cliens. Molinaeus in stil. cur. p. c. 16. pag. 48. Albeit Cuiacius affirmis the samin to be monie wayis different. And ane bas infestment is quhen the vassall annalies his landes, halden of himselfe and his aires, quhilk is ane inferiour, private or subalterne infestmente. In the lawes of the fewes vassallus is called fidelis, quia fidelitatem jurat, he suld swear to be faithfull and trew to his maister. Amanges vassalles, the first place of dignitie is given to them quha are Duces, Marchiones, Comites, and are called Capitanei Regni. The second is granted to barrons and uthers of like rank and estaite. And are called valvasores maiores. The thrid of them, quha ar called gentilmen, or Nobles, haldand of barrons, quha likewise may have under them vassalles, also gentilmen: For ane gentilman may halde of ane uther.

Valvassores minores valv­assini milites. subvassores

And sik vassalles haldand in cheife of barrones, ar cal­led Valvassores minores. And they quha haldis their landes of them, are cal­led vassalli, valvassini seu minimi valvasores. lib. 1. de. feud. Tit. de natura feudi. §. 1. Bot in the lawes of this Realme, they quha haldis of Barrones are called milites, and they quha haldis of them, are called subvassores. vid. A­merciamentum, vid. Baro, & Iacob. Cuiacium. lib. 2. de. feud. Tit. de no­minibus vassallorum.

WAIFE beast,

pecus vel animal aberrans, quhilk wanders and wa­vers without ane knawen maister, quhilk being found be onie man, within his awin boundes, he suld cause the samin to be proclaimed, diverse and sindrie times upon mercat dayes, at the paroche Kirk, and within the Schireffedome: Utherwaies gif he deteinis the samin, he may be accused for thieft therefore. And it is leasum to the awner of the beast, to repeate and challenge the samin within ȝeir and daie. quon. attach. c. eschetae. 30. vid. Toscheoderach. In the lawes of France, it is called espave, quo signifi­catur omne illud quod oberrat, Chess. in consuet. Burgūd. Rubric, 1. §. 1. verb. Espanes. In latine res pro derelicto habita. l. falsus 44. ff, de furt.

Espanes.

WECHTES, measures and diverse kindes thereof.

vid. Serplaith. Reade likewaies assisam regis David, De ponderibus & mensuris. Ia. 1. p, 4. c. 68. 69. 70. Ia. 1. p. 3. c. 57. 58. Ia. 6. p. 11. c. vlt.

VENYSOUN,

ane worde used in infestmentes, a venando seu venatione, and likewaies commonlie used in the lawes of England, and signifies licence and power to hunt, take, and slay, of the Kingis venison within his Parkes, and Forrests. Quhilk utherwaies is nocht lea­sum, bot is sharplie punished with ane grievous fyne, or be banishment or prison. leg. forest. c. 91. Quhilk is conforme to the lawes of England. Anno. 9. Henr. 2. c. 10. Bot be the disposition of the Forrest lawes, it is leasum to ane Erle, Bishop, or Barrone, cummand or returnand, throw the Kinges Forrest, at his command, to take ane, or twa beastes, be the sight of the forresster, gif he be present: and utherwaies he sall blow ane horne, that he appeare nocht to take the samin thiefteouslie. lego. frest. c. 90.

VERD, vert,

from the latine viride: ane word used in Charters and infestmentes, Grenehue. and also in the English lawes quhair it is called Grene­hue, and signifies power to cut greene trees or wood. And being commit­ted be them quha hes nocht power to doe the samine, is punished be the foresters, or vierders, quha are called Viridarij, Viridarij in the Lawes of Norman­die and England. Be the auld law of this Realme all forrestes commonly perteined to the King: and the right of Forestarie, was given and dispo­ned in thir wordes, in liberam forestam. as is exponed in the word Foresta. And ane of the priviledges or liberties, that is potestas secandi, licence to hew or cutte greene wood, was granted be the King be infestement, and disposition conteinand Verd. Quhilk libertie the King may grante with­in his haill forrest, or onie part thereof, to onie person for fewell, or fyre, bigging, or for onie uther particular use. quhilk person may nocht abuse the said forrest or wood, after his awin appetite and will, bot at the sight and discretion of the forrester, and uther officiares; or according to the forme and manner set down, and limitate in his infestemente and gift, as writis, Iohn Pappon. lib. 4. Tit. 3:

Secondlie, this word verd, may be taken for power and licence of pas­turage within the Kings forrest, granted to him quha is infest therewith quhilk in the English lawes is called, the commoun of Herbage, and of uther thinges in the Kinges forrest, perteining to them quha are accus­tumate to have the samin: Cart. de. Forest. c. 1. Mag. Cart. anno. 9. Henr. 3. c. 8. and juistiment, herbage, agistamentum & herbagium. In latine, jus pascen­di pecoris, is quhair an tenent hes right given to him of the feiding, grassing, or pastouring of his cattel within ane park or onie uther ground inclosed.

VEREDICTUM assisae.

vid. Proporcitas, vid. Varda.

VERGELT,

an Saxon or Dutch word, from ver, id est vir vel homo, & Gelt, pecunia sive compensatio, as vergelt furis is 30. kye. and ane quoyach. lib 4. c. de unoquoque. 17. Or 33. kye. Stat. Alex. c. de. unoquoque 34.

VILLENAGIUM,

a villano, sklaverie or servitude. lib. 2. c. Consequen­ter. 13. vid. Bondagium.

VISNETUM,

from the French word voisin, nichtbour, quasi voisinetum or Vicinetum, from vicinus, ane quha dwellis neare unto ane uther, or in the foure halfes about, from the quhilk cummis the French word, used in the English lawes vicinage, and in the lawes of this Realme, assisa de vi­cineto, is ane assise of nichtbours, or of the foure halfes about, vid. assisa.

WHITSONDAYES set.

Ia. 2. p. 14. c. Or Whitsondayes making. Ia. 2. In the samin par. c. 90. Utherwaies called Whitsondayes styles. Quhilkis wer certaine constitutions and statutes quhilkis freehalders, baith spirituall and temporall, and speciallie conventes of Abbayes, and religious places, maid betwixt them & their tennentes before Whitsundaie, forser­vice to be done to them, and better labouring of their landes, and pay­ment of their dewtie.

UNLAW.

vid. Amerciamentum. vid. Tort.

UNCTUM

Porcorum, swines seame or fatnes. leg. burg. c. siquis scienter 71. Ab ungendo, because it is profitable for unctiones and smeering.

VOTH

signifies out-lawrie, utlagium. And in our auld Scottish language ane vothman, is ane out-law, or ane fugitive fra the lawes. Mairover vouth, signifies, persued, calling, or accusation, from voucher, id est vocare, used in the auld French and English lawes.

WRANG & unlaw

. vid. Tort. To denie wrang and unlaw, is quhill the defender denyes that quhilk is objected to him, or quhairof he is ac­cused, and ȝit confesses that he hes done utherwaies then he aucht to doe, and swa hes not done his deuty for the quhilk he is reddie to make amendes and satisfie the partie offended. leg. Burg. Cap. 101.

WREK, of the sea,

ane word specified in the lawes and sindrie infest­mentes, quhilk signifies power, libertie, and prerogative competent to the King, or to onie person, to quhome the samin is granted be him bee infestement, or onie uther disposition, to intromet and uptake sik gudes and geare, as ar schipbroken, or fallis to him be escheite of the sea. Quhilk libertie is als competent and profitable to him quha is infest with wrek, as it micht be to the King himselfe gevar thereof, quia wracta pertinens ad dominum regem et wracta competens vassallo, ex donatione regis pari jure aesti­mantur. leg. forest, c, inter antiqua. 56. And in the lawes of England anno. 3. Edwa. 1. c. 4. concerning wrek of the sea: it is statute that quhair an man, an dog, or an cat, escapes quick out of the schip, that sik ship or barg, nor na thing within her, salbe adjudged wrek, bot the gudes salbe saved, and keiped be the sicht of the Schireffe, coroner, or the Kinges baillie, and de­livered into the hands of sik, as are of the towne, quhair the gudes were fund, swa that gif onie crave the gudes within ane ȝeir and ane day, af­ter pruife, that they ware his awin, they sallbe restored to him without delaie. And utherwaies they sall remaine to the King. And the schireffes, coroners, and baillies of the town, intromettoures therewith, salbe answe­rable therefore to the Kinges officiares, and quhair wrek belanges to an [Page] uther then to the king, he sall have it in maner aboue expremed. And quhasoever dois utherwaies, and is attaynt, or convict thereof, he salbe imprisoned, and pay ane fine arbitrall to the King, and the damnage to the partie. Siklike be the lawes of England, the King suld have the wrek or escheit of the sea, throwout the Realme, Whailes, and great sturgeons taken in the sea, or els-quhair within the Realme. Except in certaine places priviledged be the King. anno. 17. Edward. 2. c. 11.

UTLAGIUM,

vel vtlagatium, outlawrie, rebellion, disobedience to the lawes, banishment, or forefaltour. Ia. 2. p. 6. c. 30. For gif the King re­stores ex gratia, an man that is outlawed, or foresalted, he thereby reco­vers nocht his landes, bot be the gud will of his overlord, quia forisfactum, et utlagationem: D. Rex damnatis solet remittere: nec tamen aliena Jura quaerit nec potest infringere. lib. 2. c. forisfactum. 55. de judicib. c. si per legem. 149.

Y

YBURPANANSECA,

it appears to be like that, quhilk is called the law of Birdingsek, for in sum auld authentick buiks it is written. lib. 4. c. 14. yburpananseca. h. e De furto vituli vel arietis, vel quantum cibi quis portare potest super dorsum curia nonest tenenda. Sum affirmis in the Gascoin language, Pana, to signifie furari, to steill, and panadour, to be ane thief. & it appears weill, Seca, signifies anseck, In latine saeccus, quhilk word is commonlie used in all tunges and languages amangs all people and nati­ones.

Ȝ

ȜARDE.

Ia. I. p. 7. c. 99. Is an kind of measure commonlie used in En­gland nocht meikle different from our elne, ane ȝairde of land virgata terrae, in the Britton lawes, is ane measure of land quhilk in diverse places is diverse, sumtimes of 20 aikers, sumtimes of 24. & sumtimes of 30. aikers.

ȜELDE,

ane gift or donation. vid. Herreȝelde.

ȜEMSEL,

of ane Castell, the custodie, and keeping of ane Castell. leg. bur. c. 3. For ȝeme, in our auld language, is to observe and keepe, as quhen in time of singular battell, they quha standes by, and behaldis, ar com­manded to keepe, & ȝeme the time of the derenȝie, their weapons fra the handes of the appealer and defendour: In lib. feud, it is called feodum Guardiae, for Guardia, in latine custodia, & Guardiani custodes to quhome Castelles and territories of landes ar committed in keeping, quhome we call wairdanis, as writes, the interpretoures of the fewes, and spe­ciallie, Zasius de feudis. par. 12. Nu. 7. And in this Realme landes annu­all-rents, or dewties, given for the keeping of Castelles, are called castel­vardis.